welcome to environment - krishnum dyu ktermekate pvt,...

Krishnum Dyu & ktermekate Pvt, Ltd,Factory : Untwa!iya (Churu)

Office : Opp. Narbada Bhawan, Mochiwada, GHURU-331001 (Raj.)\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\

Refndloro-

To,

The Director (lndustry - ll)- lA Division-ll.

Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change,

lndira Paryawaran Bhawan, Jor Bag Road,

New Delhi-rro oo3

GSTIN : 08AAFCK8448Q1 ZM rr S sqtq f4-q qq; 1s Mob.:93149612789001 1 182899351 79031 0

Date .Pa.te:. *S..1.P. l. g"z-o

Subiect: Proposed Dyes & lntermediates Manufacturing Project of t5o MT/Month (Crude) f{Disperse

Azo Dyes (All colours) - too MT/Month, Coumarine Dyes (All colours) - z5 MT/Month & Methine

Dyes (AIl colours) - u5 MTlMonth]] at Khasara no.67ol5zt of Revenue Village - Untwalia, Tehsil

& District - Churu (Raiasthan) by M/s. Krishnum Dyes & lntermediate Pvt. Ltd.-Reg. Submission

of Final EIA / EMP Report.

Ref": ToR letter issued by MoEFCC vide Letter No. lA-J-rrofl lB4lzorS-lA-ll(l) dated t8.o5.zot81

Respected Sir,

With reference to the aforesaid subject and above cited MoEFCC Letter No., we are herewith submitting

the Final EIA/EMP Report for "Propdsed Dyes & lntermediates Manufacturing Proiect of t5o MTlMonth

(Crude) f{Oisperse Azo Dyes (All colours) - roo MT/Month, Coumarine Dyes (AII colours) - z5 MT/tulonth &

MethineDyes(Rllcolours)-z5MTiMonth]]atKhasarano.6Tol5ztof RevenueVillage-Untwalia,Tehsil&

District - Churu (Rajasthan) b1, M/s. Krishnum Dyes & lntermediate Pvt. Ltd."

We request your good self to kindly consider our proposal for further proceedings.

-i' irar-rk"ing'lou and With B.egarrls,

For M/s. Krishnum Dyes & Intermediate Pvt. Ltd.

*r,u*rMahesh Kumar Prai

(Director & Authorized

Enclose: as above

GSTIN : 08AAFCK8448Q1 ZM rr * eqrq f4q nql 11 Mob.:93149612789001 1 182899351 790310

kishnum Dyu & lntermediate Pvt, Ltd,Factory : Untwaliya (Churu)

Office : Opp. Narbada Bhawan, Mochiwada, CHURU-331001 (Raj.)\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\

UNDERTAKINGDate 2.$..1.q. r. l..a+.+ORef. No.

l, Mahesh Kumar Praiapat (Managing Director & Authorized Signatory) of M/s" Krishnum

Dyes & lntermediate Pvt. Ltd. give this undertaking to the effect that the ToRs prescribed by

Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change, New Delhi vide letter no. lA-J-ttottlS4lzorB-lA-ll(l) dated tSth Muy, zor8 for ,,proposed Dyes & tnternrediatesManufacturing Project of t5o MT/Month (crude) f{Disperse Azo Dyes (AIl colours) - rooMT/Month, coumarine Dyes (All colours) - zs MT/Month & Methine Dyes (All,colours) - z5

MT/Month]] at Khasara no' 67ol5zt of Revenue village - Untwalia, Tehsil & District - churu(Raiasthan)" have been compiled with, and the data submitted are factually correct.

Date: 2O loll*qz.Place: Churu (Raiasthan)

For & behalf of M/s. Krishnum Dyes & rntermediate Fvt. Ltd.

Fr*qfr Prajapat

'/(oirecto; &-hut'norized Signatory)

i

CONTENTS

S. NO. PARTICULARS PAGE NO.

A. TOR LETTER & TOR COMPLIANCE 1 - 25

1. ToR Letter 1 - 9

2. ToR Compliance 10 - 25

3. Executive Summary I - XIV

B. FINAL EIA / EMP REPORT 26-203

Chapter - 1 Introduction 26-30

Chapter - 2 Project Description 31-51

Chapter - 3 Description of the Environment 52-99

Chapter - 4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures 100-127

Chapter - 5 Analysis of Alternatives (Technology & Site) 128

Chapter - 6 Environmental Monitoring Programme 129-133

Chapter - 7 Additional Studies 134-173

Chapter - 8 Project Benefits 174-177

Chapter - 9 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis 178

Chapter - 10 Environmental Management Plan 179-194

Chapter - 11 Summary & Conclusion 195-200

Chapter - 12 Disclosure of Consultant Engaged 201-202

ANNEXURES 203-397

Annexure - 1 Status of CGWA Application on Portal 203-204

Annexure - 2 Mass Balance of Products 205-275

Annexure - 3 Land Papers 276-292

Annexure - 4 Hourly Meteorological Data 293-303

Annexure - 5 Detailed Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Table 304-311

Annexure - 6 Corporate Environment Policy 312-314

Annexure -7 Copy of Application for Authorization/Membership for the disposal of solid/hazardous waste in TSDF

315-316

Annexure - 8 Material Safety Data Sheet 317-362

Annexure - 9 Public hearing Proceedings 363-381

Annexure - 10 Risk Assessment Modeling Details 382-395

Annexure – 11 NABET Certificate of JMEPL 396-397

ii

INDEX

S.NO. PARTICULARS PAGE NO.Chapter- 1 INTRODUCTION 26-30

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT 261.2 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT AND PROJECT PROPONENT 26

1.2.1 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT 261.2.2 INTRODUCTION OF PROJECT PROPONENT 29

1.3BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE, SIZE, LOCATION OF THE PROJECT AND ITSIMPORTANCE TO THE COUNTRY AND REGION

29

1.3.1 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE, SIZE AND LOCATION OF THE PROJECT 291.3.2 IMPORTANCE TO THE COUNTRY AND REGION 291.4 SCOPE OF EIA STUDY 30

Chapter - 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 31-512.1 TYPE OF THE PROJECT 312.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT 312.3 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT 31

2.3.1 GENERAL LOCATION MAP 312.3.2 SPECIFIC LOCATION MAP 332.3.3 PROJECT SITE LAYOUT 342.3.4 PROJECT SITE PHOTOGRAPHS 362.4 SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION 36

2.4.1 FACILITIES / ACTIVITIES FOR PROPOSED PROJECT 372.5 REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROJECT 37

2.5.1 RAW MATERIAL REQUIREMENT 372.5.2 FUEL REQUIREMENT 382.5.3 POWER REQUIREMENT 382.5.4 STEAM REQUIREMENT 382.5.5 WATER REQUIREMENT 392.6.6 MANPOWER REQUIREMENT 412.6 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION 412.7 TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION 41

2.7.1 MANUFACTURING PROCESS 412.7.1.1 DISPERSE DYES 412.7.1.2 COUMARIN DYES 432.7.1.3 MATHINE DYES 432.7.2 SOLVENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 432.8 OTHER PROJECT ASSOCIATED ACTIVITIES 43

2.8.1 DG SET 432.8.2 EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT (ETP) 442.9 MAJOR EQUIPMENTS AND MACHINERIES 47

2.9.1 EQUIPMENT SELECTION 472.9.2 PLANT AND EQUIPMENT SIZING 472.9.3 STORAGE FACILITIES 482.10 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES 492.11 DESCRIPTION OF POLLUTION MITIGATION MEASURES 49

2.11.1 DETAILS OF AIR EMISSION FROM PROJECT AND THEIR MITIGATION 492.11.2 DETAILS OF ODOUR AND THEIR MITIGATION 50

iii

S.NO. PARTICULARS PAGE NO.2.11.3 DETAILS OF EFFLUENTS AND THEIR MITIGATION 50

2.11.4 DETAILS OF SOLID , HAZARDOUS WASTE AND NON- HAZARDOUS WASTEGENERATION AND THEIR MITIGATION 50

2.12 ASSESSMENT OF NEW AND TESTED TECHNOLOGY FOR THE RISK OFTECHNOLOGICAL FAILURE

51

Chapter - 3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 52-993.1 STUDY AREA 523.2 STUDY PERIOD 543.3 ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS 543.4 ESTABLISHMENT OF BASELINE FOR VALUED ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS 54

3.4.1 MONITORING AGENCY 553.4.2 INSTRUMENTS USED FOR ENVIRONMENTAL BASELINE DATA COLLECTION 553.5 BASELINE STATUS OF THE VARIOUS ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS 55

3.5.1 LAND 553.5.1.1 LAND USE PATTERN 553.5.2 SEISMICITY AND FLOOD HAZARD ZONATION OF THE AREA 603.5.3 CLIMATE AND RAINFALL 633.5.4 METEOROLOGY 633.5.5 MICRO-METEOROLOGY AT SITE 643.5.5.1 MIXING HEIGHT 663.5.6 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY 663.5.7 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 713.5.8 WATER QUALITY 72

3.5.8.1 SURFACE WATER QUALITY 733.5.8.2 GROUND WATER QUALITY 733.5.9 SOIL ENVIRONMENT 76

3.5.9.1 SOIL QUALITY AND CHARACTERISTICS 763.5.10 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 80

3.5.10.1 INTRODUCTION 803.5.11 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 87

3.5.11.1 OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY 883.5.11.2 SCOPE OF WORK 883.5.113 METHODOLOGY 883.5.11.4 BACKGROUND INFORMATION OF THE AREA 883.5.11.5 DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE OF THE STUDY AREA 893.5.116 DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE 923.5.11.7 VULNERABLE GROUP 923.5.11.8 LITERACY RATE 933.5.11.9 ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES 943.5.11.10 CONCLUSION 95

3.6 CONCLUSION 99

Chapter - 4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 100-1274.1 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT STUDY 1004.2 IMPACTS DUE TO PROPOSED ACTIVITY 100

4.3 ANTICIPATED IMPACTS ON TOPOGRAPHY & LAND USE PATTERN & MITIGATIONMEASURES

101

4.4 ANTICIPATED IMPACT ON AIR QUALITY AND MITIGATION MEASURES 101

iv

S.NO. PARTICULARS PAGE NO.4.4.1 AIR QUALITY PREDICTIONS THROUGH MATHEMATICAL MODELING 103

4.4.1.1 POLLUTANTS / MODEL OPTIONS CONSIDERED FOR COMPUTATIONS 1034.4.1.2 MODEL OPTION USED FOR COMPUTATIONS 1034.4.1.3 MODEL INPUT DATA 1044.4.1.4 MODELING PROCEDURE 1044.4.1.5 GAUSSIAN PLUME MODEL 1044.4.1.6 EXTRAPOLATION OF WIND SPEED 1044.4.1.7 STABILITY CLASSIFICATION 1054.4.1.8 DISPERSION PARAMETER 1054.4.1.9 PRESENTATION OF RESULTS 105

4.5 ANTICIPATED IMPACT ON NOISE LEVEL AND MITIGATION MEASURES 110

4.6 ANTICIPATED IMPACT ON WATER QUALITY AND MITIGATION MEASURES 110

4.7 ANTICIPATED IMPACT ON SOIL QUALITY AND MITIGATION MEASURES 111

4.8 ANTICIPATED IMPACT ON BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT AND MITIGATIONMEASURES

112

4.9 ANTICIPATED IMPACT ON SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT AND MITIGATIONMEASURES 113

4.10 ANTICIPATED IMPACT ON OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND MITIGATION MEASURES 114

4.11 ANTICIPATED IMPACT DUE TO TRANSPORTATION OF RAW MATERIAL ANDFINISHED PRODUCT AND MITIGATION MEASURES 115

4.12 IMPACT DUE TO SOLID AND HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION 1244.13 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION 125

Chapter - 5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY AND SITE) 128

5.1 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES 128

5.1.1 JUSTIFICATION OF SELECTION OF SITE 128

Chapter - 6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME 129-1336.1 INTRODUCTION 1296.2 MEASUREMENT METHODOLOGIES 129

6.2.1 INSTRUMENTS TO BE USED 1296.2.2 MONITORING PROGRAMME 1296.2.3 MONITORING SCHEDULE 1306.2.4 LOCATIONS OF MONITORING STATIONS 1306.2.5 METHODOLOGY ADOPTED 1316.3 DATA ANALYSIS 1326.4 DETAILED BUDGET 133

CHAPTER- 7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES 134-1737.1 INTRODUCTION 1347.2 PUBLIC CONSULTATION 134

7.2.1 PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDINGS 134

7.2.2 PUBLIC HEARING NOTICE PUBLISHED IN NEWSPAPERS “VIRAT VAIBHAV” AND“DAINIK NAVJYOTI” DATED 11TH AUGUST, 2019 AND 12TH AUGUST, 2019

135

7.2.3 PHOTOGRAPHS OF PUBLIC HEARING 136

7.2.4 ACTION PLAN FOR ISSUES RAISED DURING PUBLIC HEARING 136

7.3 HYDRO-GEOLOGICAL STUDY & RAINWATER HARVESTING PLAN 139

v

S.NO. PARTICULARS PAGE NO.7.3.1 INTRODUCTION 1397.3.2 SCOPE OF WORK 1397.3.3 METHODOLOGY 1397.3.4 DRAINAGE 1407.3.5 CLIMATE AND RAINFALL 1427.3.6 REGIONAL GEOLOGY 1427.3.7 HYDROGEOLOGY 1447.3.8 AQUIFER PARAMETERS 1457.3.9 NEED FOR RAINWATER HARVESTING/ARTIFICIAL GROUNDWATER RECHARGE 1467.3.10 FACTORS AFFECTING RUN-OFF 1477.3.11 COMPONENTS OF RAINWATER HARVESTING SYSTEM 1487.3.12 DETAILED RAINWATER HARVESTING PLAN 150

7.3.12.1 INTRODUCTION 1507.3.12.1.1 NEED FOR ARTIFICIAL GROUND RECHARGE 1507.3.12.1.2 NATURE OF PROBLEM 1517.3.12.1.3 DESIGN OF ROOF TOP RAINWATER AND SURFACE RUNOFF HARVESTING SYSTEM 151

7.3.12.1.3.1 ROOFTOP RAINWATER RUNOFF 1517.3.12.1.3.2 SURFACE RUNOFF OF RAINWATER 1527.3.12.1.4 RAINWATER HARVESTINGG OUTSIDE THE PLANT AREA 154

7.4 RISK ASSESSMENT AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN 1597.4.1 RISK ASSESSMENT 1597.4.2 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION & RISK ASSESSMENT (HIRA) 1597.4.3 IDENTIFICATION OF TYPES OF HAZARDS IN DYE & DYE INTERMEDIATE PROJECT 159

7.4.3.1 ENVIRONMENT HEALTH AND SAFETY CELL 1607.4.3.2 EMERGENCY PLANNING & PROCEDURE 1607.4.3.3 PRECAUTIONARY MEASURES TO BE ADOPTED IN THE PROJECT PREMISES 1617.4.4 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN 1657.4.5 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH SURVEILLANCE 173

7.4.6 CONCLUSION 173

Chapter - 8 PROJECT BENEFITS 174-1778.1 INTRODUCTION 1748.2 PROMOTION OF SOCIO-ECONOMIC STATUS 1748.3 CER ACTIVITIES TO BE CARRIED OUT 175

8.3.1 EDUCATION 1758.3.2 HEALTH & SANITATION 1758.3.2 INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT 1758.3.4 WATER CONSERVATION 1758.3.5 AGRO-BASED LIVELIHOOD 1758.4 PROPOSED ACTION PLAN FOR CER ACTIVITIES 1758.5 CONCLUSION 176

Chapter - 9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS 1789.1 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS 178

Chapter - 10 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN 179-19410.1 INTRODUCTION 17910.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL (EMC) 179

vi

S.NO. PARTICULARS PAGE NO.10.2.1 STRUCTURE OF EMC 18010.2.2 RESPONSIBILITIES OF EMC 18010.3 AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT 181

10.3.1 STACK EMISSIONS AND CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES 18110.3.2 FUGITIVE EMISSIONS, SOURCES AND CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES 181

10.3.2.1 FUGITIVE EMISSIONS 181

10.3.2.2 SOURCES OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS IN PROPOSED PROJECT & MITIGATIONMEASURES

181

10.4 CONCEPT OF WASTE MINIMIZATION 18310.4.1 CONCEPT OF WASTE MINIMIZATION 18310.5 ENERGY & NATURAL RESOURCE CONSERVATION MEASURES 183

10.5.1 ENERGY CONSERVATION 18310.5.2 NATURAL RESOURCE CONSERVATION 18310.6 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT AND PLANTATION PROGRAMME 183

10.6.1 GREENBELT PLANTATION AT PROJECT SITE 18410.6.2 OBJECTIVE 18410.6.3 PROPOSED ACTION PLAN FOR GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT / PLANTATION 18510.6.4 GUIDELINES FOR GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT 185

10.7 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY MEASURES 18610.7.1 HEALTH AND SAFETY POLICY 18610.7.2 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY HAZARDS 18610.7.3 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH SURVEILLANCE 18910.7.4 IMPLEMENTATION OF OHS STANDARDS AS PER OSHA/USEPA 19110.7.5 SAFETY COMMITTEE 19210.7.6 MEDICAL FACILITIES 19210.7.7 INVESTIGATION FACILITY 19310.7.8 AMBULANCE/TRANSPORT SERVICES 19310.7.9 FIRST AID BOXES 19310.7.10 PLAN AND FUND ALLOCATION FOR OCCUPATIONAL AND SAFETY HAZARDS 193

10.8 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT POLICY 19410.9 BUDGETORY PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT 19410.10 CONCLUSION 194

Chapter - 11 Summary & Conclusion 195-20011.1 OVERALL JUSTIFICATION FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PROJECT 195

11.1.1 JUSTIFICATION FOR THE PROJECT 19511.1.2 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT 19511.2 MITIGATION MEASURES 196

11.2.1 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 19611.2.2 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN 19811.3 CONCLUSION 200

Chapter - 12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED 201-20212.1 DISCLOSURE OF THE CONSULTANT ENGAGED 201

vi





181










vi





181










vii

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE NO. PARTICULARS PAGE NO.1.1 PROPOSED PRODUCTS & PRODUCTION CAPACITIES 261.2 DETAILED LIST OF PRODUCTS WITH PRODUCTION CAPACITIES 271.3 STATUS OF THE PROPOSED PROJECT WITH RESPECT TO ENVIRONMENT

CLEARANCE28

1.4 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE, SIZE AND LOCATION OF PROJECT 292.1 PRODUCTS AND CAPACITIES OF THE PROJECT 362.2 MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION IN TERMS OF COST 362.3 MAJOR FACILITIES AND ASSOCIATED ACTIVITIES PROPOSED 372.4 RAW MATERIAL REQUIREMENT 372.5 FUEL REQUIREMENT 382.6 STEAM REQUIREMENT 38

2.7 (A) BREAK- UP OF WATER REQUIREMENT 392.7 (B) BREAK- UP OF WATER USAGE 39

2.8 MANPOWER REQUIREMENT 412.9 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF PROJECT 412.10 ETP UNIT SYSTEMS AND SIZE 442.11 PROPOSED BEFORE AND AFTER TREATMENT WASTE WATER QUALITY: 452.12 EQUIPMENT DETAILS OF PROJECT 472.13 STORAGE FACILITIES 483.1 ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING DETAILS OF STUDY AREA 523.2 BASELINE DATA COLLECTION 543.3 LAND USE/LAND COVER DETAILS OF STUDY AREA 583.4 SEISMIC ZONES IN INDIA 603.5 RAINFALL DATA FOR LAST 15 YEARS 633.6 MICRO- METEOROLOGY AT SITE 643.7 MIXING HEIGHT FOR SUMMER SEASON 663.8 LOCATIONS OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING STATIONS 673.9 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING RESULTS 703.10 LOCATIONS OF NOISE MONITORING STATIONS 713.11 AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL MONITORING OBSERVATIONS 713.12 LOCATIONS OF GROUND WATER SAMPLING STATIONS 733.13 GROUND WATER ANALYSIS 753.14 LOCATIONS OF SOIL SAMPLING STATIONS 763.15 SOIL ANALYSIS 783.16 STANDARD SOIL CLASSIFICATION 793.17 INVENTORY OF FLORAL DIVERSITYIN THE CORE AND BUFFER ZONE OF THE

PROPOSED PROJECT SITE81

3.18 INVENTORY OF FAUNAL DIVERSITY IN THE CORE AND BUFFER ZONE OF THEPROPOSED PROJECT SITE

84

3.19 INVENTORY OF AVIFAUNAL DIVERSITY IN THE CORE & BUFFER ZONE OFPROPOSED PROJECT SITE

86

3.20 SOCIO ECONOMIC PROFILE OF STUDY AREA 893.21 DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE OF THE STUDY AREA 903.22 SUMMARY OF DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE OF THE STUDY AREA 923.23 SC/ST POPULATION OF THE STUDY AREA 923.24 LITERACY LEVEL OF THE STUDY AREA 93

viii

TABLE NO. PARTICULARS PAGE NO.3.25 EDUCATION FACILITIES IN THE SURVEYED VILLAGE 953.26 MEDICAL FACILITIES IN THE SURVEYED VILLAGE 963.27 NEED OF THE AREA 984.1 PROPOSED STACK EMISSION DETAILS 1044.2 GLC (INCREMENTAL & RESULTANT) FOR DIFFERENT SCENARIOS FOR

PROPOSED DYES & INTERMEDIATES MANUFACTURING PROJECT106

4.3 TRAFFIC VOLUME COUNT SURVEY 1214.4 NO. OF VEHICLES WITH RESPECT TO PCU 122

4.5 (A) INCREASE IN TRAFFIC LOAD DUE TO PROPOSED PROJECT 1234.5 (B) INCREASE IN TRAFFIC LOAD DUE TO PROPOSED PROJECT 124

4.6 ANTICIPATED ADVERSE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION 1266.1 FREQUENCY FOR POST PROJECT MONITORING 1306.2 LOCATIONS FOR POST - PROJECT MONITORING 1306.3 POST - PROJECT MONITORING 1317.1 DETAILS OF LAND/AREA 1397.2 GENERALIZED LITHOLOGICAL SEQUENCE 1437.3 MONTHLY EVAPORATION LOSSES 1487.4 RUN-OFF COEFFICIENTS FOR VARIOUS CATCHMENT SURFACES 1497.5 SIZING OF RAINWATER PIPE FOR ROOF DRAINAGE 1497.6 ESTIMATION OF THE RUNOFF FROM THE INDUSTRY PREMISES 1547.7 SUMMARIZATION OF PROPOSED POND FOR RAINWATER HARVESTING 1557.8 DETAILS OF PROPOSED PONDS OUTSIDE INDUSTRIAL UNIT 1587.9 SUMMARIZATION OF ARTIFICIAL GROUNDWATER RECHARGE OUTSIDE

INDUSTRIAL UNIT158

7.10 SUMMARIZATION OF RAINWATER HARVESTING PLAN 1587.11 POSSIBLE HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS ON SITE 1607.12 SUMMARY OF RECOMMENDED PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

ACCORDING TO HAZARD ONSITE164

7.13 LOCAL STATUTORY GOVERNMENT BODIES 1708.1 ACTION PLAN FOR CER ACTIVITIES 1758.2 DETAILED ACTIVITY- WISE ACTION PLAN FOR CER ACTIVITIES 17610.1 LIST OF AIR POLLUTION CONTROL EQUIPMENTS 18110.2 ACTION PLAN & SPECIES TO BE PLANTED 18510.3 PROPOSED PLANT SPECIES 18510.4 FUND ALLOCATION FOR OCCUPATIONAL AND SAFETY HAZARDS 19410.5 COST BREAK - UP OF EMP 19411.1 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT 195

viii






INDUSTRIAL UNIT158




viii






INDUSTRIAL UNIT158




ix

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE NO. PARTICULARS PAGE NO.2.1 LOCATION MAP 322.2 GOOGLE EARTH DOWNLOADED MAP OF THE PROJECT SITE 332.3 PROJECT LAYOUT 352.4 PROJECT SITE PHOTOGRAPHS 362.5 WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM 402.6 FLOW DIAGRAM OF ETP 453.1 MAP SHOWING ENVIRONMENTAL SETTINGS OF 10 KM RADIUS STUDY AREA 533.2 FALSE COLOR COMPOSITE (FCC) SATELLITE IMAGERY OF THE BUFFER ZONE 573.3 LAND USE / LAND COVER MAP OF THE BUFFER ZONE 593.4 SEISMIC ZONE MAP 613.5 FLOOD HAZARD ZONATION MAP 623.6 WIND ROSE DIAGRAM AT SITE 65

3.7KEY PLAN SHOWING AMBIENT AIR QUALITY & NOISE MONITORINGLOCATIONS

69

3.8 KEY PLAN SHOWING GROUND WATER & SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS 743.9 MALE AND FEMALE POPULATION IN THE STUDY AREA 923.10 SC / ST POPULATION WITHIN 10 KM STUDY AREA 933.11 GENDER WISE LITERACY DETAILS 943.12 WORKING POPULATION OF THE STUDY AREA 944.1 ISOPLETH SHOWING THE INCREMENTAL GLCS OF PM 1074.2 ISOPLETH SHOWING THE INCREMENTAL GLCS OF SO2 1084.3 ISOPLETH SHOWING THE INCREMENTAL GLCS OF NO2 1094.4 TRANSPORTATION ROUTE MAP 1204.5 TRAFFIC VOLUME COUNT 121

7.1PUBLIC HEARING NOTICE PUBLISHED IN NEWSPAPAPERS “VIRAT VAIBHAV”AND “DAINIK NAVJYOTI”

135

7.2 DRAINAGE MAP OF THE STUDY AREA 1417.3 RAINFALL PATTERN OF DISTRICT CHURU 1427.4 GEOLOGICAL MAP OF THE CHURU DISTRICT 1437.5 TEMPERATURE PROFILE OF DISTRICT CHURU 148

7.6RADIAL FLOW FROM RECHARGE WELL PENETRATING INTO UNCONFINEDAQUIFER

156

7.7 PROPOSED RAINWATER HARVESTINGF POND LOCATED OUTSIDE THE PLANT 1577.8 DESIGN OF RECHARGE SHAFT 1587.9 EMERGENCY TEAM 1618.1 FOCUS AREAS UNDER ESC ACTIVITIES 17410.1 STRUCTURE OF EMC 180

ix

LIST OF FIGURES



69



135



156


ix

LIST OF FIGURES



69



135



156


ABBREVIATIONS

i

ABBREVIATIONS

AAQM : Ambient Air Quality MonitoringAAQMS : Ambient Air Quality Monitoring StationsAERMOD : AMS/EPA Regulatory MonitoringALOHA : Areal Locations of Hazardous AtmospheresAPCE : Air Pollution Control EquipmentsAPM : Air Particulate MatterBDL : Below Detection LimitBIS : Bureau of Indian StandardsBOD : Bio-chemical Oxygen DemandCAGR : Compound Annual Growth RateCCTV : Closed Circuit TelevisionCEO : Chief Executive OfficerCEP : Corporate Environment policyCGWA : Central Ground Water AuthorityCPCB : Central Pollution Control BoardCO : Carbon MonoxideCSR : Corporate Social ResponsibilityCTE : Consent to EstablishCTO : Consent to OperateD.G : Diesel GeneratorDL : Detection LimitDO : Dissolved OxygenDMP : Disaster Management PlanEAC : Expert Appraisal CommitteeEC : Environmental ClearanceECC : Emergency Control CentreEIA : Environmental Impact AssessmentEMC : Environment Management CellEMP : Environmental Management PlanENE : East of North-EastEPA : Environmental Protection AuthorityERDAS : Earth Resources Data Analysis SystemERT : Emergency Response TeamESE : East of South EastESC : Enterprise Social CommitmentESP : Electrostatic PrecipitatorETP : Effluent treatment PlantFCC : False Color CompositeFHZ : Flood Hazard ZonationFICCI : Federation of Indian Chambers of Commerce and IndustryFPM : Fine Particulate MatterFPS : Fine Particulate SamplerFY : Financial YearGIS : Geographic Information SystemGCP : Ground Control PointsGDP : Gross Domestic ProductGHG : Greenhouse GasesGOI : Government of IndiaGOVT. : GovernmentGPS : Global Positioning SystemGLC : Ground Level Concentration

ii

Ha : HectareHAZID : Hazard IdentificationHC : HydrocarbonsHSE : Health, Safety & EnvironmentISO : International Organization for StandardizationISRO : Indian Space Research OrganizationIMD : India Meteorological DepartmentIS : Indian StandardsJMEPL : J.M. EnviroNet Private LimitedKLD : Kilo Litre Per DayKm : KilometerKWH : Kilo Watt HourKVA : Kilo Volt AmpereLOS : Level of ServiceLULC : Land Use/Land CoverMT : Metric TonneMTPA : Million Tonnes Per AnnumMoEFCC : Ministry of Environment and Forest & Climate ChangeMSDS : Material Safety Data SheetsMW : Mega WattMVA : Mega Volt AmpereNAAQS : National Ambient Air Quality StandardsNABL : National Accreditation Board For Testing And Calibration LaboratoriesNABET : National Accreditation Board for Education & TrainingNGO : Non- Governmental OrganizationNATMO : National Atlas Thematic Mapping OrganizationNDIR : Non-dispersive Infrared DetectorNE : North EastNH : National HighwayNIDM : National Institute of Disaster ManagementNOC : No Objection CertificateNNE : North of NortheastNOx : Oxides of NitrogenNRSA : National Remote Sensing AgencyNTU : Nephlometeric Turbidity UnitNW : North WestOHS : Occupational Health & SafetyPCU : Passenger Car unitPF : Protected ForestpH : Potential HydrogenPHC : Public Health CentersPM : Particulate MatterPPE : Personal Protective EquipmentsPPM : Parts Per MillionQCI : Quality Council of IndiaRDS : Respiratory Dust SamplerRI : Rainfall InfiltrationRO : Regional OfficeRO : Reverse OsmosisRSPM : Respirable Suspended Particulate MatterR & R : Rehabilitation & ResettlementRSPCB : Rajasthan State Pollution Control BoardS : SouthSC : Scheduled Caste

iii

SE : South EastSEAC : State Level Expert Appraisal CommitteeSEIAA : State Environment Impact Assessment AuthoritySOI : Survey of IndiaSPM : Suspended Particulate MatterSRTM : Shuttle Radar Topographic MissionSSE : South of South EastSW : South WestST : Scheduled TribesTDS : Total Dissolved SolidsToR : Terms of ReferenceTPD : Tonnes Per DayTPH : Tonnes Per HourUSEPA : United States Environmental Protection AgencyUSDA : United States Department of AgricultureWNW : West of North WestWSW : West of South Westµg/m3 : Micro gram per metre cubeµm : Micro metreµS/cm : Micro Siemens per centimetredB : Decibelg/CC : Gram per cubic centimetreg/km hr : Gram per kilometer hourha : Hectarekg/ha : Kilogram per hectarekm : Kilometrem : Metremg/kg : Milligram per kilogrammg/l : Milligram per litremg/m3 : Milligram per metre cubemg/Nm3 : Milligram per Newton cubic metremm : Millimetresq. : Square

iii


iii


TOR LETTER & POINT-WISE COMPLIANCE OF

toR

No.IA-J-11011/134/2018-IA-II(I)

Goverment of India

Minister of Enviroment,Forest and Climate Change

Impact Assessment Division

***

Indira Paryavaran Bhavan,

Vayu Wing,3rd Floor,Aliganj,

Jor Bagh Road,New Delhi-110003

18 May 2018

To,

M/s M/S KRISHNUM DYES & INTERMEDIATE PVT LTD

Opposite Narbda Bhawan, Churu,

Churu-331001

Rajasthan

Tel.No.0931-4961278; Email:[email protected]

Sir/Madam,

This has reference to the proposal submitted in the Ministry of Environment, Forest

and Climate Change to prescribe the Terms of Reference (TOR) for undertaking detailed EIA

study for the purpose of obtaining Environmental Clearance in accordance with the provisions of

the EIA Notification, 2006. For this purpose, the proponent had submitted online information in the

prescribed format (Form-1 ) along with a Pre-feasibility Report. The details of the proposal are

given below:

1. Proposal No.: IA/RJ/IND2/74141/2018

2. Name of the Proposal:

Proposed Dyes & Intermediates manufacturing

project of 150 MT/Month (Crude) [{Disperse

Azo Dyes (All colours) - 100 MT/Month,

Coumarine Dyes (All colours)- 25 MT/Month &

Methine Dyes (All colours) -25 MT/Month}], at

Khasara no 670/521 of Revenue Village -

Untwalia , Tehsil & District - Churu, (Rajasthan)

by M/s. Krishnum Dyes & Intermediate Pvt. Ltd.

3. Category of the Proposal: Industrial Projects - 2

4. Project/Activity applied for: 5(f) Synthetic organic chemicals industry (dyes

& dye intermediates; bulk

5. Date of submission for TOR: 11 Apr 2018

Page 1 of 9

In this regard, under the provisions of the EIA Notification 2006 as amended, the Standard TOR

for the purpose of preparing environment impact assessment report and environment

management plan for obtaining prior environment clearance is prescribed with public consultation

as follows:

Page 2 of 9

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

5(f):STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR CONDUCTINGENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FOR SYNTHETICORGANIC CHEMICALS INDUSTRY (DYES & DYEINTERMEDIATES; BULK DRUGS AND INTERMEDIATESEXCLUDING DRUG FORMULATIONS; SYNTHETIC RUBBERS;BASIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS, OTHER SYNTHETIC ORGANICCHEMICALS AND CHEMICAL INTERMEDIATES) ANDINFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN EIA/EMP REPORT

A. STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE

1) Executive Summary

2) Introduction

i. Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation

ii. Information about the project proponent

iii. Importance and benefits of the project

3) Project Description

i. Cost of project and time of completion.

ii. Products with capacities for the proposed project.

iii. If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate landis available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.

iv. List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation.

v. Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities

vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management.

vii. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram,man-power requirement (regular and contract)

viii. Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet(quantative) from raw material to products to be provided

ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems.

x. Expansion/modernization proposals:

c. Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained forthe project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of thelatest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forestsas per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulatedin all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In

Page 3 of 9

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FORPROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing Iexisting operationof the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.

d. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for nottaking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate andConsent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE andCTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliancereport to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.

4) Site Details

i. Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justificationfor selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.

ii. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scaleon an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)

iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site

iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site.

v. Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site.

vi. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plantarea, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layoutof Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.

vii. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, showphotographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular.

viii. Landuse break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (notrequired for industrial area)

ix. A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10km radius) shall beincorporated. Land use details of the study area

x. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.

xi. Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 kmradius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrencefrequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of theproject site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green fieldprojects)

xii. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition processand expected time of complete possession of the land.

xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy.

Page 4 of 9


5) Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):

i. Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, andrecommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable)

ii. Landuse map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineatingthe forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha)

iii. Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with lateststatus shall be submitted.

iv. The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves,Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map dulyauthenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project locationand the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon.

v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the StateGovernment for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area.

vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to theStanding Committee of the National Board for Wildlife.

6) Environmental Status

i. Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and directionand rainfall.

ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and otherparameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be basedCPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zoneand sensitive receptors including reserved forests.

iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in theNAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values foreach of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexureto the EIA Report.

iv. Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point)and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.

v. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC, ifyes give details.

vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included.

vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.

viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines.

ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials,additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.

Page 5 of 9


x. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study areashall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared andfurnished.

xi. Socio-economic status of the study area.

7) Impact and Environment Management Plan

i. Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based onsite-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, theAQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics fordetermining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sourcesof emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details ofthe model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air qualitycontours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitationnearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

ii. Water Quality modelling - in case of discharge in water body

iii. Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environmenthall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials andfinished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor-cum-rail transport shall be examined.

iv. A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reusedfor different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristicsof untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P)Rules.

v. Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards.

vi. Measures for fugitive emission control

vii. Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copiesof MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also beincluded. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recovertechniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.

viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailedplan of action shall be provided.

ix. Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shallbe included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greeningof the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.

x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvestrainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to

Page 6 of 9


use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the waterrequirement from other sources.

xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measuresshall be included.

xii. Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted.

xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency ManagementPlan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should belinked with District Disaster Management Plan.

8) Occupational health

i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casualworkers

ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is beingevaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far& Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement andperiodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzeddata of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and departmentwise.

iii. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazardsand whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL,what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workerscan be preserved,

iv. Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health andSafety.

9) Corporate Environment Policy

i. Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board ofDirectors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.

ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bringinto focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms /conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with theenvironmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearanceconditions? Details of this system may be given.

iv. Does the company have system of reporting of non compliances / violations of environmentalnorms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders atlarge? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report

Page 7 of 9


10) Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to thelabour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers duringoperation phase.

11) Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)

i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be earmarked towards the EnterpriseSocial Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with timebound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to beelaborated upon.

12) Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Lawagainst the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any noticeunder the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and WaterActs? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case.

13) 'A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TOR.

B. SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCEFOREIASTUDIES FOR SYNTHETICORGANIC CHEMICALS INDUSTRY (DYES & DYE INTERMEDIATES;BULK DRUGS AND INTERMEDIATES EXCLUDING DRUGFORMULATIONS; SYNTHETIC RUBBERS; BASIC ORGANICCHEMICALS, OTHER SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS ANDCHEMICAL INTERMEDIATES)

1. Detailsonsolvents to be used,measuresfor solventrecovery and for emissions control.

2. Details of process emissions from the proposed unit and its arrangement to control.

3. Ambient air quality data should include VOC, otherprocess-specificpollutants* like NH3*, chlorine*,HCl*, HBr*, H2S*, HF*,etc.,(*-asapplicable)

4. Work zone monitoring arrangements for hazardous chemicals.

5. Detailed effluent treatment scheme including ssegregation of effluent streams for units adopting'Zero' liquid discharge.

6. Action plan for odour control to be submitted.

7. A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding signed with cement manufacturers indicating clearlythat they co-process organic solid/hazardous waste generated.

8. Authorization/Membership for the disposal of liquid effluent in CETP and solid/hazardous waste inTSDF, if any.

9. Action plan for utilization of MEE/dryers salts.

10. Material Safety Data Sheet for all the Chemicals are being used/will be used.

11. Authorization/Membership for the disposal of solid/hazardous waste in TSDF.

Page 8 of 9


12. Details of incinerator if to be installed.

13. Risk assessment for storage and handling of hazardous chemicals/solvents. Action plan for handling& safety system to be incorporated.

14. Arrangements for ensuring health and safety of workers engaged in handling of toxic materials.

***

Page 9 of 9

Proposed Dyes & Intermediates Manufacturing Project of 150 MT/Month (Crude) [{Disperse Azo Dyes (All colours) - 100 MT/Month, Coumarin Dyes(All colours) - 25 MT/Month &Methine Dyes (All colours) - 25 MT/Month}]At Khasara no. 670/521 of Revenue Village - Untwalia, Tehsil & District - Churu (Rajasthan)

Point-wise Compliance of ToR

M/s. Krishnum Dyes & Intermediate Pvt. Ltd. 10 J.M. Environet Pvt. Ltd.

Point-wise Compliance of ToRs

Point-wise compliance to the ToR points as per the ToR letter issued by MoEFCC, New Delhi vide their letter

no. IA-J-11011/134/2018-IA-II(I) dated 18th May, 2018 for Proposed Dyes & Intermediates Manufacturing

Project of 150 MT/Month (Crude) [{Disperse Azo Dyes - 100 MT/Month, Coumarine Dyes - 25 MT/Month &

Methine Dyes - 25 MT/Month}] at Khasara no. 670/521 of Revenue Village - Untwalia, Tehsil & District -

Churu (Rajasthan) by M/s. Krishnum Dyes & Intermediate Pvt. Ltd..

ToR Point

No.ToR Point Compliance

Reference in Final

EIA/EMP Report

A. STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE

1) Executive Summary Executive Summary of the project has been

incorporated in this EIA/EMP Report.

Page no. I - XIV

2) Introduction

i. Details of the EIA Consultant

including NABET accreditation

The consultant engaged with this project is JM

Environet Pvt. Ltd., who is a NABET accredited

Environmental Consultant having its corporate

office in Gurgaon (Haryana).

Details of the consultant including NABET

accreditation has been incorporated in this

EIA/EMP Report.

Chapter - 12, Page

no. 201

Annexure 11

ii. Information about the project

proponent

M/s. Krishnum Dye & intermediate Pvt. Ltd. is

a private company.

Currently, it has proposed Dyes &

Intermediates Manufacturing Project.

Details reg. the same has been incorporated in

this EIA/EMP Report.

Chapter - 1, Section

1.2.2, Page no. 29

iii. Importance and benefits of the

project

Importance of this project has been given in


A separate chapter on Project benefits has

also been prepared and incorporated in this

EIA/EMP Report.

Chapter - 1, Section

1.3.2, Page no. 29

Chapter - 8, Page

no. 174-177

3) Project Description

i. Cost of project and time of

completion.

Total Cost of

the Project

Rs. 20.21 Crores Chapter - 10,

Section 10.9, Page

no. 194

&

Chapter - 2,

Section 2.6, Page

no. 41

Time of

Completion

~ 12 Months(after getting all the regulatory

approvals)

Details of activities along with

time required have been

incorporated in this EIA/EMP

Report.




ToR Point


Reference in Final

EIA/EMP Report

ii. Products with capacities for the

proposed project.

Dye & Intermediates - 150 MT/Month (Crude)

o Disperse Azo Dyes (All colours) - 100

MT/Month

o Coumarine Dyes (All colours) - 25 MT/Month

o Methine Dyes (All colours) - 25 MT/Month

-

iii. If expansion project, details of

existing products with capacities and

whether adequate land is available

for expansion, reference of earlier EC

if any.

Not applicable; as this is a proposed project. -

iv. List of raw materials required and

their source along with mode of

transportation.

List of raw materials required, their source

along with their mode of transportation has

been incorporated in this EIA/EMP Report.

Chapter - 2,

Section 2.5.1, Page

no. 37-38

v. Other chemicals and materials

required with quantities and storage

capacities

No other chemicals and materials are required

for the proposed project.

-

vi. Details of Emission, effluents,

hazardous waste generation and

their management.

Details on emission, effluent, hazardous waste

generation and their management is


Chapter - 2,

Section 2.11, Page

no. 49 - 51

vii. Requirement of water, power, with

source of supply, status of approval,

water balance diagram,

man-power requirement (regular

and contract)

Purpose Requirement Source

Water (KLD)

Fresh Water 34.8 Ground water

Recycled water 61 From ETP/RO

Sub total 95.8 -

Ice 22 Local suppliers

Grand Total 117.8 -

Status of Approval for Ground water: Approval

permission for ground water withdrawal (34.8

KLD) from CGWA was submitted application on

14th December, 2018. The same is under process

and the screenshot of latest correspondence

status has been enclosed as Annexure - 1 along

with this EIA/EMP Report.

Water Balance Diagram has been incorporated

in this EIA/EMP Report.

Chapter - 2,

Section 2.5.5,

2.5.3, 2.5.6, Page

no. 38-41

Annexure - 1

Chapter - 2,

Particular Requirement

Power

(KVA)500

Source: JDVVNL Rajasthan




ToR Point


Reference in Final

EIA/EMP Report

Note: 2 Nos. of DG Sets of 125 KVA Capacity for

power back up

Section 2.5.3, Page

no. 38

Manpower

(No. of

persons)

Regular Contractual Total

40 59 154

Source: Nearby Villages / Area / Outside

Details have been incorporated in this EIA/EMP

Report.

viii. Process description along with major

equipments and machineries,

process flow sheet (quantative)

from raw material to products to be

provided.

Process description along with major

equipments and machineries has been


Product wise Process flow sheet

(quantitative) from raw material to products /

mass balance has been enclosed as Annexure

– 2 along with this EIA / EMP Report.

Chapter - 2,

Section 2.7,

Page no. 41 - 43

Annexure - 2

ix. Hazard identification and details of

proposed safety systems.

Hazard identification and details of proposed

safety systems has been incorporated in this

EIA/EMP Report.

Chapter - 7,

Section 7.4.2 to

7.4.3, Page no.

159-165

x. Expansion/modernization proposals:

c. Copy of all the Environmental

Clearance(s) including Amendments

thereto obtained for the project

from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached

as an Annexure. A certified copy of

the latest Monitoring Report of the

Regional Office of the Ministry of

Environment and Forests as per

circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the

status of compliance of conditions

stipulated

in all the existing environmental

clearances including Amendments

shall be provided. In addition, status

of compliance of Consent to Operate

for the ongoing Existing operation

Of the project from SPCB shall be

attached with the EIA-EMP report.

Not applicable; as it is a proposed project. -




ToR Point


Reference in Final

EIA/EMP Report

d. In case the existing project has not

obtained environmental clearance,

reasons for not taking EC under the

provisions of the EIA Notification

1994 and/or EIA Notification

2006 shall be provided. Copies of

Consent to Establish/No Objection

Certificate and Consent to Operate

(in case of units operating prior to

EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO

of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the

SPCB shall be submitted. Further,

compliance report to the conditions

of consents from the SPCB shall be

submitted

Not applicable; as it is a proposed project. -

4) Site Details

i. Location of the project site covering

village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and

State, Justification for selecting the

site, whether other sites were

considered.

o Plant site is located at Revenue Village -

Untwalia, Tehsil & District – Churu

(Rajasthan).

o Justification for selecting the site has also

been incorporated in this EIA/EMP Report

Chapter - 2, Figure

-2.1, Page no. 32

Chapter 5, Section

5.1.1, Page no. 128

ii. A toposheet of the study area of

radius of 10km and site location on

1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2

sheet. (including all eco-sensitive

areas and environmentally sensitive

places)

Map showing project site and 10 km radius

study area on Toposheet of 1:50,000 scale on

an A3 sheet has been incorporated in this

EIA/EMP Report.

Chapter - 3, Figure

3.1, Page no. 53

iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for

selection of site

No alternative site has been considered for the

proposed project as the Proposed Project site is

already under the possession of the Company.

Chapter 5, Section

5.1.1, Page no. 128

iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four

corners of the site.

Corner Co-ordinates of the Project site are

given in this EIA/EMP Report.

Chapter - 2, Figure

2.2, Page no. 33

v. Google map-Earth downloaded of

the project site.

Google Earth downloaded map of the Project

site is given in this EIA/EMP Report.

Chapter - 2, Figure

2.2, Page no. 33

vi. Layout maps indicating existing unit

as well as proposed unit indicating

storage area, plant area, greenbelt

area, utilities etc. If located within an

Plant Layout showing proposed unit, storage

area, greenbelt area, other utilities has been


Proposed Project site is not located in an

Chapter - 2,

Section 2.3.3 &

Figure 2.3, Page

no. 35




ToR Point


Reference in Final

EIA/EMP Report

Industrial area/Estate/Complex,

layout of Industrial Area indicating

location of unit within the Industrial

area/Estate.

industrial area/ Estate/ Complex.

vii. Photographs of the proposed and

existing (if applicable) plant site. If

existing, show photographs of

plantation/greenbelt, in particular.

Photographs showing the proposed project

site have been incorporated in this EIA/EMP

Report.

Since, it is a new project; greenbelt will be

developed as per CPCB norms.

Chapter - 2,

Section 2.3.4, Page

no. 36

viii. Landuse break-up of total land of

the project site (identified and

acquired), government/ private -

agricultural, forest, wasteland, water

bodies, settlements, etc shall be

included. (not required for industrial

area)

Total Proposed project area is 1.00 ha

(10,000Sq.m.) and same is already under the

possession of the company & also stands

converted for industrial use vide letter No. L.

C./SDCHU/Revenue/2016/6157 dated 26.09.2016.

Relevant Land documents have been enclosed

herewith this EIA/EMP Report.

Chapter - 3,

Section 3.5.5.1,

Page no. 58

Annexure 3

ix. A list of major industries with

name and type within study area

(10 km radius) shall be

incorporated. Land use details of the

study area

There are no major industries within 10 km

radius study area.

Land use details of the study area have also


Chapter - 3, Table

3.3, Page no. 58.

Chapter - 3, Figure

3.3, Page no. 59

x. Geological features and Geo-

hydrological status of the study area

shall be included.

Details regarding Geological features and Geo-

hydrological status of the study area have been

given in Hydro-geological Study Report. Details

of the same have been incorporated in this

EIA/EMP Report.

Chapter - 7,

Section 7.3, Page

no. 139-159

xi. Details of Drainage of the project

upto 5km radius of study area. If the

site is within 1 km radius of any major

river, peak and lean season river

discharge as well as flood

occurrence frequency based on

peak rainfall data of the past 30

years. Details of Flood Level of the

project site and maximum Flood

Level of the river shall also be

provided. (mega green field

Map showing drainage of the project site and

10 km radius study area has been incorporated

in Hydro-geological Report and given in this

EIA/EMP Report.

Project Site does not fall within 1 km radius of

any major River.

Chapter - 7,

Section 7.3.4,

Figure 7.2, Page

no. 141




ToR Point


Reference in Final

EIA/EMP Report

projects)

xii. Status of acquisition of land. If

acquisition is not complete, stage of

the acquisition process and

expected time of complete

possession of the land.

Total Project area is 1.o0 Ha. The same has

already been converted for industrial use and is

under the possession of the company.

Land Documents and conversion letter are

enclosed as Annexure3with this EIA/EMP

report.

Annexure - 3

xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line

with state Government policy.

R & R is not applicable; as the all the land

required for the proposed project is under the

possession of the company.

-

5) Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):

i. Permission and approval for the

use of forest land (forestry

clearance), if any, and

recommendations of the State

Forest Department. (if applicable)

No forest land is involved in the Proposed

Project; thus, no such permission / approval is

required.

-

ii. Land use map based on High

resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of

the proposed site delineating the

forestland (in case of projects

involving forest land more than 40

ha)

No forest land is involved in the proposed

Project.

-

iii. Status of Application submitted for

obtaining the stage I forestry

clearance along with latest status

shall be submitted.

Not applicable. -

iv. The projects to be located within 10

km of the National Parks,

Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves,

Migratory Corridors of Wild

Animals, the project proponent

shall submit the map duly

authenticated by Chief Wildlife

Warden showing these features vis-

à-vis the project location and the

recommendations or comments of

the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon.

No National Park, Sanctuary, Biosphere

Reserve, Migratory Corridor of wild animals

exists within 10 km radius study area; hence,

not applicable.

-

v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly No Schedule-I fauna was found within 10 km -




ToR Point


Reference in Final

EIA/EMP Report

authenticated by the Chief Wildlife

Warden of the State Government

for conservation of Schedule I fauna,

if any exists in the study area.

radius study area of the proposed project site.

vi. Copy of application submitted for

clearance under the Wildlife

(Protection) Act, 1972, to the

Standing Committee of the National

Board for Wildlife.

Not applicable. -

6) Environmental Status

i. Determination of atmospheric

inversion level at the project site

and site-specific micro-

meteorological data using

temperature, relative humidity,

hourly wind speed and direction and

rainfall.

Details of atmospheric inversion level at the

project site have been incorporated in this

EIA/EMP Report.

Site-specific micro-meteorological data

(temperature, relative humidity, wind speed

and direction) were collected during Summer

Season (March to May, 2018). Details of the

same have been incorporated in this EIA/EMP

Report.

Hourly meteorological data has been enclosed

as Annexure-4 with this EIA/EMP Report.

Rainfall data has also been incorporated in this

EIA/EMP Report.

Chapter - 3,

Section 3.5.5.1,

Page no. 66

Chapter - 3,

Section 3.5.5, Page

no. 64

Annexure-4

Chapter - 3, Table

3.5, Page no. 63

ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8

locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2,

NOX, CO and other parameters

relevant to the project shall be

collected. The monitoring stations

shall be based CPCB guidelines and

take into account the pre-dominant

wind direction, population zone and

sensitive receptors including

reserved forests.

AAQ monitoring was carried out at 8 locations

for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO and PAHs

during Summer Season (March to May, 2018)

within 10 km radius study area.

The monitoring stations were selected taking

into account the dominant wind direction,

population zone and sensitive receptors etc.

Detail of the same has been incorporated in


Chapter - 3,

Section 3.5.6, Page

no. 66 - 70

iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement

for 12 weeks of all stations as per

frequency given in the NAQQM

Notification of Nov. 2009 along with

- min., max., average and 98% values

Raw data of all AAQ measurement / detailed

AAQM Tables of all AAQ stations along with

min., max., average and 98% values for each of

the AAQ parameters have been enclosed as

Annexure –5along with this EIA/EMP Report.

Annexure-5




ToR Point


Reference in Final

EIA/EMP Report

for each of the AAQ parameters

from data of all AAQ stations should

be provided as an annexure to the

EIA Report.

iv. Surface water quality of nearby

River (100m upstream and

downstream of discharge point) and

other surface drains at eight

locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC

guidelines.

There are no surface water bodies present

within 10 km radius of the Project Site.

There will be no discharge of waste water

outside the area. Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD)

will be adopted.

Chapter - 3,

Section 3.5.8.1,

Page no. 73

v. Whether the site falls near to

polluted stretch of river identified by

the CPCB/MoEF&CC, if yes give

details.

Project site does not fall near to any polluted

stretch of river identified by the CPCB/ MoEFCC.

-

vi. Ground water monitoring at

minimum at 8 locations shall be

included.

Ground water monitoring was carried out at 8

locations in the study area during Summer

Season (March to May, 2018). Details of the

same have been incorporated in the EIA/EMP

Report.

Chapter - 3,

Section -3.5.8.2,

Page no. 73 - 76

vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8

locations within the study area.

Noise level monitoring was carried out at 8

locations within the study area during Summer

Season (March to May, 2018).

Details of the same have been incorporated in


Chapter - 3,

Section -3.5.7,

Page no. 71 - 72

viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB

guidelines.

Soil sampling was carried out at 8 locations

within the study area during Summer Season

(March to May, 2018).



Chapter - 3,

Section -3.5.9,

Page no. 76 - 80

ix. Traffic study of the area, type of

vehicles, frequency of vehicles for

transportation of materials,

additional traffic due to proposed

project, parking arrangement etc.

Traffic study of the area w.r.t. existing traffic,

type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for

transportation of materials additional traffic

due to Proposed Project was conducted and

details for the same have been incorporated in


Chapter - 4,

Section -4.11, Page

no. 115 - 124

x. Detailed description of flora and

fauna (terrestrial and aquatic)

existing in the study area shall be

No Schedule - I fauna was found within 10 km

radius of the study area.

Details of the flora and fauna found within the

Chapter- 3. Section

3.5.10,

Page no. 80-87




ToR Point


Reference in Final

EIA/EMP Report

given with special reference to rare,

endemic and endangered species. If

Schedule- I fauna are found within

the study area, a Wildlife

Conservation Plan shall be prepared

and furnished.

study area have been given in this EIA/EMP

Report.

xi. Socio-economic status of the study

area.

Details reg. socio-economic status of the study

area has been incorporated in this EIA/EMP

Report.

Chapter - 3,

Section 3.5.11, Page

no. 87 - 95

7) Impact and Environment Management Plan

i. Assessment of ground level

concentration of pollutants from the

stack emission based on site-specific

meteorological features. In case

the project is located on a hilly

terrain, the AQIP Modelling shall

be done using inputs of the

specific terrain characteristics for

determining the potential impacts of

the project on the AAQ. Cumulative

impact of all sources of emissions

(including transportation) on the

AAQ of the area shall be assessed.

Details of the model used and the

input data used for modelling shall

also be provided. The air quality

contours shall be plotted on a

location map showing the location

of project site, habitation nearby,

sensitive receptors, if any.

The incremental ground level concentration of

pollutants from the stack emissions based on

site-specific meteorological features has been

predicted via computation done through

mathematical modeling and incorporated in


The project site is not located on a hilly terrain.

Impact of all the sources of emissions on the

AAQ of the area was assessed. Details of the

same along with details of the model used and

the input data used for modeling have been


Isopleths showing air quality contours plotted

on location map have also been incorporated in


Chapter - 4,

Section 4.4.1 to

4.4.1.9, Page no.

103 - 109

Chapter - 4, Figure

4.1, 4.2, 4.3, Page

no. 107 - 109

ii. Water Quality modeling - in case of

discharge in water body

No wastewater will be discharged outside the

premises from the Proposed Project.

Same has been shown in water balance

diagram given in this EIA/EMP Report.

Therefore, water quality modeling study is not

required.

Chapter - 2, Figure

2.8.2, Page no. 44

iii. Impact of the transport of the raw

materials and end products on the

There will be no major impact of the transport

of the raw materials and end products on the

Chapter - 4,

Section 4.11, Page




ToR Point


Reference in Final

EIA/EMP Report

surrounding environment hall be

assessed and provided. In this

regard, options for transport of raw

materials and finished products and

wastes (large quantities) by rail or

rail-cum road transport or conveyor-

cum-rail transport shall be examined.

surrounding environment due to Proposed

Project as proper mitigation measures will be

adopted.

Details reg. impact of the transport of the raw

materials and end products on the surrounding

environment has been assessed. Details reg.

the same has been incorporated in this EIA /

EMP Report.

no. 115 - 124

iv. A note on treatment of wastewater

from different plant operations,

extent recycled and reused for

different purposes shall be included.

Complete scheme of effluent

treatment. Characteristics of

untreated and treated effluent to

meet the prescribed standards of

discharge under E(P) Rules.

Wastewater generated from the plant

process will be treated in three stage ETP

(100 KLD) followed by R.O. for recycling of

treated waste water & R.O. reject shall be

disposed through MEE. Domestic waste

water generated from plant will be disposed

off through septic tank and soak pit.

Details of the same have been incorporated

in this EIA/EMP Report.

Details regarding treatment of wastewater

from different plant operations, extent of

recycled and reused treated waste water for

different purposes have been incorporated

in the EIA/EMP Report

Characteristics of untreated and treated

effluent are also included in the EIA/EMP

Report.

Chapter - 2,

Section 2.8.2, Page

no. 44 - 46

v. Details of stack emission and action

plan for control of emissions to meet

standards.

The proposed Stack emission details have been


Efficient Air Pollution Control Equipment

(APCE) will be installed for control of emissions

levels within the prescribed limit.



Chapter - 4, Table -

4.1, Page no. 104

Chapter - 10, Table

10.1, Page no. 181

vi. Measures for fugitive emission

control

Measures for control of fugitive emission have


Chapter - 10,

Section 10.3.2,

Page no. 181-182

vii. Details of hazardous waste

generation and their storage,

utilization and management. Copies

Details regarding hazardous waste generation,

and their storage / utilization /

management/disposal have been given in this

Chapter - 2,

Section 2.11.4,

Page no. 50




ToR Point


Reference in Final

EIA/EMP Report

of MOU regarding utilization of

solid and hazardous waste in

cement plant shall also be

included. EMP shall include the

concept of waste-minimization,

recycle/reuse/recover techniques,

Energy conservation, and natural

resource conservation.

EIA/EMP Report.

Company will explore the feasibility of co

processing of hazardous waste generated from

the project in cement plants. MOU will be

signed with the respective cement industries

prior to commencement of the proposed

project as per requirement.

Concept of waste - minimization, recycle/ reuse

/ recover techniques, Energy Conservation and

natural resource conservation has been

included in the EMP and details reg. the same

have been incorporated in this EIA/EMP Report.

Chapter - 10,

Section 10.4 &

10.5, Page no. 186-

183

viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be

ensured as per Fly Ash Notification,

2009. A detailed plan of action shall

be provided.

Fly ash generated from the boiler will be sent

to brick manufacturers.

Chapter - 2,

Section 2.11.4,

Page no. 50

ix. Action plan for the green belt

development plan in 33 % area i.e.

land with not less than 1,500 trees

per ha. Giving details of species,

width of plantation, planning

schedule etc. shall be included. The

green belt shall be around the

project boundary and a scheme for

greening of the roads used for the

project shall also be incorporated.

Total project area is 1.00 ha. Approx. 0.33 ha

(~33% of the total project area) will be

developed under greenbelt / plantation.

Action Plan for greenbelt development along

with details of species, width of plantation has

been incorporated in this EIA / EMP Report.

Chapter - 10,

Section 10.6.3,

Page no. 185

x. Action plan for rainwater

harvesting measures at plant site

shall be submitted to harvest

rainwater from the roof tops and

storm water drains to recharge the

ground water and also to use for the

various activities at the project site

to conserve fresh water and reduce

the water requirement from other

sources.

Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures

at proposed site has been prepared and details

of the same have been given in Hydro-

geological Report incorporated in this EIA / EMP

Report.

Chapter - 7,

Section 7.3.12,

Page no. 150-159

xi. Total capital cost and recurring

cost/annum for environmental

Cost for Environmental Protection Measures:

o Capital Cost: Rs. 1.5 Crore

Chapter - 10,

Section 10.9, Page




ToR Point


Reference in Final

EIA/EMP Report

pollution control measures shall be

included.

o Recurring Cost: Rs. 35Lacs/annum.

Detailed breakup of cost has been included in

this EIA/EMP report.

no. 194

xii. Action plan for post-project

environmental monitoring shall be

submitted.

Action plan for post-project environmental

monitoring has been incorporated in this

EIA/EMP report.

Chapter - 6,

Section 6.2.5, Page

no. 131-132

xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural

and Man-made) Preparedness and

Emergency Management Plan

including Risk Assessment and

damage control. Disaster

management plan should be linked

with District Disaster Management

Plan.

Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-

made) Preparedness and Emergency

Management Plan including Risk Assessment

and damage control have been incorporated in


Risk assessment modeling for major hazardous

material has been carried out using ALOHA.

Details regarding the same have been


Chapter - 7,

Section 7.4.4,

Page no. 165 – 173

Annexure 10

8) Occupational health

i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure

the occupational health & safety of

all contract and casual workers

Plan and fund allocation to ensure the

occupational health and safety of all contract

and casual workers have been incorporated in


Chapter - 10, Table

– 10.7, Page no.

194

ii. Details of exposure specific health

status evaluation of worker. If the

workers' health is being evaluated

by pre-designed format, chest x rays,

Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision

testing (Far & Near vision, colour

vision and any other ocular defect)

ECG, during pre-placement and

periodical examinations give the

details of the same. Details

regarding last month analyzed data

of above mentioned parameters as

per age, sex, duration of exposure

and department wise.

This is a proposed project. Details regarding

Occupational Health & Safety to be adopted in

proposed project have been incorporated in


Chapter - 10,

Section 10.7, Page

no 18

iii. Details of existing Occupational &

Safety Hazards. What are the

exposure levels of hazards and

whether they are within Permissible





ToR Point


Reference in Final

EIA/EMP Report

Exposure level (PEL). If these are not

within PEL, what measures the

company has adopted to keep them

within PEL so that health of the

workers can be preserved,

iv. Annual report of health status of

workers with special reference to

Occupational Health and Safety.


9) Corporate Environment Policy

i. Does the company have a well laid

down Environment Policy

approved by its Board of

Directors? If so, it may be detailed in

the EIA report.

Yes, the company has a laid down Environment

Policy approved by its Board of Directors.

Corporate Environment Policy of the company

has been enclosed as Annexure – 6 along with

this EIA / EMP Report.

Annexure -6

ii. Does the Environment Policy

prescribe for standard operating

process / procedures to bring into

focus any infringement / deviation /

violation of the environmental or

forest norms / conditions? If so, it

may be detailed in the EIA.

Yes, the Environment Policy prescribes for

standard operating process to implement the

environmental standards.

iii. What is the hierarchical system or

Administrative order of the

company to deal with the

environmental issues and for

ensuring compliance with the

environmental clearance

conditions? Details of this system

may be given.

The hierarchical system or Administrative order

of the company to deal with the environmental

issues and for ensuring compliance with the

environmental clearance conditions is given in

the Corporate Environment Policy.

iv. Does the company have system of

reporting of non-compliances /

violations of environmental norms

to the Board of Directors of the

company and / or shareholders or

stakeholders at large? This reporting

mechanism shall be detailed in the

EIA report.

Yes, the company has system of reporting of

non-compliances / violations of environmental

norms to the Board of Directors of the

company.

The same has been incorporated under roles &

responsibilities of Corporate Environment

Policy.

10) Details regarding infrastructure Details regarding infrastructure facilities to be Chapter - 2,




ToR Point


Reference in Final

EIA/EMP Report

facilities such as sanitation, fuel,

restroom etc. to be provided to the

labour force during construction as

well as to the casual workers

including truck drivers during

operation phase.

provided to the labour force during

construction as well as to the casual workers

including truck drivers during operation phase

have been incorporated in this EIA/EMP Report.

Section 2.10, Page

no. 49

11) Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)

i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the

project cost) shall be earmarked

towards the Enterprise Social

Commitment based on Public

Hearing issues and item-wise details

along with time bound action plan

shall be included. Socio-economic

development activities need to be

elaborated upon.

As per OM dated 01st May, 2018, company has

proposed to spend Rs. 40.50 Lacs under CER /

ESC activities in phased manner in next 5 years

under various sectors. The action plan has been

prepared based on need assessment. Detailed

action plan for the activities along with the

budgetary allocation incorporated in this

EIA/EMP Report.

Chapter -8, Table

8.1,

Page no. 175

12) Any litigation pending against the

project and/or any direction/order

passed by any Court of Law against

the project, if so, details thereof

shall also be included. Has the unit

received any notice under the

Section 5 of Environment

(Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant

Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so,

details thereof and compliance/ATR

to the notice(s) and present status

of the case.

No litigation is pending against the project

and/or any direction/order passed by any Court

of Law against the project.

The unit has not received any notice under the

Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act,

1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water

Acts.

-

13) 'A tabular chart with index for point

wise compliance of above TOR.

Point-wise compliance of the ToRs has been

given in the tabular form.

-

B. SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIA STUDIES FOR SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS INDUSTRY (DYES

& DYE INTERMEDIATES; BULK DRUGS AND INTERMEDIATES EXCLUDING DRUG FORMULATIONS;

SYNTHETIC RUBBERS; BASIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS, OTHER SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS AND

CHEMICAL INTERMEDIATES)

1. Details on solvents to be used,

measures for solvent recovery and

for emissions control.

Solvent that will be generated during the

project will be sent to authorized recyclers for

further treatment process.

Details on solvents to be used have been

Chapter 2, Section

2.7.2, Page no. 43




ToR Point


Reference in Final

EIA/EMP Report


2. Details of process emissions from

the proposed unit and its

arrangement to control.

Details of process emissions from the proposed

unit and its arrangement to control have been

incorporated in this EIA/ EMP Report.

Chapter - 2,

Section 2.11.1, Page

no. 49

3. Ambient air quality data should

include VOC, other process-specific

pollutants* like NH3*, chlorine*,

HCl*, HBr*, H2S*, HF*,etc.,(*-as

applicable)

Ambient air quality data for PM10, PM2.5, SO2,

NOX, CO and PAH has been monitored and


No parameters, other than the above, are

relevant for the Proposed Project.

Chapter 3,

Section 3.5.6 ,

Page no. 66-70

4. Work zone monitoring

arrangements for hazardous

chemicals.

Hazardous chemicals and other waste will be

handled and monitored as per Hazardous

Waste (Management & Trans-boundary

Movement) Rules, 2016

-

5. Detailed effluent treatment scheme

including segregation of effluent

streams for units adopting 'Zero'

liquid discharge.

Detailed effluent treatment scheme including

segregation of effluent streams for units

adopting “Zero” liquid discharge has been


Chapter 4, Section

4.6, Page No. 113

6. Action plan for odour control to be

submitted.

Action Plan for odour control has been


Chapter 2,

Section 2.11.2,

Page. 50

7. A copy of the Memorandum of

Understanding signed with cement

manufacturers indicating clearly that

they co-process organic

solid/hazardous waste generated.

Company will explore the feasibility of co

processing of hazardous waste generated from

the project in cement plants. MOU will be

signed with the respective cement industries

prior to commencement of the proposed

project as per requirement.

-

8. Authorization/Membership for the

disposal of liquid effluent in CETP

and solid/hazardous waste in TSDF, if

any.

Not Applicable for the disposal of liquid

effluent; as the liquid effluent will be first

treated in ETP installed in the premises and

treated water will then be used in the process

and partially will be diverted to MEE.

Letter regarding Authorization/Membership for

the disposal of solid/hazardous waste in TSDF

enclosed as Annexure – 7 along with this EIA /

EMP Report.

-

Annexure - 7

9. Action plan for utilization of

MEE/dryers salts.

Action plan for utilization of MEE/dryers salts

has been incorporated in this EIA/EMP Report.

Chapter 2,

Section 2.11.4,




ToR Point


Reference in Final

EIA/EMP Report

Page. 49

10. Material Safety Data Sheet for all the

Chemicals are being used/will be

used.

Material Safety Data Sheet for all the Chemicals

will be used enclosed as Annexure – 8 along

with this EIA / EMP Report.

Annexure - 8

11. Authorization/Membership for the

disposal of solid/hazardous waste in

TSDF.

Letter for Authorization/Membership for the

disposal of solid/hazardous waste in TSDF

enclosed as Annexure – 7 along with this EIA /

EMP Report.

Annexure - 7

12. Details of incinerator if to be

installed.

Not Applicable -

13. Risk assessment for storage and

handling of hazardous

chemicals/solvents. Action plan for

handling & safety system to be

incorporated.

Risk Assessment for storage and handling of

hazardous chemical/solvents and Action plan

for handling & safety system has been

incorporated in the EIA/EMP Report.

Chapter 7, Section

7.4.1 to 7.4.4, Page

no. 159-165

14. Arrangements for ensuring health

and safety of workers engaged in

handling of toxic materials.

SOP will be implemented for safe handling and

operation. Required PPEs will be provided to

the employees for safe practice and training

will be provided periodically to all the workers.

The details have been incorporated in the EIA/

EMP report.

Chapter 7, Section

7.4.3, Page no.

159-165

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Proposed Dyes & Intermediates Manufacturing Project of 150 MT/Month (Crude) [{Disperse Azo Dyes (All colours) - 100 MT/Month, Coumarine Dyes(All colours) - 25 MT/Month & Methine Dyes (All colours) - 25 MT/Month}]At Khasara no. 670/521 of Revenue Village - Untwalia, Tehsil & District - Churu (Rajasthan)

Executive Summary of Final EIA / EMP Report

M/s. Krishnum Dyes & Intermediate Pvt. Ltd. I J.M. Environet Pvt. Ltd.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1.0 PROJECT NAME AND LOCATION

1.1 Introduction

M/s. Krishnum Dye & Intermediate Pvt. Ltd. is a private Project Proponent and Proposed to set up

a Dyes & Intermediates Manufacturing Project of 150 MT/Month (Crude) [{Disperse Azo Dyes (All

colours) - 100 MT/Month, Coumarine Dyes (All colours) - 25 MT/Month & Methine Dyes (All

colours) - 25 MT/Month}] at Khasara no. 670/521 of Revenue Village - Untwalia, Tehsil & District -

Churu (Rajasthan).

As per EIA Notification dated 14th Sept., 2006, as amended from time to time; the Project falls

under Category “A”, Project or Activity ‘5 (f)’.

Application (Form-1/ToR and Pre-Feasibility Report) for obtaining Environmental Clearance for this

Proposed Project was submitted to on MoEFCC, New Delhi on 11th April, 2018

ToR Letter was issued by MoEFCC, New Delhi vide their letter no. IA-J-11011/134/2018-IA-II(I) dated

18th May, 2018.

1.2 Brief Description of the Project

Brief description about the Project is given in Table - 1.

Table - 1Brief Description of the Project

S. No. PARTICULARS DETAILSA. Nature of the Project Proposed Project (Manufacturing of Dye & Intermediates)

B. Size of the Project

Total Capacity - 150 MT/Month (Crude) Disperse Azo Dyes (All colours) - 100 MT/Month Coumarine Dyes (All colours) - 25 MT/Month Methine Dyes (All colours) - 25 MT/Month

C. Location Details1. Land Area 1.0 Ha

2. Nature of the landConverted for Industrial use by SDM, Churu vide Letter numberLC/SDC/Revenue/2016/6157 dated 26th September 2016.

3. Khasara No. 670/5214. Revenue Village Untwalia5. Tehsil Churu6. District Churu7. State Rajasthan

D. Geographical Extent of the Plant Site1. Latitude 28° 14' 30.83" N to 28° 14' 36.09" N2. Longitude 75° 0' 08.89" E to 75° 0' 13.87" E3. Toposheet No. 44P/13, 44P/14, 44L/15 & 44L/16E. Area Details1. Total Project area 10000.00 Sq. m. (1 ha.) -Private land

2. Greenbelt / Plantation areaAbout 33% of the total Project area will be covered under green belt/plantation.

F. Environmental Setting Details (with approximate aerial distance and direction from the Project site)1. Nearest Town/Village Untwalia (~2.0 Km in SE direction)



M/s. Krishnum Dyes & Intermediate Pvt. Ltd. II J.M. Environet Pvt. Ltd.

S. No. PARTICULARS DETAILS2. Nearest City Churu (~5.0 Km in NW direction)

3. Nearest National / State Highway SH-37 ( ~3.5 km in NE direction) NH-65 (~5.0 km in West direction)

4. Nearest Railway station Churu Railway Station (~6.0 Km in NW direction) Mahansar Railway Station (~5.5 Km in SE direction)

5. Nearest Airport Sanganer International Airport, Jaipur (~175 km in SE direction)

6.

National Parks, WildlifeSanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves,Reserve / Protected Forests within10 km radius

Jod Bir PF (~5.0 Km in West direction)

7. Water Bodies within 10 km radius Pithrana Johra (~0.3 Km in NE direction)8. Seismic Zone Zone – II [as per IS 1893 (Part-I) :2002]

G. Cost Details

1. Total Cost of the Project Rs. 20.21 Crores

2.Cost for Environmental ProtectionMeasures

Capital Cost - Rs. 150 Lacs Recurring Cost - Rs. 35 Lacs/annum

Source: Pre-Feasibility Report



M/s. Krishnum Dyes & Intermediate Pvt. Ltd. III J.M. Environet Pvt. Ltd.

1.3 Location Map

Figure -1: Location Map



M/s. Krishnum Dyes & Intermediate Pvt. Ltd. IV J.M. Environet Pvt. Ltd.

2.0 PRODUCTS AND CAPACITIES

M/s. Krishnum Dyes & Intermediate Pvt. Ltd. is planning to set up a Proposed Dyes &

Intermediates Manufacturing Project of 150 MT/Month (Crude) [{Disperse Azo Dyes (All colours) -

100 MT/Month, Coumarin Dyes (All colours) - 25 MT/Month & Methine Dyes (All colours) - 25

MT/Month}] at Khasara no. 670/521 of Revenue Village - Untwalia, Tehsil & District - Churu

(Rajasthan).

Details of the Products and production capacities are as given in Tables 2 & 3:

Table - 2Proposed Products & Production Capacities

Product Details CAPACITY (MT/Month)Disperse Azo Dyes (All colours) 100Coumarin Dyes (All colours) 25Methine Dyes (All colours) 25Total Capacity 150 MT/Month (Crude)

Source: Pre-Feasibility ReportTable - 3

Details list of Products with Production CapacitiesS. NO. PRODUCT NAME CAPACITY (MT/MONTH)

A. DISPERSE DYES 100A1. HCl Based Disperse Dyes1. Yellow 792. Yellow SGL3. Yellow 1144. Yellow 345. Yellow 1196. Yellow 687. Red 2788. Yellow M7G9. Yellow 24710. Yellow 24811. Yellow 24912. Yellow 23513. Orange 25 (Orange RL)14. Red 7415. Black 29616. Black 117. Orange 28818. Orange 2519. Red 54 ( Scarlet RR)20. Yellow 22121. Orange 44 ( Orange 3R 150)

A2. NSA Based Disperse Dyes22. Navy Blue 79.123. Navy Blue 79.224. Navy Blue 18325. Navy Blue 183.1



M/s. Krishnum Dyes & Intermediate Pvt. Ltd. V J.M. Environet Pvt. Ltd.

S. NO. PRODUCT NAME CAPACITY (MT/MONTH)26. Blue 29127. Blue 4R28. Blue 6GEF29. Blue 4RB30. Blue 4GEF31. Red BS (R152)32. Scarlet GS (R153)33. Red -XF2R34. Red 31135. Yellow Brown XF (YBXF)36. Brown XF (BrXF)37. Navy XF2R38. Navy XF2G39. Brown 37840. Brown 16541. Brown 165.142. Orange 6143. Orange 3044. Scarlet 3R C. I. Red 5045. Scarlet 3R C. I. Red 5446. Blue 37347. Red 202

A3. Solution based Disperse Dyes48. Blue GSL - CI Blue 16549. Blue DBR - CI Blue 36650. Red F3BS - CI Red 34351. Red F3BST - CI Red 343.152. Red F3BST - CI Red 343.253. Blue WW2GS - CI Blue 37854. Blue GRL - CI Blue 165.1B. COUMARINE DYES 2555. Fluorescent Yellow 8GF - CI Disperse 8256. Fluorescent Yellow 10GF - CI Disperse 18457. Fluorescent Yellow 10GN - CI Disperse 232/184.1C. METHINE DYES 2558. Brilliant Blue SR - CI Disperse Blue 354

Source: Pre-Feasibility Report3.0 MAJOR REQUIREMENTS FOR PROPOSED PROJECT

3.1 Raw Material Requirement

Major raw material required for Dyes & Intermediates manufacturing Project are Acetic acid,

Aniline Derivatives, Benzoyl Chloride, Bromine etc.

Details regarding quantity of raw material required, their source along with distances and mode of

transportation are given in Table - 4.



M/s. Krishnum Dyes & Intermediate Pvt. Ltd. VI J.M. Environet Pvt. Ltd.

Table - 4Raw Material Requirement

S.No.

Name of Raw MaterialCAS

NumberQuantity(Tons)/Month

SourceApprox. Distance &

Mode ofTransportation

1. Acetic acid 64-19-17 10 Bharuch 950 Km/ Road2. Aniline Derivatives - 40 Vapi 1100 Km/ Road3. Benzoyl Chloride 98-88-4 5 Khambhat 900 Km/ Road4. Bromine 7726-95-6 5 Ankleshwar 950 Km/ Road5. Caustic Flakes 1310-73-2 15 Jaipur 200 Km/ Road6. Cuprous Cyanide 544-92-3 5 Baroda 850 Km/ Road7. Dimethyl Sulfate 77-78-1 10 Ankleshwar 950 Km/ Road8. Dimethylformamide (DMF) (Solvent) 68-12-2 25 Mumbai 1300 Km/ Road9. Ethyl Cyano Acetate 105-56-6 6 Mumbai 1300 Km/ Road10. Hydrochloric Acid 7647-01-0 30 Jaipur 200 Km/ Road11. Lime 1305-62-0 5 Sardarsahar 50 Km/ Road12. Malononitrile 109-77-3 5 Mumbai 1300 Km/ Road13. Methanol (Solvent) 67-56-1 20 Baroda 850 Km/ Road14. Phosphorus Oxy Chloride 10025-87-3 7.5 Vapi 1100 Km/ Road15. Soda Ash 497-19-8 20 Jaipur 200 Km/ Road16. Sodium Chloride 7647-14-5 5 Jaipur 200 Km/ Road17. Sodium Cyanide 143-33-9 3 Baroda 850 Km/ Road18. Sodium Nitrite 7632-00-0 5 Baroda 850 Km/ Road19. Sulfamic acid 5329-14-6 3 Jaipur 200 Km/ Road20. Sulphuric Acid 7664-93-9 40 Jaipur 200 Km/ Road21. Zinc Cyanide 557-21-1 6 Baroda 850 Km/ Road22. Meta- Toluidine 108-44-1 6 Vapi 1100 Km/ Road23. Pera –Toluidine 106-49-0 6 Vapi 1100 Km/ Road24. ParaNitroAniline Derivatives - 35 Vapi 1100 Km/ Road25. Pepridine 110-89-4 0.05 Mumbai 1300 Km/ Road26. Ferrous Sulphate 7782-63-0 1 Baroda 850 Km/ Road27. Ammonium Chloride 12125-02-9 3.5 Mumbai 1300 Km/ Road28. Sodium bicarbonate 144-55-8 20 Mumbai 1300 Km/ RoadSource: Pre-feasibility Report3.2 Fuel Requirement

Details regarding quantity of fuel required, their source along with distance and mode of

transportation for Proposed Project are given in Table - 5.

Table - 5Fuel Requirement

S. No. NameQuantity

SourceApprox. Distance & Mode

of Transportation

1. Coal (for Boiler) 10 TPDImported coal by local

supplier (Jaipur)200 Km/ Road

2.Diesel (for D.G. Set)* 80 Lit/ Hr Local Supplier (Churu) 9 Km/ Road

Source: Pre-feasibility Report*In case of emergency



M/s. Krishnum Dyes & Intermediate Pvt. Ltd. VII J.M. Environet Pvt. Ltd.

3.3 Power Requirement

The maximum power demand for the Proposed Project has been estimated as about 500 KVA. The

power requirement is proposed to be sourced from Jodhpur Vidhyut Vitran Nigam Limited

(JDVVNL). However, in case of emergency & to meet the power requirement, 2 nos. of DG Sets of

125 KVA Capacity are also proposed.

3.4 Steam Requirement

One Steam Boiler (Capacities 5TPH) is proposed to cater steam requirement.

The boiler is designed to be operated for Steam generation of 5TPH and 10.54 Kg/cm2pressure.

Steam Utilization

Steam utilization is given in Table - 6.

Table - 6Steam Requirement

S. No. Purpose Steam Utilization (kg/hr)1 Disperse Dye manufacturing process 29002 Coumarin Dyes manufacturing process 9003 Methine Dyes manufacturing process 8604 Evaporator (MEE) 340

Total 5,0003.5 Water Requirement

The total water requirement for the Proposed Project has been estimated as 117.8 KLD; out of

which, 34.8 KLD will be freshwater, 61 KLD will be Recycled Water and 22 KLD in the form of Ice.

Freshwater will be sourced from Ground Water after getting approval from CGWA or other

outside sources/local suppliers. Break-up of the water requirement is given in Table – 7.

Table - 7Break- up of Water Requirement

PurposeRequirement

(KLD)Source

Fresh Water 34.8 Ground water/local suppliersRecycled water 61 From ETP/ROWater in the form of Ice 22 Local suppliersTotal 117.8 -

Source: PFR/DPRApproval of permission for ground water withdrawal (34.8 KLD) from CGWA is under process,

submitted application on 14th December, 2018. The same is under process and latest

correspondence status has been enclosed as Annexure - 1 along with this EIA/EMP Report.

3.6 Manpower Requirement

The total manpower requirement for the Proposed Project will be around 154 persons.

Source: Regular - Nearby Villages / Area / Outside and Contractual - Nearby Villages / Area.

Details reg. manpower requirement is given in Table - 8.



M/s. Krishnum Dyes & Intermediate Pvt. Ltd. VIII J.M. Environet Pvt. Ltd.

Table - 8Manpower Requirement

S. No. Phase Employment Type No. Source1. Construction Phase Permanent employment 5

Nearby Villages / Area / OutsideTemporary employment 50

2. Operation Phase Permanent employment 40

Temporary employment 59

Total 154Source: Pre-feasibility Report/DPR

4.0 Manufacturing Process

General manufacturing processes for different types of dyes that are proposed are given as under.

4.1 Disperse Dyes

A. HCl based Dispersed Dyes

1.1 Diazotization is carried by reacting Primary Amine with Sodium Nitrite in presence of HCl (30%)

i.e. acidic media at low temperature (below 50C) to give Diazonium salt.

1.2 pH and volume of Diazonium salt is adjusted with the help of Sulphamic Acid and water.

1.3 Diazonium salt is coupled with Tertiary Amine at low temperature (below 50C) and stirred for

10-12 hours so as to complete the isolation of the product mass - Crude Azo Dye (HCl Based).

1.4 Acidic fume emissions are taken to Alkali scrubber for scrubbing with Caustic Soda Liquor (20%

in the scrubber).

1.5 The pH of the product mass is adjusted with the help of Caustic at low temperature (below

50C).

1.6 Volume of pH adjusted product mass is increased with the help of water (recycled water) and

stirring for 10-12 hours.

1.7 The total mass is taken for filtration and washing with water till pH of the final product is

obtained to 6.5.

B. NSA based Dispersed Dyes

1.1 Nitrosyl sulphuric acid is obtained by reacting Sodium Nitrite with Sulphuric acid at low

temperature (jacketed cooling by brine).

1.2 Diazotization is carried by reacting Primary Amine with Nitrosil Sulphuric Acid at low

temperature (below 50C) to give Diazonium salt.

1.3 pH and volume of Diazonium salt is adjusted with the help of Sulfamic Acid and water.


10-12 hours so as to complete the isolation of the product mass - Crude Azo Dye (NSA based)

1.5 Acidic fume emissions are taken to Alkali scrubber for scrubbing with Sodium Hydroxide.


50C).





M/s. Krishnum Dyes & Intermediate Pvt. Ltd. IX J.M. Environet Pvt. Ltd.


obtained to 6.5.

C. Solution based Dispersed Dyes

1.1 A solution of DMF and the metal cyanide is prepared.

1.2 Then Mono Azo Dye is added and vessel is closed.

1.3 The vessel is heated slowly and a temperature of 100°C is maintained till completion of the

reaction followed by cooling of the reaction mixture upto a temperature of 40°C and

Methanol is added.

1.4 After Isolation the material is filtered and washed with water.

1.5 A reslurry is prepared in 10% Ammonia Solution

1.6 Reslurry is filtered and washed till neutral PH.

1.7 Mother Liquor is sent to authorized recovery plant.

1.8 The final product is obtained as crude dye.

4.2 Coumarin Dyes

Coumarin dyes are prepared by condensation of 2 - hydroxy-4, 4'- dialkyl aminobenzaldehyde with

hetary1 acetonitrile in a suitable solvent using catalyst at 20 degree C -120 degree C and 0-3 kg/cm2

pressure. Further condensation with Malonodinitrile result in Benzopyran dye.

4.3 Methine Dyes

1.1 Esters having active Methine group is cyclized with suitable derivatives at 30 - 120 degree C

and 0-3 kg/cm2 pressure to get cyclized active Methine derivative.

1.2 Tertiary amines are formylated by Vilsmeier reaction to get formyl derivative.

1.3 To manufacture Methine dye, cyclized active Methine derivative and formyl derivative are

mixed in a suitable solvent at 10- 100 degree c and at 0-2 kg/cm2 pressure with or without a

catalyst.

1.4 Methine dye is isolated and collected by filtration.

1.5 Filtered wet cake is washed with water till neutral pH.

1.6 Then aired well and dumped to get crude Methine disperse dye.

5.0 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

Anticipated environmental impacts due to Proposed Project along with mitigation measures are

given in Table - 9:

Table - 9Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

Discipline Anticipated Impact Mitigation MeasuresConstruction Phase

Air Increase in PM (dust) concentration due toLeveling activity and Heavy vehicularmovement

Sprinkling of water in the construction area and onunpaved roads

Proper maintenance of vehicles Use of vehicles having valid PUC Certificate.



M/s. Krishnum Dyes & Intermediate Pvt. Ltd. X J.M. Environet Pvt. Ltd.

Noise Increase in noise level due to ConstructionEquipment, vehicles and constructionactivities.

Construction equipments will be kept in goodcondition to keep the noise level within prescribednorms (75 db (A) during day time and 70 db(A) duringnight time).

Workers will be provided necessary protectiveequipments e.g. ear plugs, earmuffs

Water Slight increase in suspended solids in run-off water due to loosen soil atconstruction site

Adequate drainage system with provision of screenswith runoff water during construction phase

Operation Phase

Air Increase in concentration of ParticulateMatter Emissions, SO2, NOx

Installation of adequate pollution control equipmentlike Cyclone, Multi-cyclone, Bag Filter, Alkali scrubberetc.

Stack of adequate height with boiler (30 metersabove ground) and with D.G. Set (2.23 meters aboveroof level). Adequate vent heights (11 meters).

Concreted roads inside the Project premises tominimise fugitive emissions.

Water sprinkling to reduce the dust/PM emissionlevel.

Green belt development in 33% area of the premises. Efficient operation and maintenance of process

plant/boiler to minimize emissions Dilution of odourant Covered storage facilities for raw material and

product. Closed transfer operations by pumps and pipeline CPCB guidelines will be compiled. Periodic monitoring of stack emissions and ambient

air quality to confirm the compliance of theprescribed standards.

Noise Increase in noise level within the Projectarea

Installation of equipments conforming to theoccupational noise levels prescribed by regulatoryagencies/authority.

Provision of Earmuffs/ Earplugs to persons working inhigh noise zone or near to high noise generatingequipments.

Insulated enclosures/ acoustic enclosure with D.G. Set/equipment generating high noise.

Development of greenbelt/plantation to preventnoise outside the premises.

Periodic monitoring of noise levels to confirm thecompliance of the prescribed standards.



M/s. Krishnum Dyes & Intermediate Pvt. Ltd. XI J.M. Environet Pvt. Ltd.

Water Generation of waste water Process effluent will be treated in Tertiary levelEffluent Treatment Plant having capacity of 100 KLDfollowed by three stage R.O. and permeate of R.O.shall be reused in process. Rejects of R.O. plant shallbe sent to MEE. The condensate water from MEE willbe recycled. The salt from MEE will be sent to TSDF.

Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) shall be achieved andmaintained.

Septic tanks followed by soak pits for treatment anddisposal of domestic waste water.

Periodic monitoring of quality of treated water toconfirm the compliance of the prescribed standards.

Soil Degradation of soil quality due to settlingof air borne dust (PM)

Strict prohibition on disposal of any material/ wastematerial on soil within or outside the premises.

No discharge of any waste water on soil within oroutside the premises by maintaining ZLD.

Installation and operation of efficient air pollutioncontrol equipments for control of fugitive/stackemissions so as to prevent possible settlement of PMon soil.

Soil samples will be collected periodically and soilquality will be tested.

6.0 CAPITAL COST OF PROJECT AND TIME OF IMPLEMENTATION

Total Cost of the Project: Rs. 20.21 Crores

The construction work will be started after getting Environmental Clearance from the MoEFCC,

New Delhi, till then no civil work is to be commenced except for boundary wall.

A. Proposed Schedule for Approval:

Environment Clearance from MoEFCC, New Delhi: By May, 2020

Consent to Establish from RSPCB: Approx. 3 months after obtaining EC.

B. Proposed Schedule for Implementation:

Implementation schedule for Proposed Project is approx. 12 months; detail of which is

given in below:

Table - 10Proposed Schedule for Implementation of Project

S. No. Work ImplementationTotal Time to

be takenMonths

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 121. Construction Work 6 Months2. Machinery Installation 5 Months3. Recruitment Process 2 Months4. Commissioning 2 Months5. Operation and Functions 2 Months

Note: Zero Date will start after obtaining all statutory Clearances.



M/s. Krishnum Dyes & Intermediate Pvt. Ltd. XII J.M. Environet Pvt. Ltd.

7.0 SITE SELECTED FOR THE PROJECT

The site selection for the Proposed Project by the Project Proponent has been taken into

consideration keeping in mind following mentioned factors:

Land availability is ensured and already in possession.

Land use stands converted for Industrial purpose.

Easy availability of raw material from nearby local markets.

Easy availability of textile manufacturing markets nearby in Jaipur, Jodhpur & Bhilwara for

the product dyes.

Availability of skilled and semi skilled manpower from nearby areas and Churu.

Nearness to SH-37 (~3.5 Km in NE direction) makes it easier to transport raw materials &

final product to market.

There are no major industries in the study area and thus establishment of one would

promote socio-economic development of the area.

8.0 PRESENTATION OF RESULTS

8.1 Presentation of Results (Air, Noise, Water and Soil)

Baseline study of the study area was conducted during Summer Season (March to May, 2018).

Ambient air quality monitoring has been carried out at 8 stations in the study area on 24 hourly

basis. The concentration of PM2.5 ranges between 24.9 to 43.8 g/m3, PM10 ranges between 56.8

to 87.4 g/m3, SO2 ranges between 5.7 to 14.2 g/m3 and NO2 ranges between 10.2 to 25.2 g/m3.

The concentrations of CO and PAHs were found to be in range of 0.5 to 1.04 mg/m3 and 0.1 to 0.38

ng/m3 respectively. Presently, all the monitored parameters in Ambient Air are within the limits of

Ambient Air Quality Standards prescribed by regulatory authority.

Ambient noise levels were measured at 8 locations around Project site. Noise levels varies from

48.9 to 63.4 Leq dB (A) during day time and from 39.1 to 53.8 Leq dB (A) during night time.

Presently, all the monitored parameters in noise level are within the limits of Ambient Air Noise

Level prescribed by regulatory authority.

The ground water analysis for all the 8 sampling stations shows that pH of the water samples

ranged from 7.56 to 7.82 indicating slightly alkaline to alkaline nature. The colour and turbidity

were BDL, and odour and taste were agreeable at all sampling locations. The values of total

hardness (164.6 to 396.4 mg/l), alkalinity (351.2 to 569.4 mg/l) and total dissolved solids (1083 to

1716 mg/l); maximum hardness & dissolved solid were found in the sample of Churu.

Soil monitoring was carried out at 8 locations and the analysis results show that soil is neutral to

slightly alkaline in nature. pH value ranging from 7.7 to 8.0 with organic matter from 0.51% to

0.76%. Soil texture is Sandy Loam. Calcium is found to be 763.5 to 1017.8 mg/kg, whereas the

Potassium is found to be 168.3 to 187.2 kg/ha.



M/s. Krishnum Dyes & Intermediate Pvt. Ltd. XIII J.M. Environet Pvt. Ltd.

8.2 Biological Environment

Flora: Most common species found in the area are Dalbergia sissoo (Shisham), Ficus religiosa

(pipal), Phoenix sylvestris (khajoor), Datura forex (Dhatura), Prosopis cineraria (khejri), Azadirachta

indica (Neem),Calotropis procera (Aak), Ziziphus jujuba (Ber), Ocimum sanctum (Tulsi) etc.

Fauna: Commonly found species in the study area are Semnopithecus entellus (Commom Langur),

Boselaphus tragocamelus (Nilgai), Cervus unicolor (Sambar), Rattus rattus ((house rat), Vulpes

bengalensis (Common Fox), Canis aureus (Jackal), Naja naja (Indian cobra), Hemidectilus flavivrdis

(House Lizard), Duttaphrynus melanostictus (Common Indian Toad) etc.

No Schedule - I species were found within 10 km radius of the study area.

8.3 Socio-Economic Environment

The population as per 2011 Census records is 37342 (for 10 km radius buffer zone). Scheduled Caste

population of the study area (10 km) is 8439 and Scheduled Tribe is 298. Percentage of literacy is

69.18% and total no. of household in the area is 6458.

9.0 PROJECT BENEFITS

The Proposed Project will help to meet the growing demand of Dyes & Dye Intermediate in the

market & hence will help in the economic growth, besides the Project will also benefit the area by

creating direct and indirect employment as well as other business opportunities. Project

Proponent will be actively involved in the CER activities for the benefit of the nearby villages of

the Project site. In compliance with the OM dated 01st May, 2018, of MoEF&CC, the Project

Proponent has proposed to spend Rs. 40.50 Lacs under CER / ESC activities in phased manner in

next 5 years under various sectors.

10.0 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY

To control and minimize the risks at workplace, Project Proponent will implement Health, Safety

and Environment Policy with the following objectives:

To prevent hazards

To provide safe and healthy environment to all the employees.

The Project Proponent, therefore, will adopted the policy for the purpose of creating and

maintaining safe and healthy environment.

11.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

Details of the environmental monitoring schedule / frequency, which will be undertaken for

various environmental components, as per conditions of EC / CTE/CTO are given in Table - 11.

Table - 11Post Project Monitoring

S. No. Description Frequency of Monitoring1. Meteorological Data Hourly

2. Ambient Air Quality As per EC/CTO & Continuous Online Monitoring

3. Stack Monitoring Monthly & Continuous Online Monitoring4. Water Quality Quarterly & as per EC / CTO5. Noise Level Monitoring Quarterly & as per EC / CTO



M/s. Krishnum Dyes & Intermediate Pvt. Ltd. XIV J.M. Environet Pvt. Ltd.

6. Medical Checkup of Employee Yearly and Pre-Placement

7. Online Flow Meter and Web CameraAs per CPCB directions for Dye and Dyeintermediate Units with ZLD

12.0 CONCLUSION

There will be no significant impacts on environment of the area, as adequate preventive measures

will be adopted to contain the various air pollutants within permissible limits, installation of

tertiary level ETP, RO and MEE for recycling of wastewater and to maintain ZLD. Disposal of

Hazardous waste to authorized TSDF/recyclers. Regular monitoring of all the components of

environment will be done. Cost of Pollution control measures would be Rs. 1.5 Crores.

The Proposed Project will prove beneficial to the local people due to infrastructure development,

improvement in education and health facilities, roads, etc. in near-by villages. There will be

increase in revenue generation to the Government by way of excise and government taxes etc.

Increased social welfare measures taken by the Project Proponent will lead to development in the

nearby villages as Project Proponent has planned budget of Rs. 40.5 Lakhs under CER activities.

Greenbelt development will help to mitigate the pollutants released due to project activity or

process emissions.






12.0 CONCLUSION












process emissions.






12.0 CONCLUSION












process emissions.

Chapter - 1

Introduction

Proposed Dyes & Intermediates Manufacturing Project of 150 MT/Month (Crude) [{Disperse Azo Dyes (All colours) - 100 MT/Month, Coumarin Dyes (Allcolours) - 25 MT/Month & Methine Dyes (All colours) - 25 MT/Month}]At Khasara no. 670/521 of Revenue Village - Untwalia, Tehsil & District - Churu (Rajasthan)

Chapter - 1 of Final EIA / EMP Report


CHAPTER - 1

INTRODUCTION

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT

This report has been prepared in reference to the ToR issued by MoEFCC, New Delhi vide letter no.

IA-J-11011/134/2018-IA-II(I) dated 18th May, 2018 for carrying out the Environmental Impact

Assessment (EIA) study for the Proposed Dyes & Intermediates Manufacturing Project of 150

MT/Month (Crude) [{Disperse Azo Dyes (All Colours) - 100 MT/Month, Coumarin Dyes (All Colours)

- 25 MT/Month & Methine Dyes (All Colours) - 25 MT/Month}] at Khasara no. 670/521 of Revenue

Village - Untwalia, Tehsil & District - Churu (Rajasthan) by M/s. Krishnum Dyes & Intermediate Pvt.

Ltd.

The main purpose of this report is to provide a coherent assessment after analyzing all significant

environmental impact of the proposed Project and measures which are to be taken to eliminate

and mitigate them. It contains essential information for:

The binding upon the Proponent to implement the proposal in an environmentally and

socially responsible way;

The Designated Concerning Authorities to make an informed decision on the proposal,

including the terms and conditions that must be attached to an approval or authorization;

and

The public to understand the proposal, its likely impacts on people and the environment

and proposal to be implemented for mitigation.

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT AND PROJECT PROPONENT

1.2.1 Identification of the Project

A. Project Proposal

M/s. Krishnum Dyes & Intermediate Pvt. Ltd. is planning to set up a Proposed Dyes &


100 MT/Month, Coumarin Dyes (All colours) - 25 MT/Month & Methine Dyes (All colours) - 25


(Rajasthan).

Details of the Products and production capacities are as given in Tables - 1.1 & 1.2:

Table - 1.1Proposed Products & Production Capacities

Product Details CAPACITY (MT/Month)Disperse Azo Dyes (All colours) 100Coumarin Dyes (All colours) 25Methine Dyes (All colours) 25Total Capacity 150 MT/Month (Crude)





Table - 1.2Details list of Products with Production Capacities

S.NO.

PRODUCT NAME CAPACITY (MT/MONTH)

A. DISPERSE DYES 100A1. HCl Based Disperse Dyes1. Yellow 792. Yellow SGL3. Yellow 1144. Yellow 345. Yellow 1196. Yellow 687. Red 2788. Yellow M7G9. Yellow 24710. Yellow 24811. Yellow 24912. Yellow 23513. Orange 25 (Orange RL)14. Red 7415. Black 29616. Black 117. Orange 28818. Orange 2519. Red 54 ( Scarlet RR)20. Yellow 22121. Orange 44 ( Orange 3R 150)

A2. NSA Based Disperse Dyes22. Navy Blue 79.123. Navy Blue 79.224. Navy Blue 18325. Navy Blue 183.126. Blue 29127. Blue 4R28. Blue 6GEF29. Blue 4RB30. Blue 4GEF31. Red BS (R152)32. Scarlet GS (R153)33. Red -XF2R34. Red 31135. Yellow Brown XF (YBXF)36. Brown XF (BrXF)37. Navy XF2R38. Navy XF2G39. Brown 378




S.NO.

PRODUCT NAME CAPACITY (MT/MONTH)

40. Brown 16541. Brown 165.142. Orange 6143. Orange 3044. Scarlet 3R C. I. Red 5045. Scarlet 3R C. I. Red 5446. Blue 37347. Red 202

A3. Solution based Disperse Dyes48. Blue GSL - CI Blue 16549. Blue DBR - CI Blue 36650. Red F3BS - CI Red 34351. Red F3BST - CI Red 343.152. Red F3BST - CI Red 343.253. Blue WW2GS - CI Blue 37854. Blue GRL - CI Blue 165.1B. COUMARIN DYES 2555. Fluorescent Yellow 8GF - CI Disperse 8256. Fluorescent Yellow 10GF - CI Disperse 18457. Fluorescent Yellow 10GN - CI Disperse

232/184.1C. METHINE DYES 2558. Brilliant Blue SR - CI Disperse Blue 354


B. Screening Category


under Category “A”, Project or Activity ‘5 (f) - Synthetic Organic Chemicals Industry’.

C. Status of the Proposed Project with respect to Environment Clearance

The chronology of the Project activities undertaken so far with respect to the process of obtaining

Environment Clearance is as given in Table - 1.3:

Table - 1.3Status of the Proposed Project with respect to Environment Clearance

S. No. Activity for EC Date/Period

1.Application (Form - 1/ToR and Pre-Feasibility Report)uploaded on MoEF&CC, New Delhi portal

11th April, 2018

2. ToR Letter was issued by MoEFCC, New Delhi 18th May, 20183. Baseline monitoring & data collection Summer Season (March to May, 2018)4. Public Hearing Documents submitted to RO, SPCB 7th June, 20195. Public Hearing Conduction held on 18th September, 2019




1.2.2 Introduction of the Project Proponent

M/s. Krishnum Dye & Intermediate Pvt. Ltd. is a Private Company.

The promoters have been in the business of dyes for over 17 years and the group has

excellent knowledge of Rajasthan and Gujarat Dyes & Textile Industry Environment.

The Project Proponents of the M/s. Krishnum Dyes & Intermediate Pvt. Ltd have a very

strong and experienced for sales of crude dyes.

Market for Disperse dyes is growing around @ 10%-15% per annum, and there are limited

producers in the country.

Strong knowledge of the value added dye products to meet customized need. Long

business relationships with leading consumer Industries for end products.

1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE, SIZE, LOCATION OF THE PROJECT AND ITS IMPORTANCE TO THE

COUNTRY& REGION

1.3.1 Brief Description of Nature, Size and Location of the Project

Brief Description of Nature, Size and Location of the Project is given in Table - 1.4.

Table - 1.4

Brief Description of Nature, Size and Location of Project

S. NO. PARTICULARS DETAILSA. Nature of the Project Proposed Project (Manufacturing of Dye & Intermediates)B. Size of the Project Small/Medium/Large

C. Product and Capacity

Total Capacity - 150 MT/Month (Crude)o Disperse Azo Dyes (All colours) - 100 MT/Montho Coumarin Dyes (All colours) - 25 MT/Montho Methine Dyes (All colours) - 25 MT/Month

C. Location Details1. Land Area 1 ha

2. Nature of landConverted for Industrial use by SDM, Churu vide Letter numberLC/SDC/Revenue/2016/6157 dated 26th September 2016.

3. Khasara No. 670/5214. Village Untwalia5. Tehsil Churu6. District Churu7. State Rajasthan8. Latitude 28° 14' 30.83" N to 28° 14' 36.09" N9. Longitude 75° 0' 08.89" E to 75° 0' 13.87" E10. Toposheet No. 44P/13, 44P/14, 44L/15 & 44L/16


1.3.2 Importance to the Country and Region

National Importance

The demand for dye related products intended to be manufactured is on rise in National,

International & global markets. By setting up the proposed unit, M/s. Krishnum Dyes &




Intermediates Pvt. Ltd., shall be able to meet the demand of various products both locally and

globally.

Existing national production of dyes is not enough to cater the needs of Indian Consumers. Hence

Chinese dye products are also impacting the Indian markets. Present capacity is negligible in terms

of overall demand in the country. Therefore, Project Proponent doesn’t foresee any hurdle in

marketing of product. The proposed plant is to be located in Rajasthan and is near to Textile

Industries of Pali, Jodhpur, Balotara, Bhilwara etc. Thus it provides logistic support as well as

customize quantity in small quantities to the customer, which give company a clear edge

compared to other manufacturers outside the State cannot supply in small quantities coupled

with logistic time benefit.

Regional Importance

The State of Rajasthan is to continue with increased focus on industrial development and

infrastructure activity. The proposed dye products could be Import substitute and to be

consumed in the Indian market only due to Indian consumption growth.

The Project shall also contribute to save foreign exchange as certain dye product imports may be

reduced. The setting up of the proposed plant would elevate the social and economic scenario of

the region by providing direct employment to both skilled/unskilled labours and thereby

generating indirect employment in the vicinity.

1.4 SCOPE OF EIA STUDY

Scope of this study covers all the points as per the Terms of Reference (ToR) prescribed by the

MoEFCC, New Delhi vide letter no. IA-J-11011/134/2018-IA-II(I) dated 18th May, 2018. The EIA/EMP

report incorporates twelve chapters as per Appendix-III of the EIA Notification, 2006.

Chapter DescriptionChapter - 1 IntroductionChapter - 2 Project DescriptionChapter - 3 Description of the EnvironmentChapter - 4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation MeasuresChapter - 5 Analysis of Alternatives (Technology & Site)Chapter - 6 Environmental Monitoring PlanChapter - 7 Additional StudiesChapter - 8 Project BenefitsChapter - 9 Environment Cost Benefit AnalysisChapter - 10 Environment Management PlanChapter - 11 Summary & ConclusionChapter - 12 Disclosure of Consultants Engaged

Chapter - 2

Project Description

Proposed Dyes & Intermediates Manufacturing Project of 150 MT/Month (Crude) [{Disperse Azo Dyes (All colours) - 100 MT/Month, Coumarin Dyes (Allcolours)- 25 MT/Month & Methine Dyes (All colours) -25 MT/Month}]At Khasara no. 670/521 of Revenue Village - Untwalia, Tehsil & District - Churu (Rajasthan)



CHAPTER - 2

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 TYPE OF THE PROJECT

As mentioned in the previous chapter, the proposed Project falls under Category ‘A’ as per the EIA

Notification, 2006 & as amended from time to time; Project or Activity ‘5 (f)’ - in which the Proposed

Dyes & Intermediates Manufacturing Project of 150 MT/Month (Crude) [{Disperse Azo Dyes (All

colours) - 100 MT/Month, Coumarin Dyes (All colours) - 25 MT/Month & Methine Dyes (All colours)

- 25 MT/Month}] at Khasara no. 670/521 of Revenue Village - Untwalia, Tehsil & District - Churu

(Rajasthan) by M/s. Krishnum Dyes & Intermediate Pvt. Ltd. will be carried out.

2.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT

Dye is a natural/synthetic substance that finds application for adding a color/altering existing color

shade. As a coloring material, dyes are used to color commodities of day to day use and can be

applied everywhere including; Plastic toys for children, Fabrics worn, from products like food,

Wood items etc.

The Dye sector is one of the important segments of the chemicals industry in India, having

forward and backward linkages with a variety of sectors like textiles, leather, paper, plastics,

printing inks and foodstuffs. The textile industry accounts for the largest consumption of

dyestuffs (about 80% of the total dye production).

Due to the growth in export and very high export potential of the dyes, the dependence of this

sector on textile sector is slowly being diluted. Further, the domestic demands of dyes are

increasing due to the growth of industrial paint industries, printing industries, plastic and tannery

industries. The world market, which was traditionally highly dominated by Europe and North

America, is now being slowly taken over by Asia. Asian markets are growing at a very rapid pace.

India has emerged as a global supplier of dye intermediates. By setting up the proposed unit, M/s.

Krishnum Dyes & Intermediates Pvt. Ltd. will be able to serve to the demand of various products

both locally and globally.

2.3 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT

The Project site is located in Khasara no. 670/521 of Revenue Village - Untwalia, Tehsil & District -

Churu in the state of Rajasthan.

2.3.1 General Location Map

The map showing general location of the Project site is as given below:




Figure 2.1: Location Map

2.3.2 Specific Location Map

The map showing specific location of the Project site on Google Earth downloaded image along with geographical coordinates is given in Figure - 2.2.

Figure 2.2: Google Earth Downloaded Map of the Project Site along with Corner Co-ordinates of the Project site M/s. Krishnum Dyes & Intermediate Pvt. Ltd. 33 J.M. Environet Pvt. Ltd.

Proposed Dyes & Intermediates Manufacturing Project of 150 MT/Month (Crude) [{Disperse Azo Dyes (All colours) - 100 MT/Month, CoumarinDyes (All colours) - 25 MT/Month & Methine Dyes (All colours) - 25 MT/Month}]

At Khasara no. 670/521 of Revenue Village - Untwalia, Tehsil & District - Churu (Rajasthan)





2.3.3 Project Site Layout

Total proposed Project area is 1.00 ha. (10,000.00 Sq. m.) and same is already under the

possession of the company & converted for industrial use. Part of plot area i.e. 3,300 Sq. m. (i.e.

33% of the total plot area) has been proposed to be developed under greenbelt / plantation.

The Project layout showing process area units, storage areas, utilities, ETP, roads, greenbelt area

etc. is given on the next page (Figure - 2.3).

Proposed Dyes & Intermediates Manufacturing Project of 150 MT/Month (Crude) [{Disperse Azo Dyes (All colours) - 100 MT/Month, CoumarinDyes (All colours)- 25 MT/Month & Methine Dyes (All colours) -25 MT/Month}]At Khasara no. 670/521 of Revenue Village - Untwalia, Tehsil & District - Churu (Rajasthan)



Figure 2.3: Project Layout

Proposed Dyes & Intermediates Manufacturing Project of 150 MT/Month (Crude) [{Disperse Azo Dyes (All colours) - 100 MT/Month, Coumarin Dyes (All

colours) - 25 MT/Month & Methine Dyes (All colours) - 25 MT/Month}]




2.3.4 Project Site Photographs

Figure 2.4: Project Site Photographs

2.4 Size or Magnitude of Operation

M/s. Krishnum Dyes & Intermediate Pvt. Ltd. is planning to set up a Dyes & Intermediates

Manufacturing Project of 150 MT/Month (Crude) [{Disperse Azo Dyes - 100 MT/Month, Coumarin

Dyes - 25 MT/Month & Methine Dyes - 25 MT/Month}]. Details are given in Table - 2.1 below:

Table - 2.1

Products and capacities of the Project

Products Proposed Capacity (MT/Month)

Disperse Azo Dyes 100

Coumarin Dyes 25

Methine Dyes 25

Total Capacity 150 MT/Month (Crude)

Source: Pre-Feasibility Report/DPR

Table - 2.2

Magnitude of Operation in terms of Cost

S. No. Particular Details

1. Total Cost for the Project Rs. 20.21 Crores

2. Cost for Environmental Protection

Measures/systems

Capital Cost: Rs. 1.5 Crore

Recurring Cost: Rs. 35 Lacs/annum

Source: Pre-Feasibility Report/DPR




2.4.1 Facilities / Activities for Proposed Project-

The major facilities and associated activities for proposed Project are as given below:

Table - 2.3Major facilities and associated activities proposed

Unit Major facilities and associated activities proposed

Dyes &Intermediates

Project

Storage Tanks for Raw Material & Products Horizontal Sulphuric Acid Tank Under Ground Methanol Tank (MS) Horizontal Hydrochloric Acid (Rubber lined) Process Vessels Filtration System Chilling Plant (KC4) Cooling Tower Pumps and pipelines Boiler/s with Cyclone and Stack DGs ETP Evaporation section (Multi Effect Evaporators)

Source: PFR/DPR2.5 REQUIREMENTS OF INPUTS FOR THE PROJECT

The Project input requirements such as raw material, fuel, water, power, manpower with source

of supply are described in the sections below.

2.5.1 Raw Material Requirement

Major raw material required for Dyes & Intermediates manufacturing Project, quantity, their

source along with distance and mode of transportation are given in Table - 2.4.

Table - 2.4Raw Material Requirement

S.No.

Name of Raw MaterialCAS

Number

Quantity(Tons)/Month

SourceApprox. Distance

& Mode ofTransportation

1. Acetic acid 64-19-17 10 Bharuch 950 Km/ Road2. Aniline Derivatives - 40 Vapi 1100 Km/Road3. Benzoyl Chloride 98-88-4 5 Khambhat 900 Km/ Road4. Bromine 7726-95-6 5 Ankleshwar 950 Km/Road5. Caustic Flakes 1310-73-2 15 Jaipur 200 Km/ Road6. Cuprous Cyanide 544-92-3 5 Baroda 850 Km/Road7. Dimethyl Sulfate 77-78-1 10 Ankleshwar 950 Km/ Road8. Dimethylformamide (DMF) (Solvent) 68-12-2 25 Mumbai 1300 Km/Road9. Ethyl Cyanoacetate 105-56-6 6 Mumbai 1300 Km/ Road10. Hydrochloric Acid 7647-01-0 30 Jaipur 200 Km/Road11. Lime 1305-62-0 5 Sardarsahar 50 Km/ Road12. Malononitrile 109-77-3 5 Mumbai 1300 Km/Road13. Methanol (Solvent) 67-56-1 20 Baroda 850 Km/ Road14. Phosphorus Oxychloride 10025-87-3 7.5 Vapi 1100 Km/Road15. Soda Ash 497-19-8 20 Jaipur 200 Km/ Road


colours)- 25 MT/Month & Methine Dyes (All colours) -25 MT/Month}]




S.

No.

Name of Raw Material

CAS

Number

Quantity

(Tons)/

Month

Source

Approx. Distance

& Mode of

Transportation

16. Sodium Chloride 7647-14-5 5 Jaipur 200 Km/Road

17. Sodium Cyanide 143-33-9 3 Baroda 850 Km/ Road

18. Sodium Nitrite 7632-00-0 5 Baroda 850 Km/Road

19. Sulfamic acid 5329-14-6 3 Jaipur 200 Km/ Road

20. Sulphuric Acid 7664-93-9 40 Jaipur 200 Km/Road

21. Zinc Cyanide 557-21-1 6 Baroda 850 Km/ Road

22. Meta- Toluidine 108-44-1 6 Vapi 1100 Km/Road

23. Para –Toluidine 106-49-0 6 Vapi 1100 Km/ Road

24. Para-Nitro Aniline Derivatives - 35 Vapi 1100 Km/Road

25. Piperidine 110-89-4 0.05 Mumbai 1300 Km/ Road

26. Ferrous Sulphate 7782-63-0 1 Baroda 850 Km/Road

27. Ammonium Chloride 12125-02-9 3.5 Mumbai 1300 Km/ Road

28. Sodium bicarbonate 144-55-8 20 Mumbai 1300 Km/Road

Source: Pre-feasibility Report/DPR

2.5.2 Fuel Requirement

Details regarding quantity of fuel, their source along with distance & mode of transportation for

proposed Project are given in Table - 2.5

Table - 2.5

Fuel Requirement

S. No. Name Quantity

Source

Approx. Distance & Mode

of Transportation

1. Coal (for Boiler) 10 TPD Imported coal by local

supplier (Jaipur)

200 Km/ Road

2. Diesel (for D.G. Set) 80 Lit/ Hr Local Supplier (Churu) 9 Km/ Road

Source: Pre-feasibility Report/DPR

2.5.3 Power Requirement

The maximum power demand for the proposed Project has been estimated as about 500 KVA. The

power requirement is proposed to be sourced from Jodhpur Vidhyut Vitran Nigam Limited

(JDVVNL). However, in case of emergency & to meet the power requirement, 2 nos. of DG Sets of

125 KVA Capacity are also proposed.

2.5.4 Steam Requirement

One Steam Boiler (Capacity 5TPH) is proposed that will suffice the steam requirements.

The boiler is designed to be operated for Steam generation of 5TPH and 10.54 Kg/cm2pressure.

Steam Utilization

Steam utilization is given in Table - 2.6.

Table - 2.6

Steam Requirement

S. No. Purpose Steam Utilization (kg/hr)

1 Disperse Dyes manufacturing process 2900

2 Coumarin Dyes manufacturing process 900




3 Methine Dyes manufacturing process 8604 Evaporator (MEE) 340

Total 5,0002.5.5 Water Requirement

The total water requirement for the proposed Project has been estimated as 117.8 KLD; out of

which, 34.8KLD will be freshwater, 61 KLD will be Recycled Water and 22 KLD in the form of Ice.

Freshwater will be sourced from Ground Water after obtaining approval from CGWA or other

outside sources/local suppliers.Break-up of the water requirement is given in Table - 2.7 and Water

Balance Diagram is given in Figure - 2.4.

Table - 2.7(A)Break- up of Water Requirement

PurposeRequirement

(KLD)Source

Fresh Water 34.8 Ground water/local suppliersRecycled water 61 From ETP/ROWater in the form of Ice 22 Local suppliersTotal 117.8 -

Source: PFR/DPRApproval of permission for ground water withdrawal (34.8 KLD) from CGWA is under process,

submitted application on 14th December, 2018. The same is under process and latest

correspondence status has been enclosed along with the copy of the application submitted to

CGWA as Annexure - 1 along with this EIA/EMP Report.

Table - 2.7 (B)

Break- up of Water Usage

S. No. Purpose Requirement (KLD)1.

Manufacturing Process of dyesFresh Water 22

2. Ice 223. Recycled Water 614. Domestic utilities (Fresh Water) 115. Plantation (Fresh Water) 1.8

Total 117.8

Proposed Dyes & Intermediates Manufacturing Project of 150 MT/Month (Crude) [{Disperse Azo Dyes (All colours) - 100 MT/Month, Coumarin Dyes (All colours)- 25 MT/Month & Methine Dyes (All colours) -25 MT/Month}]At Khasara no. 670/521 of Revenue Village - Untwalia, Tehsil & District - Churu (Rajasthan)



Water Balance Diagram for Total Water Requirement

Figure 2.4: Water Balance Diagram




2.5.6 Manpower Requirement

The total manpower requirement for the proposed Project will be 154 persons.

Source: Regular - Nearby Villages / Area / Outside and Contractual - Nearby Villages / Area.

Details reg. manpower requirement is given in Table - 2.8.

Table - 2.8Manpower Requirement

S. No. Phase Employment Type No. Source1. Construction Phase Permanent employment 5

Nearby Villages / Area / OutsideTemporary employment 50

2. Operation Phase Permanent employment 40

Temporary employment 59

Total 154Source: Pre-feasibility Report/DPR

2.6 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION

The construction work will be started after getting Environmental Clearance from the MoEFCC,

New Delhi, till then no civil work is to be commenced except for boundary wall.

A. Proposed Schedule for Approval:

Environment Clearance from MoEFCC, New Delhi: By May, 2020

Consent to Establish from RSPCB: Approx. 3 months after obtaining EC.

B. Proposed Schedule for Implementation:

Implementation schedule for proposed Project is approx. 12 months; detail of which is given in

below:

Table - 2.9Proposed Schedule for Implementation of Project

S. No. Work ImplementationTotal Time to

be takenMonths

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 121. Construction Work 6 Months2. Machinery Installation 5 Months3. Recruitment Process 2 Months4. Commissioning 2 Months5. Operation and Functions 2 Months

Note: Zero Date will start after obtaining all statutory Clearances.

2.7 TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION

2.7.1 Manufacturing Process

General manufacturing processes for different types of dyes that are proposed are given as under.

2.7.1.1 Disperse Dyes

A. HCl based Dispersed Dyes

1.1 Diazotization is carried by reacting Primary Amine with Sodium Nitrite in presence of HCl (30%)

i.e. acidic media at low temperature (below 50C) to give Diazonium salt.

1.2 pH and volume of Diazonium salt is adjusted with the help of Sulphamic Acid and water.





10-12 hours so as to complete the isolation of the product mass - Crude Azo Dye (HCl Based).

1.4 Acidic fume emissions are taken to Alkali scrubber for scrubbing with Caustic Soda Liquor (20%

in the scrubber).


50C).




obtained to 6.5.

B. NSA based Dispersed Dyes

1.1 Nitrosylsulphuric acid is obtained by reacting Sodium Nitrite with Sulphuric acid at low

temperature (jacketed cooling by brine).

1.2 Diazotization is carried by reacting Primary Amine with NitrosilSulphuric Acid at low

temperature (below 50C) to give Diazonium salt.

1.3 pH and volume of Diazonium salt is adjusted with the help of Sulfamic Acid and water.


10-12 hours so as to complete the isolation of the product mass - Crude Azo Dye (NSA based)

1.5 Acidic fume emissions are taken to Alkali scrubber for scrubbing with Sodium Hydroxide.


50C).




obtained to 6.5.

C. Solution based Dispersed Dyes

1.1 A solution of DMF and the metal cyanide is prepared.

1.2 Then Mono Azo Dye is added and vessel is closed.

1.3 The vessel is heated slowly and a temperature of 100°C is maintained till completion of the

reaction followed by cooling of the reaction mixture upto a temperature of 40°C and

Methanol is added.

1.4 After Isolation the material is filtered and washed with water.

1.5 A reslurry is prepared in 10% Ammonia Solution

1.6 Reslurry is filtered and washed till neutral PH.

1.7 Mother Liquor is sent to authorized recovery plant.

1.8 The final product is obtained as crude dye.


colours)- 25 MT/Month &Methine Dyes (All colours) -25 MT/Month}]




• It is transferred for storage to settling tank to remove unwanted material. Fuel oil is

further centrifuged.

• After centrifuging, the fuel oil is transferred to another service tank, heated, filtered and

injected into engine for combustion.

• The engine generates power and produces electricity.

2.8.2 Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP)

State-of-Art Effluent Treatment Plant (capacity 100 KLD) will be installed by M/s. Krishnum Dyes &

Intermediate Pvt. Ltd. Effluent Treatment Plant has been designed considering the quality and

quantity of the process effluent. The ETP will consist of preliminary, primary, secondary and

Tertiary treatment followed by MEE for obtaining Zero Liquid Discharge.

Process Description

Effluent treatment plant process include the following stages:

a. Preliminary Treatment: Its objective is physical separation of large sized contaminants. For example

cloth, paper, plastics, wood logs etc. Screening is the first unit operation that occurs in waste water

treatment plants. A screen is a device with uniform openings and its purpose is to remove large

floating solids.

b. Primary Treatment: Its aim is removal of floating and settleable materials such as suspended solids

and organic matter. In this treatment both physical and chemical methods are used. Primary

Clarifiers are used to slow the velocity of the water to a point where organic solids settle to the

bottom of the tank and it contain an equipment that is used to remove floating solids and greases

from the surface.

c. Secondary or Biological Treatment: The objective of this treatment is the further treatment of the

effluent from primary treatment to remove the suspended solids and residual organics. In this step

biological and chemical processes are involved. Moving Bed Biofilm Reactor (MBBR) process

utilizes floating plastic carriers (media) within the aeration tank to increase the amount of

microorganisms available to treat the wastewater. The microorganisms consume organic material.

The media provides increased surface area for the biological microorganisms to attach to and grow

in the aeration tanks. The increased surface area reduces the footprint of the tanks required to

treat the wastewater. The media is continuously agitated by bubbles from the aeration system that

adds oxygen at the bottom of the first compartment of the aeration tank. The microorganisms

consume organic material. When compared to conventional secondary treatment it provides

superior efficiency and value.

d. Tertiary/advanced/disinfection treatment: The purpose of tertiary treatment is to provide a final

treatment stage to raise the effluent quality to the desired level before it is reused, recycled or

discharged to the environment.

Process effluent from secondary tank will be treated in Tertiary level Effluent Treatment Plant

having capacity of 100 KLD followed by three stage R.O. and permeate of R.O. shall be reuse in

process.

Pressure Sand Filter are used as per treatment system in RO plant (ROP) and post treatment

system in waste water treatment plants (STP & ETP). Raw water flows down wards through the

filter bed and as the suspended matter, which is treated by addition of a coagulant like alum or poly

electrolyte, is retained on the sand surface and between the sand grains immediately below the






surface. There is steady rise in the loss of head over a period of time and the flow reduces once the

pressure drop across the filter is excessive.

The filter is then taken out of service and cleaning of the filter media is effected by flow reversal

also called as backwash. To assist in cleaning the bed, the backwash operation is sometimes

preceded by air scouring by way of agitation through the under drain system. The air scouring

agitates the sand with a scrubbing action, which loosens the intercepted particles. The filter is now

ready to be put back into service.

Activated Carbon Filter: They are designed to remove free chlorine, organic matter, odour and

Colour present in the raw water and waste water.

Due to its high degree of micro porosity, activated carbons provide a huge surface area. Activated

carbon filter operates through adsorption. Adsorption is directly related to the surface area of the

media. This great surface area furnishes a huge adsorption area for organic as well as chlorine

molecules to attach themselves.

The Activated Carbon Filters consist of Activated carbon granules supported by very fine quartz

filter media. Various grades of carbon are available for specialized treatments.

In Reverse Osmosis process, pressure is used to force effluent through a membrane that retains

contaminants on one side and allows the clean water to pass to the other side.

Permeate obtained from R.O. shall be reuse in process. Rejects of R.O. plant shall be sent to MEE. The

condensate water from MEE will be recycled and the MEE salt will be collected in drums packed, labelled and

stored at specified area and will finally be send to common waste landfill site (TSDF). The process flow diagram

for the same has been given below as Figure 2.7.

Figure 2.7: Flow Diagram of ETP






Quality of process effluent has been summarised under Table no. 2.10. ETP will comprise of the

tertiary level treatment followed by three stage RO. ETP shall be equipped with Online Continuous

Monitoring System (OCMS) for pH, BOD/COD, TSS, Flow meter at inlet and outlet of the ETP.

Permeate of the RO will be recycled back to the process and the reject shall be sent to MEE. The

condensate water from MEE will be recycled.

Domestic waste water will be disposed off through adequately designed septic tank/soak pits.

Table – 2.10

ETP Unit Systems and Size

S. No. Description Volume No. Length (Mtr) Width (Mtr) Depth (Mtr) Construction type Ground

1. Screen Chamber 3 2.00 1.50 1.00 RCC Under

2. Oil & Grease Tank 3 3 2.00 1.50 1.00 RCC Under

3. Equalization Tank 40 1 4.00 3.50 3.00 RCC Under

4. Biological Tank 80 1 6.00 4.50 3.00 RCC Under

5. Balance Tank 10 1 2.50 2.50 2.50 RCC Under

6. Sludge Holding Tank 10 1 2.50 2.50 2.50 RCC Under

7. ETP Treated Water

Tank

20 1 2.5 3.00 3.00 RCC Under

8. UF Treated Water

Tank

20 1 2.5 3.00 3.00 RCC Under

9. RO Permeate Water

Tank

40 1 4.00 3.20 3.00 RCC Under

10. RO Reject Water

Tank

13.5 1 1.50 3.00 3.00 RCC Under

11. RO Intermediate

Water Tank

13.5 2 1.50 3.00 3.00 RCC Under

Table - 2.11

Proposed Effluent Characteristics Before and After Treatment of Waste Water

All parameters in mg/lt except Color

S. No. Parameters ETP Inlet ETP Outlet UF Treated RO Treated RO Reject/ME

Feed

1. pH 5-6 7.5 7.5 7.0 - 7.5 7.0 - 7.5

2. BOD 3500 30 Only TSS part

will remove

NIL 30

3. COD 4000 100 Only TSS part

will remove

NIL 100

4. TSS 600 10 NIL NIL NIL

5. O & G 50 NIL NIL NIL NIL

6. TDS 4500 Unconfirmed Unaffected Between 100 -200 < 35000 -

40000

7. Color 500 100 Approx NIL NIL NIL

2.9 MAJOR EQUIPMENTS AND MACHINERIES

2.9.1 Equipment Selection

In selecting a particular type of equipment or storage for the Project, among others, the following

issues have been considered:






2.9 MAJOR EQUIPMENTS AND MACHINERIES

2.9.1 Equipment Selection

In selecting a particular type of equipment or storage for the Project, among others, the following

issues have been considered:

Equipment costs

Energy consumption

Raw materials characteristics

Sizes in which the equipment is available

Lead times for particular types of equipment

Operating experience with various types of equipment

Ease of operation of equipment

Product to be manufactured

Site conditions

Local skills available

Environmental issues.

2.9.2 Plant and Equipment Sizing

Details reg. Plant and Equipment and their proposed dimensions are given in Table - 2.12.

Table - 2.12

Equipment Details of Project

S. No. Equipment Numbers of Equipments Equipment Size and Capacity

1. Filter Press 10 48’’

2. Filter Press 4 36’’

3. Coupling Tank 10 20 Kl

4. S S Tank 4 6.5 Kl

5. S S Tank 4 10 Kl

6. Glass Lined Reactor 2 12.5 Kl

7. Glass Lined Reactor 4 6.3 Kl

8. Glass Lined Reactor 2 4 Kl

9. Casting Iron Tank 6 4 Kl

10. Coupling Tank 4 10 Kl

11. Casting Iron Tank 6 2 Kl

12. Chilling Plant 1 KC4

13. Cooling Tower 1 5 Kl

14. Boiler 1 5 TPH (10.54 kg/cm2)

15. Tertiary Treatment Plant 1 100 KLD

16. Three Stage R.O. 1 50 KLD

17. MEE 1 -

Proposed Dyes & Intermediates Manufacturing Project of 150 MT/Month (Crude) [{Disperse Azo Dyes (All colours) - 100 MT/Month, Coumarin Dyes (Allcolours)- 25 MT/Month &Methine Dyes (All colours) -25 MT/Month}]At Khasara no. 670/521 of Revenue Village - Untwalia, Tehsil & District - Churu (Rajasthan)



2.9.3 Storage Facilities

Details regarding storage facilities of raw material & product are given in Table 2.13:

Table - 2.13Storage Facilities

S.No.

Type of MaterialsCAS

DerivativesPhysical

stageType of Storage No. Of

UnitsCapacity

(Tons)

Underground/On the ground/Above ground

Name of Raw Material1. Acetic acid 64-19-17 Liquid HDPE Tank 1 10 On the ground2. Aniline Derivatives - Liquid Barrel 200 40 On the ground3. Benzoyal Chloride 98-88-4 Liquid Barrel 25 5 On the ground4. Bromine 7726-95-6 Liquid Glass Bottle 1667 5 On the ground5. Caustic Flakes 1310-73-2 Solid Bag with liners 300 15 On the ground

6.Cuprous Cyanide 544-92-3 Solid Aluminium teen

with liner100 5 On the ground

7. Dimethyl Sulfate 77-78-1 Liquid Barrel 50 10 On the ground

8.Dimethyl formamide(DMF) (Solvent)

68-12-2 LiquidBarrel

132 25 On the ground

9. Ethyl Aceto Acetate 105-56-6 Liquid Barrel 30 6 On the ground10. Hydrochloric Acid 7647-01-0 Liquid HDPE Tank 1 30 On the ground11. Hydrated Lime 1305-62-0 Solid Bag with liner 100 5 On the ground12. Malononitrile 109-77-3 Solid MS Teen 100 5 On the ground13. Methanol (Solvent) 67-56-1 Liquid MS Tank 1 20 Underground14. Phosphorus Oxy Chloride 10025-87-3 Liquid Plastic Carbo 150 7.5 On the ground15. Soda Ash 497-19-8 Solid Bag with liner 400 20 On the ground16. Sodium Chloride 7647-14-5 Solid Bag with liner 100 5 On the ground17. Sodium Cyanide 143-33-9 Solid MS Teen 60 3 On the ground18. Sodium Nitrite 7632-00-0 Solid Bag with liner 100 5 On the ground19. Sulfamic acid 5329-14-6 Solid Bag with liner 60 3 On the ground20. Sulphuric Acid (98%) 7664-93-9 Liquid MS Tank 2 40 On the ground21. Zinc Cyanide 557-21-1 Solid MS teen 172 6 On the ground22. Meta- Toluidine 108-44-1 Solid MS Drum 30 6 On the ground23. Pera –Toluidine 106-49-0 Solid MS Drum 30 6 On the ground

24.ParaNitroAnilineDerivatives

- Solid/Liquid Bag withliner/Barrel

700 35 On the ground

25. Pepridine 110-89-4 Liquid PP Barrel 1 0.o5 On the ground26. Ferrous Sulphate 7782-63-0 Solid Bag with liner 20 1 On the ground27. Ammonium Chloride 12125-02-9 Solid Bag with liner 140 3.5 On the ground28. Sodium bicarbonate 144-55-8 Solid Bag with liner 400 20 On the groundProducts

29. Disperse Azo Dyes- Solid Bag with

double liner2000

100On the ground

30.Coumarin Dyes (Allcolours)

- Solid Bag withdouble liner

50025

On the ground

31. Methine Dyes (All colours)- Solid Bag with

double liner500

25On the ground

Source: Pre-feasibility Report




2.10 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES

Adequate Infrastructure facilities for employees/workers is one of the key factors for success of

Project. Hence, it will be ensured that regular or contractual employees/ laborers will be provided

with adequate infrastructure facilities during construction as well as operation phase. Following

facilities will be provided:

Construction Phase

Adequate space for per person or per family in terms of floor area.

Supply of adequate safe water for all personal and household

Adequate sewage and garbage disposal systems.

Appropriate protection against heat, cold, damp, noise and fire.

Adequate sanitary and laundry facilities, ventilation, cooking, storage facilities and natural

and artificial lighting.

Medical Facilities.

Operation Phase

Workplace facility such as; Canteens, Rest rooms, re-creational areas, green areas etc.

Occupational Health & safety with first aid facilities

Security

Medical Facilities.

2.11 DESCRIPTION OF POLLUTION MITIGATION MEASURES

The pollution mitigation measures given in this section are for management of the air emissions,

effluents, solid and hazardous waste generation from the Project so as to meet the notified

environmental standards and to ensure safe environmental operating conditions.

2.11.1 Details of Air Emissions from the Project and their mitigation

Emissions Source/Type of Pollutant Mitigation measures to be adopted

Stack

Emission

I. Process (Hydrochloric

bearing Acidic Fumes)

o Alkali Scrubber with vent of 11 meter or above

II. Process (Sulphuric acid

bearing Acidic Fumes)

o Alkali Scrubber with vent of 11 meter or above

III. Boiler (PM, SO2, NOx) o Multi-Cyclone with stack of 30 meters

IV. DG set o Stack of adequate height

Fugitive

Emission

I. Raw Material Handling &

Storage (PM)

o Water sprinkling.

o Proper maintenance and check pollution under

control of vehicles

o Greenbelt / plantation along the plant boundary

II. Transportation activity (PM)




2.11.2 Details of Odour and their mitigation

Source Mitigation measures to be adopted

Raw Material

Finished Product

Process

ETP

Odour problems will be prevented and controlled at source by

good operational practices, including physical handling & storage

and process optimization measures

Dilution of odourantin process emission

Odour counteraction or neutralise

Covered tanks for Chemical Storage.

Proper Aeration system in ETP

Greenbelt and Plantation development.

2.11.3 Details of Effluent and their mitigation

Nature of

Effluents

Source Mitigation measures to be adopted

Process

Waste Water

Industrial effluent

from process

o Liquid industrial effluent generated from process will be treated

in tertiary level Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) having capacity

of 100 KLD.

o ETP will comprise of the tertiary level treatment followed by

three stage RO.

o Permeate of the RO will be recycled back to the process and the

reject shall be sent to MEE. The condensate water from MEE will

be recycled.

Sewage Utilities o Utility / Domestic waste water will be disposed off through

septic tank followed by soak pits.

2.11.4 Details of Solid , Hazardous Waste and Non-Hazardous Waste Generation and their mitigation

Plant UnitSource Type of

WasteCategory of

WasteWaste Quantity Treatment /

Disposal

Dyes &Intermediates

Boiler SWNon-

HazardousFly ash 55.0 Tons/

MonthSent to brickmanufacturer

Process

HWHazardous

(26.1)Process Sludge

4-5 tonnes/annum

HWHazardous

(26.4)Spent Solvent

Sold toapproved/registeredvendors

HWHazardous

(33.1)

Discardeddrums/Containers

/Barrels/PP

1.5 Tons/Month

Sold toapproved/registered

42.75 Tons/Month

To be sent to TSDF





WasteCategory of


Disposal

Liners/Bags vendors

MEE HWHazardous

(37.3)Evaporator

residue0.35 Tons/

Month

Collected indrums packed,labeled andstored atspecified areaand finallysend tocommonwaste landfillsite (TSDF)

ETPSettlingTanks/

ClarifierHW

Hazardous(35.3)

ETP sludge10.0 Tons/

Month

ETP sludgewill be sent toapprovedlandfill site.(TSDF)

PlantMaintenance

Differentsections/D

G SetHW

Hazardous(5.1)

Used /Spent oil20 Liters/

month

Sold toCPCB/RPCBregisteredrecycler

ElectronicAnd

Electrical(will be

generatedfrom 2nd

year)

HW -Electronic And

Electrical Waste400-500

kg/ annum


Lead AcidBatteries

HWHazardous

(A1160)

Waste Lead AcidBatteries, whole

or crushed

2-3batteries/

annum


2.12 ASSESSMENT OF NEW & TESTED TECHNOLOGY FOR THE RISK OF TECHNOLOGICAL FAILURE

M/s. Krishnum Dyes & Intermediate Pvt. Ltd. will using latest technology for manufacturing of

Dyes & Intermediates which being environment friendly as well as highly energy efficient. State of

Art pollution control equipment will be installed to keep the pollutants within prescribed limits of

notified standards by MoEFCC and other concern authorities. The plant will be fully automated

using latest art of the technology.

Chapter - 3

Description of the Environment




CHAPTER - 3

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

To predict and evaluate the environmental impacts of proposed Project on the surrounding area,

it is vital to assess the baseline status of the environmental quality in the vicinity of the Project

site. An exhaustive attempt has been made in the current chapter to sum up all possible baseline

status of environmental quality in the vicinity of the Project, which further serves as the basis for

identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts. To assess the baseline environmental quality

of the area, field assessment has been conducted considering following components of the

environment, viz. land, meteorology, air, noise, water, soil, biological and socio-economic. The

baseline monitoring has been conducted during the Summer Season (March to May, 2018). The

baseline study area was covering an area of 10 km radius from the Project site.

3.1 STUDY AREA

The study area considered is an area of 10 km radius (aerial distance) from the Project site, also

known as buffer zone. The area of Project site is considered as core zone. The major

environmental settings of the study area are as given in Table - 3.1 and shown in Figure - 3.1.

Table - 3.1Environmental Setting Details of study area

S. No. ParticularsDetails

(with approximate aerial distance & direction from the nearest Projectboundary)

1. Nearest Village Untwalia (~2.0 Km in SE direction)2. Nearest City Churu (~5.0 Km in NW direction)3.

Nearest National / State Highway SH-37 (~3.5 Km in NE direction) NH-65 (~5.0 Km in West direction)

4.Nearest Railway station

Churu Railway Station (~6.0 Km in NW direction) Mahansar Railway Station (~3.0 Km in SE direction)

5. Nearest Airport Sanganer International Airport, Jaipur (~175 Km in SE direction)6. National Parks, Wildlife Sanctuaries,

Biosphere Reserves, Reserve /Protected Forests within 10 km radius

Jod Bir PF (~5.0 Km in West direction)

7. Water Bodies within 10 km radius Pithrana Johra (~0.3 Km in NE direction)

8. Seismic Zone Zone – II [as per IS 1893 (Part-I) :2002]

Proposed Dyes & Intermediates Manufacturing Project of 150 MT/Month (Crude) [{Disperse Azo Dyes (All colours) - 100 MT/Month, Coumarin Dyes (All colours) - 25 MT/Month & Methine Dyes (All colours) - 25 MT/Month}]At Khasara no. 670/521 of Revenue Village - Untwalia, Tehsil & District - Churu (Rajasthan)



Source: SOI ToposheetFigure 3.1: Map Showing Environmental Settings of 10 km radius Study Area




There are no major operational industries within 10 km radius of the plant site (i.e. study area).

3.2 STUDY PERIOD

The relevant information and data (both primary and secondary) were collected in core as well as

buffer zone (10 km distance from the Project boundary) during Summer Season (March to May, 2018) in

accordance with the Guidelines for preparation of EIA studies in order to assess the environmental

impacts of proposed Project on existing physical, biological and socio economic Scenario/status.

3.3 ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS

Information on the following components / parameters were collected to study the present scenario

of the area:

1. Land Use & Land Cover

2. Meteorology

3. Ambient Air Quality

4. Level of Noise

5. Water Quality

6. Soil Quality

7. Biological Scenario/status

8. Socio-economic status

3.4 ESTABLISHMENT OF BASELINE FOR VALUED ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS

Baseline data were collected by monitoring and surveying of various environmental components /

parameters in the core as well as buffer zone during the study period i.e. Summer Season (March to

May, 2018); details of which are given in Table - 3.2.

Table – 3.2Baseline Data Collection

S.No.

EnvironmentalComponent

Primary data

Secondary dataParameters Frequency

Monitoring /SamplingLocations

Methodology

1. Land Land use and landcover

Once in aseason

Project Site &Study Area

Field survey Satellite image fromNRSC, Hyderabad

2. Meteorology Temperature,Relative Humidity,Wind Speed,Wind Direction

Hourly 1(Project site)

-- IMD book(Climatological Normals1981-2010)

3. Air PM10, PM2.5, SO2,NO2, CO and PAHs

(24 hourly),twice a week

8 Sampling: CPCBGuidelines/NAAQS/IS5182 and InstrumentManualAnalysis: CPCBGuidelines/IS 5182

-

4. Noise Equivalent noiselevels in dB (A)

Once in aseason

8 Sampling: IS 9989Analysis: CPCB

--




S.No.

EnvironmentalComponent

Primary data

Secondary dataParameters Frequency

Monitoring /SamplingLocations

Methodology

(day & nighttime)

Guidelines/IS 9989

6. Ground Water Parameters as perIS 10500-2012

Once in aseason

8 --

7. Soil Once in aseason

8 Sampling: USDAAnalysis: As per IS2720/USDA

-

8. BiologicalEnvironment

Flora and fauna Once in aseason

Study area Quadrate method/random sampling

-

9. Socio-EconomicEnvironment

Socio- Economicstatus

Once in aseason

Study area - Census data, 2011

3.4.1 Monitoring Agency

Sampling, preservation, transportation & storage of samples were carried out by J.M. EnviroLab

Pvt. Ltd. (NABL approved Laboratory) (Certificate no.: TC-6821) under supervision of EC/FAE

concerned. Analysis of samples has been carried out by JM EnviroLab Pvt. Ltd.

3.4.2. Instruments Used for Environmental Baseline Data Collection

The following instruments were used by JM Envirolab Pvt. Ltd. at the site for environmental

baseline data collection work-

1. Respirable Dust Sampler with attachment for gaseous Pollutants, Envirotech APM 460

2. Fine Particulate Sampler (FPS), APM 550

3. Sound Level Meter, Model Envirotech SLM - 100

4. Digital D.O. Meter Model, 831 E (CPCB Kit)

5. Weather Monitoring Station, Model Enviro WM 271

6. Global Positioning System (GPS).

3.5 BASELINE STATUS OF THE VARIOUS ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS

3.5.1 Land

3.5.1.1 Land Use Pattern

To study the land use pattern of the core as well buffer zone, land use / land cover maps have

been prepared in accordance to ToR Point no. {4)IX.}. “A list of major industries with name and

type within study area (10 km radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study

area.” by adopting the following process:

Development of land use & land cover map using land coordinates of the Project area.

Identification and marking of important basic features according to primary and secondary

data.

Evaluation of the impact on existing land use of the Project area.




Suggestive measures for conservation and sustainable use of land.

Technical details of Data used

Satellite Image - RESOURCESAT-2 (L4FMX)

Satellite Data Source - NRSC, Hyderabad

SOI Toposheets No - 44P/13, 44P/14, 44L/15 & 44L/16

Software Used - Earth Resources Data Analysis System (ERDAS) Imagine 9.2

Satellite Image (FCC) for buffer zone is given in Figure - 3.2.




Figure 3.2: False Color Composite (FCC) Satellite Imagery of the Buffer Zone




Methodology

Preliminary / primary data collection of the study area

o Satellite data procurement from NRSC, Hyderabad

Secondary data collection from Authorized bodies/institutes/departments

o Survey of India Toposheet (SOI)

o Project Layout

o Cadastral / Khasra map

o GPS Coordinates of Project Boundary

Processing of Satellite data using ERDAS Imagine 9.2 and to prepare the Land use & Land cover maps

(e.g. Forest, agriculture, settlements, wasteland, water bodies etc.) by Digital Image Processing (DIP)

technique.

o Geo-Referencing of the Survey of India Toposheet

o Geo-Referencing of satellite Imagery with the help of Geo-Referenced Toposheets

o Enhancement of the Satellite Imagery

o Base Map layer creation (Roads, Railway, Village Names and others Secondary data etc.)

o Data analysis and Classification using Digital interpretation techniques.

o Ground truth studies or field Verification.

o Error fixing / Reclassification

o Final Map Generation.

Land Use / Land Cover Details of Buffer Zone (Study Area)

The study area mainly comprises of Fallow Land which constitutes 53.38 % of the total area, 8.84 % area

falls under Human Settlement, and 3.11 % of the area falls under Forest Land. Besides areas, where the

soil cover is very thin falls under open scrub land having nearly 8.68 % of the total area, 5.72 % of the

area falls under vegetation, Barren Land which comprises of 20.13 % of the total area. Nearly 0.11 % of

the total study area falls under Industrial area and 0.03 % of the area falls under Water Bodies.

Details of the same are given in Table - 3.3 and map is shown in Figure - 3.3.

Table - 3.3Land Use / Land Cover Details of Study Area

S. No. Legend Area (in ha) Area (in %)1. Fallow Land 16993.19 53.382. Human Settlement 2814.27 8.843. Forest 989.88 3.114. Open Scrub 2761.49 8.685. Vegetation 1820.54 5.726. Barren Land 6407.99 20.137. Industries 36.37 0.118. Water Bodies 8.85 0.03

Total 31832.58 100

Source: LU/LC Map for Buffer Zone




Source: Satellite ImageryFigure 3.3: Land Use / Land Cover Map of the Buffer Zone

Proposed Dyes & Intermediates Manufacturing Project of 150 MT/Month (Crude) [{Disperse Azo Dyes (All colours) - 100 MT/Month, Coumarin Dyes(All colours) - 25 MT/Month & Methine Dyes (All colours) - 25 MT/Month}]At Khasara no. 670/521 of Revenue Village - Untwalia, Tehsil & District - Churu (Rajasthan)



Observation of the Land Use / Land Cover Study

The 10 km study area mainly comprises of Fallow Land 53.38 % and Barren Land 20.13% of the

total study area.

There are few small seasonal Village ponds exist within the Study area.

There is one Protected Forest i.e Jod Bir PF within 10 Km radius of Study Area.

Untwalia is the nearest village from the Project site.

There are no Ecological Sensitive Areas (National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary, Biosphere Reserve

etc.) within 10 km radius of the Study Area.

Interpretation and Conclusion

Total area of the proposed Project is 1.00 ha (10,000 Sq. m.) which has already been changed

to industrial use.

In Core zone little vegetation exists, part of which shall be cleared for setting up of the

proposed Project. It has also been proposed to develop 33% of the total plot area under

greenbelt / plantation.

3.5.2 SEISMICITY AND FLOOD HAZARD ZONATION OF THE AREA

Seismicity of the Area

Many parts of the Indian subcontinent have historically high seismicity. Seven catastrophic

earthquakes of magnitude greater than 8 (Richter scale) have occurred in the western, northern

and eastern parts of India and adjacent countries in the past 100 years.

Bureau of Indian Standards [IS - 1893 (Part-1): 2002], has grouped the country into four seismic

zones viz. Zone - II, III, IV and V. Of these, Zone - V is the most seismically active region, while

Zone - II is the least. The Modified Mercalli Intensity (MMI) scale, which measures the impact of

the earthquakes on the surface of the earth, broadly associated with various zones is as follows:

Table - 3.4Seismic Zones in India

S. No. Seismic Zone Risk Intensity on MMI Scale1. Zone – II Low Risk Zone VI & below2. Zone – III Moderate Risk Zone VII

3. Zone – IV High Risk Zone VIII4. Zone – V Very High-Risk Zone IX & above

Source: IMD & NIDMThe Project site as well as study area lies in Zone-II of Seismic Zoning Map, and thus can be said

to be located in an area of low seismic hazard by National standards. Hence the risk of

earthquake at the site is minimal and so the site is safe and is given in Figure - 3.4.




Figure 3.4: Seismic Zone Map

Flood Hazard Zonation of the Area

As per the “Vulnerability Atlas - 2nd Addition; Peer Group, MoH and UPA; based on digitized data

of SOI, GOI; Flood Atlas, Task Force Report, C.W.C., GOI” the Project site does not fall under

“area liable to flood”. Flood Hazard Zonation Map showing the Project site is given in Figure - 3.5

Project Site




Figure 3.5: Flood Hazard Zonation Map of the Area

Project Site




3.5.3 Climate and Rainfall

The climate of Churu district is arid. The months of November, January, and February are usually

cold, with temperatures dropping below freezing point. April to May are the hottest months of

the year. June to September are the months seeing Monsoon rainfall. Lateritic soil is the most

important soil group existing in the district, which is light in texture and acidic in nature. The soil

is porous with low organic matter and low water holding capacity, thus exhibiting low fertility.

The eastern and southern part of this district is more productive than western part.

The annual average rainfall in the region is around 409.6 mm (average of last fourteen years

rainfall from 2004-2017) varying from minimum 213 mm in 2009 to maximum 614 mm in 2010. The

mean seasonal rainfall distribution is 319.4 mm in southwest monsoon (June-September), 11.8

mm in northeast monsoon (October-December), 18.7 mm rainfall in winter (Jan-Feb) and 48.6

mm in summer (March–May). The percentage distribution of rainfall, season wise, is 80 percent

in southwest monsoon, 3 percent in northeast monsoon, 4.65 percent in winter and 12 % in

summer. The contribution of southwest monsoon rainfall ranges from 163.8 mm in 2006 to

566.4 mm in 2010.

Rainfall data of the area for last 15 years is shown in below Table - 3.5.

Table - 3.5Rainfall Data for last 15 Years

Year Annual Rainfall2004 245.72005 360.22006 243.62007 335.02008 444.52009 213.22010 613.92011 588.02012 428.02013 467.92014 480.92015 536.12016 4832017 357.22018 346.9

Average Rainfall 409.6Source: IMD Data

3.5.4 Meteorology

Meteorology plays a vital role in determining the transport and diffusion pattern of air

pollutants released into atmosphere.

The principal variables include horizontal convective transport (average wind speed and

direction), vertical convective transport (atmospheric stability) and topography of the area.




Meteorological characteristics of an area are very much important in assessing possible

environmental impacts and in preparing environmental management plan.

Since meteorological factors show wide fluctuations with time, meaningful interpretation can

be drawn only from long-term reliable data. Such source of data is India Meteorological

Department (IMD), which maintains a network of meteorological stations at several important

locations.

The Nearest IMD Station to the plant site is located in Churu. Based on the previous IMD data

[Climatological Normals (1981-2010)], the pre-dominant wind direction (seasonal as well as

annual) was considered. As Per the Data, pre-dominant wind direction throughout the year was

observed from West, according to which, the locations for ambient air quality monitoring were

selected. Seasonal wind rose showing the wind pattern during the study period is shown in

Figure - 3.6.

3.5.5 Micro-Meteorology at Site

Meteorological station was set-up at site (Core Zone) to record surface meteorological

parameter during study period- Summer Season (March to May, 2018).

Wind speed and wind direction data recorded during the study period was collected from

secondary sources like IMD, which has enabled identifying the influence of meteorology on the

air quality of the area. Based on the collected meteorological data, relative percentage

frequencies of different wind directions were calculated and plotted as wind rose diagram.

Maximum and minimum temperatures including percentage relative humidity were also

recorded simultaneously.

Summary of the micro-meteorology at site is given in Table - 3.6. Detailed Hourly Meteorological

Data has been enclosed as Annexure – 4 with this EIA / EMP Report.

Table - 3.6Micro-Meteorology at Site

Study Period: Summer Season (March to May, 2018)Month Temperature (oC) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m / sec)

March, 2018 12.2 – 35.4 18 – 94 0.0 – 4.2April, 2018 15.3 – 40.6 10 – 85 0.0 – 4.2May, 2018 20.2 – 46.4 6 – 74 0.0 – 6.2

Source: Meteorological Station at Site




Figure 3.6: Wind Rose Diagram




3.5.5.1 Mixing Height

Mixing Height (MH) is the vertical extent through which the contaminant plume can be mixed.

Forecasting of mixing height is done with the aid of the vertical temperature profile. The MH is a

function of stability. In unstable air the MH is higher and in stable air, the MH is lower. With a lower

MH, there is a smaller volume of air in which the pollutant can be dispersed, resulting in higher

concentrations in the ambient environment. There is a seasonal variation of MH. During summer

daylight hours, MH can be few thousand feet whereas for winter it can be a few hundred feet. It

varies also in the course of a day. It is lowest at night and increases during the day.

As site specific mixing heights were not available, mixing heights based on IMD publication, “Atlas

of Hourly Mixing Height and Assimilative Capacity of Atmosphere in India”, has been considered to

establish the worst-case scenario. Secondary information has been used to determine the mixing

height over the region for the study period i.e. Summer Season and it varies from 80 - 2550 meters

(IMD).

Table - 3.7Mixing Height for Summer Season

Time (Hours) Mixing Height (m)06.00 8007:00 6008:00 15009:00 30010:00 61011:00 110012:00 175013:00 210014:00 235015:00 255016:00 235017:00 222518:00 220019:00 135020:00 975

Source: IMD publication, “Atlas of Hourly Mixing Height and Assimilative Capacity of Atmosphere in India”

3.5.6 Ambient Air Quality

Ambient air quality monitoring is carried to determine the general background concentration

levels of major air pollutants like PM, SOx, NOx. Samples were collected within 10 km study area

to observe pollutants trends throughout the Buffer Zone. It helps in providing a data base for

evaluating the impacts of air pollutants from proposed Project activity in that area. It will be also

useful in ascertaining the quality of ambient air during operation phase of Project would confirm

to the standards of the ambient air quality notified by CPCB/MoEF&CC.

Proposed Dyes & Intermediates Manufacturing Project of 150 MT/Month (Crude) [{Disperse Azo Dyes (All colours) - 100 MT/Month, Coumarin Dyes

(All colours) - 25 MT/Month & Methine Dyes (All colours) - 25 MT/Month}]




Methodology

The air quality monitoring was done during Summer Season (March to May, 2018) within 10 km

radius study area as per the Terms of Reference (ToR) issued by MoEFCC, New Delhi vide their

letter no. J-11011/134/2018-IA-II(I) dated 18th May, 2018.

The sources of air pollution in the region are dust rising from unpaved roads, domestic fuel

burning, vehicular traffic, agricultural activities, emission from other industries, etc. Ambient air

samples were collected for assessing the following air pollutants:

o Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

o Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2)

o Particulate Matter (PM10 and PM2.5)

o Carbon Monoxide (CO)

o Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAHs)

Analytical methods prescribed by CPCB & approved Indian Standard methods were used for

carrying out air quality analysis.

Sampling Schedule

The sampling was done continuously for 24 hours for SO2, NOx, PM10, PM2.5, CO and PAHs with a

frequency of twice a week for three months (26 observations for one location) at 8 locations.

Sampling Locations

Sampling locations were selected for AAQ Monitoring keeping in view the dominant wind

direction prevailing in the area during the study period, It can be observed from the wind rose

diagram (Figure - 3.6) that the dominant wind direction prevailing in the area during the study

period was from West direction.

Villages / locations have been selected in the downwind direction as well as in the upwind

direction for AAQ monitoring from the Project site.

Monitoring stations selected for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring during the study period are

given in Table - 3.8 and shown in Figure - 3.7.

Table - 3.8

Locations of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

S. No. Sampling Location

From Project Site

Selection Criterion Approx aerial

distance Direction

SA 1 Project Site Core Zone - Core zone

SA 2 Sampling Station at 500

m from Project site 500 m East

Falls in downwind of dominant wind

direction

SA 3 Bissau 7 km East

• Falls in downwind of dominant wind

direction

• Location in Study Area

SA 4 Near Jod Bir PF 3.5 km West

• Falls in Upwind of dominant wind direction

• Nearest to the Sensitive Receptor (PF)

• Nearest to the NH




S. No. Sampling LocationFrom Project Site

Selection CriterionApprox aerialdistance

Direction

SA 5 Village- Untwaliya 2 km SE Nearest Village to the Project Site Location in Study Area

SA 6 Village – Ratannagar 5 km SW Location in Study Area

SA 7 Village – Mahansar 5 km SE Location in Study Area Nearest to the Railway Station

SA 8 Churu 5 km NW Location in Study Area Nearest to the Railway Station, SH and NH Densely Populated

Source: SOI Toposheets

Proposed Dyes & Intermediates Manufacturing Project of 150 MT/Month (Crude) [{Disperse Azo Dyes (All colours) - 100 MT/Month, Coumarin Dyes (All colours) - 25 MT/Month & Methine Dyes (All colours) - 25 MT/Month}]




Figure 3.7: Key Plan showing Ambient Air Quality Monitoring and Noise Monitoring Locations






Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

Table - 3.9 shows the maximum & minimum concentration of the air pollutants monitored at different

locations during the study period (March to May, 2018). All 26 observations of pollutants for each

location are detailed in Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Tables enclosed as Annexure - 5 along with this

report.

Table - 3.9

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results

Study Period: Summer Season (March to May, 2018)

S. No. Monitoring Sites PM2.5 (µg/m3) PM10 (µg/m3) NO2 (µg/m3) SO2 (µg/m3) CO (mg/m3) PAHs

(ng/m3) Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min.

S1 Project site 30.8 25.4 68.1 58.9 17.1 11.8 9.7 6.1 BDL (DL 0.50) BDL (DL 0.1)

S2 Sampling Station at

500m from Project site 31.3 26.1 69.3 59.4 18.2 12.3 10.4 6.4 BDL (DL 0.50) BDL (DL 0.1)

S3 Bissau 38.8 31.2 80.7 69.6 23.4 14.7 13.1 7.9 0.71 0.57 BDL (DL 0.1)

S4 Near Jod Bir PF 30.2 24.9 66.6 56.8 15.8 10.2 9.1 5.7 BDL (DL 0.50) BDL (DL 0.1)

S5 Village Untwaliya 35.2 27.5 75.4 63.2 20.9 13.2 10.3 6.8 0.66 BDL BDL (DL 0.1)

S6 Village Ratannagar 37.6 29.6 79.9 67.1 22.7 14.5 13.6 8.2 0.69 0.51 BDL (DL 0.1)

S7 Village Mahansar 32.2 28.4 73.6 62.5 21.8 13.9 11.5 7.6 BDL (DL 0.50) BDL (DL 0.1)

S8 Churu 43.8 35.7 87.4 72.3 25.2 15.6 14.2 9.1 1.04 0.65 0.38

NAAQS 60 100 80 80 4 -

Source: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

*NAAQS - National Ambient Air Quality Standards; Schedule-VII, [Rule 3 (3B)], [Part-II-sec.-3(i)] 16.11.2009

BDL - Below Detectable Limit, DL - Detection Limit

Interpretation & Conclusion

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring reveals that the concentrations of PM10 and PM2.5 for all the 8

AAQM stations were found between 56.8 to 87.4 µg/m3 and 24.9 to 43.8 µg/m3, respectively.

As far as, the presence of gaseous pollutants SO2 and NOx are concerned, the prescribed CPCB

limit of 80 µg/m3 has never surpassed at any station. The concentrations of SO2 and NO2 were

found to be in range of 5.7 to 14.2 µg/m3 and 10.2 to 25.2 µg/m3 respectively. The concentrations of

CO and PAHs were found to be in range of <0.5 to 1.04 mg/m3 and <0.1 to 0.38 ng/m3 ,respectively.

Major contributors of the pollutants in the study area are human activities, vehicular movement

and air borne dust. Maximum concentration of AAQ parameters is found at Churu, due to its

dense population, commercial & human activities and vehicular movement. Whereas, the

minimum values of parameters were found at Near Jod Bir PF; as there is no major source of

pollution near this locations.

The Project activities with its low emission from boiler coupled with APCM may marginally

increase the pollutant concentrations only in the nearby area falling in the downwind direction.

But the concentrations of pollutants in AAQ at all monitoring locations would remain well within

the prescribed limits of NAAQS. Details regarding the anticipated Impacts and mitigation

measures, w.r.t. Ambient Air Quality, have been given in Chapter IV of this Report.






3.5.7 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Noise often defined as unwanted sound, interferes with speech communication, causes

annoyance, distracts from work, and disturbs sleep, thus deteriorating quality of human

environment.

Source of Noise

There are limited sources of noise in the 10 km radius of study area, which contribute to the local

noise level of the area. Ambient noise sources in the vicinity of the Project include the noise from

traffic on road, human activities in villages and agricultural fields.

Ambient Noise Level

In order to assess the baseline noise levels, in and around the Project, noise levels were measured

at site and villages in the study area.

Sampling Schedule

The sampling was done during day time and night time once in the study period.

Sampling Locations

Locations / stations selected for noise level monitoring are given in Table - 3.10 and shown in

Figure – 3.7.

Table - 3.10

Locations of Noise Monitoring Stations

S. No. Sampling Location

From Project Site

Approx aerial

distance Direction

1. Project Site Core Zone -

2. Sampling Station at 500 m from Project site 500 m East

3. Bissau 7 km East

4. Near Jod Bir PF 3.5 km West

5. Village- Untwaliya 2 km SE

6. Village – Ratannagar 5 km SW

7. Village – Mahansar 5 km SE

8. Churu 5 km NW

Source: SOI Toposheet

Ambient Noise Level Monitoring

Ambient noise levels monitoring observations monitored at different locations (as mentioned in

Table - 3.10) during the study period are given in Table - 3.11.

Table - 3.11

Ambient Noise Level Monitoring Observations


S. No. Sampling Locations

Noise Level Leq. dB (A)

Day Time

(6:00 am to 10:00 pm)

Night Time

(10:00 pm to 6:00 am)

Observation Prescribed limit Observation Prescribed limit

S1 Project Site 52.4 75 41.8 70

S2 Sampling Station at 500 m

from Project site 53.7 55 42.5 45






S3 Bissau 54.1 55 44.2 45

S4 Near Jod Bir PF 48.9 55 39.1 45

S5 Village- Untwaliya 53.6 55 43.7 45

S6 Village – Ratannagar 53.2 55 43.4 45

S7 Village - Mahansar 52.8 55 42.9 45

S8 Churu 63.4 65 53.8 55

Source: Ambient Noise Level Monitoring Result


Ambient noise levels were measured at 8 locations around the Project site. Noise levels vary from

48.9 to 63.4 Leq dB (A) during day time and from 39.1 to 53.8 Leq dB(A) during night time. The

levels are within the prescribed standards.

Maximum noise levels during day time as well as during night time were observed at Churu. Churu

is having urban & commercialized area with continuous human activities and vehicular movements

causing high noise levels. Whereas, the minimum noise levels were found at Near Jod Bir PF during

day time as well as during night time; as there is no major source of noise pollution.

During construction activities, increase in noise levels near Project site may be observed which will

be temporary. The noise level after commencement of proposed Project may increase marginally

around the plant premises.

3.5.8 Water Quality

It is commonly observed that many water resources are being influenced by human and animal

activities. The growing urbanization and industrialization for development and welfare or

improvement of human needs further increases the chances of contamination of the quality of

these resources as well as the stress on availability of water in the area. As a result, water

resources are getting contaminated, becoming scares and causing the adverse impact on humans,

flora & fauna, living beings and aquatic life. Ensuring a sustained development and accelerating

the growth of development options, requires in depth study of physical, chemical and biological

impacts to nature and robust prediction models for the evaluation so as to minimize the pollution

load of proposed development and prevention of natural water/air quality.

Physical, chemical and biological factors influencing water quality are so interrelated that a

change in any water quality parameter may trigger other changes in a complete network of

interrelated variables. Selected water quality parameters for surface and ground water resources

within study region have been used as baseline data for water quality and assessing the impact on

it by proposed Project.

As a significant part of predefined framework of the present study, water samples were collected

from selected locations. The reconnaissance survey was undertaken and monitoring locations

were finalized based on:

Presence, location and uses of major water bodies in the region

Type and location of industrial/residential areas

Likely area that can represent baseline conditions






The water resources in the study area were divided into two categories to assess baseline status

of water quality of the region. These two major categories as determined are:

Surface water resources including streams, nalas, ponds, river, canals, estuary

Ground water resources (tube well, open well, springs etc.)

3.5.8.1 Surface Water Quality

There is no perennial surface water body present in the study area. However, there are few small

seasonal Village ponds exist, which were found to be dry during the study period. Other than the

ponds, there is one seasonal water body as well as religious place called as Pithrana Johra, which

was also found dry during the study period.

3.5.8.2 Ground Water Quality

The sources of potable water are the tube-wells and dug-wells in the area. Samples were collected

from the available water resources around the plant site. Besides the samples were also collected

from different identified sites and analyzed.

Analytical methods prescribed by APHA & approved Indian Standard methods were used for

carrying out ground water quality monitoring.

Details of ground water sampling locations and their distance and directions are given in Table -

3.12 and shown in Figure - 3.8.

Ground water analysis results are given in Table - 3.13.

Table - 3.12

Locations of Ground Water Sampling Stations

S. No. Sampling Station

From the Project site

Approx aerial

distance Direction



3. Village- Ramsara 3 km NW

4. Village- Khasoli 3.5 km North

5. Village – Mahansar 5 km SE

6. Bissau 7 km East

7. Village –Ratannagar 5 km SW

8. Churu 5 km NW






Figure 3.8: Key Plan Showing Ground Water and Soil Sampling Locations





Table - 3.13

Ground Water Analysis


S.

No. Parameters Unit Project Site

Village-

Untwaliya

Village-

Ramsara

Village-

Khasoli

Village -

Mahansar Bissau

Village -

Ratannagar Churu

Specification as per IS 10500- 2012

Remark Requirement

(Acceptable Limit)

Permissible

Limit (Max.)

1. pH (at 25°C) - 7.69 7.71 7.82 7.56 7.63 7.77 7.81 7.69 6.5-8.5 No Relaxation -

2. Colour Hazen

Unit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 5 15

DL 5.0 Hazen

3. Turbidity NTU BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 1 5 DL 1.0 NTU

4. Odour - Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable -

5. Taste - Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable -

6. Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/l 317 308 338 356 294 264 164.6 396.4 200 600 -

7. Calcium as Ca mg/l 26.3 28.5 27.2 36.3 31.4 29.5 24.2 22.4 75 200 -

8. Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/l 351.2 432.4 569.4 485.7 412.6 372.8 536.9 492.6 200 600 -

9. Chloride as Cl mg/l 658.4 517.9 576.5 404.2 428.3 368.6 590.1 616.7 250 1000 -

10. Magnesium as Mg mg/l 61.2 57.8 65.8 64.6 52.5 46.4 25.4 82.71 30 100 -

11. Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 1463 1327 1469 1237 1178 1083 1316 1716 500 2000 -

12. Sulphate as SO4 mg/l 102.4 97.3 116.8 85.4 62.5 54.8 74.6 155.8 200 400 -

13. Fluoride as F mg/l 1.42 1.45 1.44 1.42 1.48 1.46 1.49 0.85 1 1.5 -

14. Nitrate as NO3-N mg/l 42.7 41.8 42.3 31.6 39.4 35.1 43.2 40.4 45 No Relaxation -

15. Iron as Fe mg/l 0.19 0.21 0.22 0.19 0.24 0.18 0.16 0.27 1 No Relaxation -

16. Sodium as Na mg/l 315.0 292.0 268.0 274.0 281.0 262.0 345.0 438.0 -- -- --

17. Potassium as K mg/l 4.2 4 4.5 4.6 3.7 4.2 3.2 5.1 -- -- --

18. Conductivity µs/cm 2281 2161 2410 2088 1913 1791 2233 2760 -- -- --

BDL - Below Detectable Limit, DL - Detection Level , Note: Ground water quality was also analyzed for Aluminium, Cyanide, Boron, Phenolic Compounds, Anionic

Detergents, Chromium, Zinc, Copper, Manganese, Cadmium, Lead, Arsenic, Mercury, Nickel, Hexa Chromium & Phosphate etc. and were found below detection limit.

Source: Ground water quality Analyses Results.







The analyzed quality of groundwater of different locations was compared with drinking water

standard (IS:10500- 2012). All the groundwater samples showed the parameters more or less in

line with good quality of water The ground water analysis for all the 8 sampling stations shows

that pH of the water samples ranged from 7.56 to 7.82 indicating slightly alkaline to alkaline

nature. The colour and turbidity were BDL, and odour and taste were agreeable at all sampling

locations. The values of total hardness (164.6 to 396.4 mg/l), alkalinity (351.2 to 569.4 mg/l) and

total dissolved solids (1083 to 1716 mg/l); maximum hardness & dissolved solid were found in the

sample of Churu.

However, all groundwater samples were slightly exceeding the acceptable limits but well under

the permissible limits for chlorides (368.6 to 658.4 mg/l) and sulphates (54.8 to 155.8 mg/l). The

concentrations of other micro and macro nutrients were also at low level i.e. nitrate (31.6 to 43.2

mg/l), calcium (22.4 to 36.3 mg/l), magnesium (25.4 to 82.71 mg/l), and iron (0.16 to 0.27 mg/l). The

fluoride (0.85 to 1.49 mg/l) concentration is at optimum level for the dental health of the

consumers.

Thus, it can be concluded that the groundwater samples, including that from Project site, were

observed to be good and complying to the drinking water standard (IS: 10500-2012). The

groundwater sample at Project site was also of good quality. The groundwater, though hard, are

suitable for drinking and for agriculture purpose.

3.5.9 SOIL ENVIRONMENT

3.5.9.1 Soil Quality and Characteristics

In order to assess the baseline characteristics of soil profile of the study area, representing Project

site and nearby areas, the samples were analyzed for 21 parameters representing basic and

chemical characterization.

The sampling locations were finalized with the following considerations:

To enable information on baseline characteristics and,

To determine the impact of industrial activities on soil characteristics.

Representative soil samples were collected from 8 different specified locations within the study

area of the Project. Standard procedures were followed for the sampling and analysis of physico-

chemical parameters. Location of soil sampling stations are given in Table - 3.14 and shown in

Figure - 3.8. Soil analysis results are given in Table - 3.15.

Table - 3.14

Locations of Soil Sampling Stations

S. No. Sampling Station From the Project site

Approx distance Direction



3. Village- Ramsara 3 km NW

4. Village- Khasoli 3.5 km North






S. No. Sampling Station From the Project site

Approx distance Direction

5. Village - Mahansar 5 km SE

6. Bissau 7 km East

7. Village -Ratannagar 5 km SW

8. Churu 5 km NW






Table - 3.15

Soil Analysis


S.

No. Parameters

Sampling Locations

Unit Project Site Village -

Untwaliya

Village -

Ramsara

Village -

Khasoli

Village –

Mahansar Bissau

Village -

Ratannagar Churu

1. pH (at 25°C) (1:2.5 soil water sus.)

- 7.7 7.9 7.9 7.7 8 7.8 7.8 7.7

2. Conductivity (1:2 soil water sus.)

mS/cm 0.18 0.21 0.24 0.15 0.19 0.15 0.14 0.19

3. Soil Texture - Sandy Loam Sandy Loam Sandy Loam Sandy Loam Sandy Loam Sandy Loam Sandy Loam Sandy Loam

4. Colour - Yellowish

Brown Yellowish

Brown Yellowish

Brown Yellowish

Brown Yellowish

Brown Yellowish

Brown Yellowish

Brown Yellowish

Brown

5. Water holding capacity % 32.4 32.6 34.8 31.8 33.3 34.2 35.7 35.2

6. Bulk density gm/cc 1.47 1.46 1.43 1.48 1.46 1.44 1.42 1.43

7. Chloride mg/kg 169.9 164.4 192.2 184.5 184.8 174.5 156 199.9

8. Calcium as Ca mg/kg 763.5 867.2 1017.8 794.6 836.5 817.4 856.9 787.6

9. Sodium as Na mg/kg 57.9 65.75 76.88 53.81 63.9 59.8 52.4 69.90

10. Available Potassium as K kg. /hec 169.4 187.2 174.4 168.3 176.1 174.3 181.9 182.3

11. Organic matter % 0.51 0.73 0.66 0.58 0.76 0.54 0.61 0.59

12. Magnesium as Mg mg/kg 138.8 181.2 158.7 132.5 142.1 168.6 175.8 144.4

13. Available Nitrogen as N kg. /hec 81 105 93 85 96 87 104 94

14. Available Phosphorus kg. /hec 18.3 15.4 22.6 18.7 23.1 17.8 19.2 24.3

15. Total Zinc as Zn mg/kg 10.64 15.63 12.71 9.69 12.68 8.72 11.67 15.65

16. Manganese as Mn mg/kg 168.3 175.6 182.4 188.5 194.5 216.3 198.6 184.7

17. Chromium as Cr mg/kg BDL(DL 5.0) BDL(DL 5.0) BDL(DL 5.0) BDL(DL 5.0) BDL(DL 5.0) BDL(DL 5.0) BDL(DL 5.0) BDL(DL 5.0) 18. Total Lead as Pb mg/kg `6.2 5.4 5.5 BDL(DL 5.0) BDL(DL 5.0) BDL(DL 5.0) 6.2 6.3

19. Total Cadmium as Cd mg/kg BDL(DL 5.0) BDL(DL 5.0) BDL(DL 5.0) BDL(DL 5.0) BDL(DL 5.0) BDL(DL 5.0) BDL(DL 5.0) BDL(DL 5.0) 20. Total Copper as Cu mg/kg 21.46 16.48 12.42 15.20 18.4 21.60 15.60 17.80

21. Organic Carbon % 0.30 0.42 0.38 0.34 0.44 0.31 0.35 0.34

Source: Soil Analysis




Table - 3.16Standard Soil Classification

S. No. Parameters Classification1. pH <4.5 extremely acidic

4.51 – 5.0 very strong acidic5.01 – 5.5 strongly acidic5.51 - 6.0 moderately acidic

6.1 – 6.5 slightly acidic6.51.7.3 Neutral7.31-7.8 slightly alkaline7.81-8.5 moderately alkaline8.51 – 9.0 strongly alkaline>9.0 Very strongly alkaline

2. Salinity ElectricalConductivity (mho/cm)

Up to 1.0 average1-2 harmful to germination2-3 harmful to crops

3. Nitrogen (kg/ha) Up to 50 very less51-100 less110-150 good151-300 better>300 sufficient

4. Phosphorus (kg/ha) Up to 15 very less15 – 30 less31-50 medium51-65 on average sufficient66-80 sufficient>80 more than sufficient

5. Potassium (kg/ha) 0-120 very less120-180 less180-240 medium241-300 average301-360 better>360 more than sufficient

Source: Indian Agricultural Research Institute Handbook.


The soil samples were Yellowish Brown. The textures of soil samples were Sandy Loam. All soil

samples have slightly alkaline to alkaline having pH range from 7.7 to 8.0; where nutrients remain

in available form in the soil. Water holding capacity (31.8% to 35.7%) and bulk density (1.42 to 1.48

g/cc) were ideal for the crops. Physical quality of soil samples is good for the plantation.

All the major nutrients were present, namely organic matter (0.51% to 0.76%) optimum, nitrogen

(81 to 105 kg/ha) less to good and potassium (168.3 to 187.2 kg/ha) very less. Other nutrients were

present in the soil samples, namely calcium (763.5 to 1017.8 mg/kg), magnesium (132.5 to 181.2

mg/kg) and zinc (8.72 to 15.65 mg/kg).




The above observation indicates that the soils in study area, in generally suitable for arid

agriculture and other alternate land uses. It is not fertile but it can be made fertile for agriculture

crops and plants with water supply are regular by providing phosphates with nitrates.

3.5.10 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

3.5.10.1 Introduction

The sum of environment factors, where the life in different forms exist is called the Biosphere.

These factors include land, water and air. Biological scenario includes the Habitat (Place where the

organism lives) and natural surroundings of all species (living organism species) of the particular

area.

Biological study is essential to understand the impact of industrialization and urbanization on

existing flora and fauna of the study area. Besides, studies on various aspects of ecosystem play

an important role in identifying sensitive issues for under taking appropriate action to mitigate the

impact, if required.

The biological study was undertaken as a part of the EIA study report to understand the present

status of ecosystem prevailing in the study area and to study the floristic and faunal diversity of

the terrestrial and aquatic environment of the study area within the 10 km radius of the Project

site.

A baseline study / survey was conducted to study the floristic and faunal diversity of the terrestrial

environment of the study area within 10 km radius of the Project site.

Some of the information was gathered from the local habitants. All the collected data were

classified to interpret the impact of pollution due to proposed project on the flora and fauna of

that region.

Survey of the wild plants as well as cultivated crop plants was made and all the available

information was recorded. Night survey was also conducted with the help of spotlight to record

nocturnal animals, birds and reptiles.

Secondary data on flora and fauna, cropping patterns etc. were also collected from available

literatures, internet etc.

A primary field survey was carried within 10 km radius in the Buffer zone in and around the Project

area to study the floral and faunal diversity of the terrestrial environment of the study area.

No National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary, Biosphere Reserve exists within 10 km radius of the Project

site. Only one Protected Forest falls at a distance of ~5.0 km in West direction from the Project

site.

List of flora observed in the study area as well as core zone is as mentioned in the list given below:




Table - 3.16Inventory of Floral Diversity in the Core & Buffer Zone of Proposed Project Site

Based on actual sighting, based on inputs from locals and perused from Secondary DataHabit: Tree (T), Shrub (S), Herb (H), Grass (G), Climber (C) and Aquatic (Aq.)

S. No. Scientific name Local name Family Core Buffer

Trees

1. Acacia leucophloea Ronjh Fabaceae - +

2. Acacia nilotica Desi Babool Mimosaceae - +

3. Acacia Senegal Kumttha Mimosaceae - +

4. Ailanthus excels Aldu Simaroubaceae - +

5. Albizia lebbeck Siris Fabaceae - +

6. Albizia procera Safed siris Fabaceae - +

7. Azadirachta indica Neem Meliaceae - +

8. Balanites aegyptica Hingot Zygophyllaceae - +

9. Bauhinia variegate Kachnar Fabaceae - +

10. Cassia italic Sonamukhi Fabaceae - +

11. Cassia fistula Amaltas Fabaceae - +

12. Cassia siamea Kasood Fabaceae - +

13. Cordia dichotoma Gundi Ehretiaceae - +

14. Dalbergia sissoo Shisham Fabaceae - +

15. Eucalyptus terelicornis Safeda Myrtaceae - +

16. Ficusbenghalensis Bad Moraceae - +

17. Ficusglomerata Gular Moraceae - +

18. Ficusreligiosa Pipal Moraceae - +

19. Leucaena leucocephala Su- babool Fabaceae - +

20. Moringa oleifera Senjana Moraceae - +

21. Phoenix sylvestris Khajoor Arecaceae - +

22. Pithecellobium dulce Jungle Jalebi Mimosaceae - +

23. Pongamia pinnata Karanj Fabaceae - +

24. Prosopis cineraria Khejri Fabaceae + +

25. Saraca asoka Sita ashok Fabaceae - +

26. Salvadora oleoides Pilu Salvadoraceae - +

27. Salvadora persica Jal Salvadoraceae - +

28. Tamarindus indica Imli Caesalpiniaceae - +

29. Tecomellaundulata Roheda Bignoniaceae - +

Shrubs

30. Acacia jacquemontii Baon Mimosaceae - +





31. Acacia tortilis Umbrella thorn bush Fabaceae - +

32. Aervajavanica Bui Amaranthaceae + +

33. Aervapseudotomento Bui Amaranthaceae - +

34. Aerva tomentosa Bui Amaranthaceae + +

35. Abutilon indicum Indian mallow/ Kanghi Malvaceae + +

36. Aloe barbadensis Aloe vera Asphodelaceae - +

37. Bougainvillea glabra Bougainvillea Nyctaginaceae - +

38. Bougainvillea spectabilis Bougainvillea Nyctaginaceae - +

39. Calotropis gigantea Moto akado Asclepiadaceae + +

40. Calotropis procera Akado Asclepiadaceae + +

41. Calligonumpolygonoides Phog Polygonaceae + +

42. Capparis decidua Kair Capparidaceae - +

43. Carissa spinarum Karonda Apocynacece - +

44. Citrus limon Nimboo Rutaceae - +

45. Commiphoramukul Guggul Burseraceae - +

46. Crotalaria burhia Saniya Fabaceae - +

47. Datura forex Dhatura Solanaceae - +

48. Euphorbia caducifolia Kanthorothor Euphorbiaceae - +

49. Haloxylonsalicornicum Lana Amaranthaceae - +

50. Jatropha curcas Ratanjot Euphorbiaceae - +

51. Lantana camara Raimunia Verbenaceae - +

52. Maytenusemarginata Red spike thorn Celastraceae - +

53. Ocimum sanctum Tulsi Lamiaceae - +

54. Opuntia elatior Nagphani Cactaceae - +

55. Parkinsonia aculeata Rambaval Fabaceae - +

56. Prosopis juliflora VilayatiBaval Fabaceae - +

57. Ricinus communis Arandi Euphorbiaceae - +

58. Rhusmysorensis Dansara Anacardiaceae - +

59. Sidacordifolia Khanriti Malvaceae - +

60. Withaniasomnifera Ashwagandha Solanaceae - +

61. Xanthium Strumarium Chotaghokhru Asteraceae - +

62. Ziziphus mauritiana Motabor Rhamnaceae - +

63. Ziziphus nummularia Chota Ber Rhamnaceae + +

Herbs

64. Achyranthes aspera Chirchita Amaranthaceae - +





65. Agave americana Agave Asparagaceae - +

66. Alhagimaurorum Jawasa Fabaceae - +

67. Amaranthus viridis Cholai Amaranthaceae - +

68. Argemonemexicana Satyanashi Papaveraceae - +

69. Asparagus racemosus Shatavari Asparagaceae - +

70. Boerhaviadiffusa Lal Sata Nyctaginaceae + +

71. Cleome brachycarpa Bagarun Cleomaceae - +

72. Commelinabenghalensis Buchna Commelinaceae - +

73. Crossandrainfundibuliformis Fire cracker flower Acanthaceae - +

74. Datura metal Datura Solanaceae - +

75. Digeramuricata Latmahuria Amaranthaceae - +

76. Ecliptaprostrata Bhringraj Asteraceae - +

77. Euphorbia hirta Bada dhudhi Euphorbiaceae + +

78. Fagoniacretica Damasa Zygophyllaceae - +

79. Grewiavillosa Gangeti MTiliaceae - +

80. Indigoferacordifolia Bekara Fabaceae - +

81. Leptadeniapyrotechnica Khip Apocynaceae + +

82. Leucas aspera Chhotahalkusa Lamiaceae - +

83. Martyniaannua Bichchu Martyniaceae - +

84. Mollugocerviana Chirio ka dhaniya Molluginaceae - +

85. Solanum pubescens BhiyaRingani Solanaceae - +

86. Solanum surattense Kateli Solanaceae - +

87. Tephrosiapurpurea Sarphonk Fabaceae - +

88. Tephrosiavillosa Sarapunkha Fabaceae - +

89. Tribulus terrestris Gokhuru Zygophyllaceae + +

90. Trichodesmaindicum Undhanphuli Boraginaceae - +

Grasses

91. Apludamutica Lapla Poaceae + +

92. Aristida purpurea Laplaghas Poaceae - +

93. Cenchrusciliaris Dhaman Poaceae - +

94. Cynodon dactylon Durva Poaceae + +

95. Cyperusrotundus Moth Cyperaceae + +

96. Dactylocteniumaegyptium MakraGhas Poaceae + +

97. Desmostachyabipinnata Daab Poaceae - +

98. Dichanthiumannulatum Karad Poaceae + +





99. Heteropogoncontortus Laamp Poaceae - +

100. Lasiurus sindicus Sewan Poaceae - +

101. Panicum antidotale Bharunt Poaceae - +

102. Panicum turgidum Murtghas Poaceae - +

103. Saccharum bengalense Munja Poaceae - +

104. Saccharum spontaneum Kaans Poaceae - +

105. Sehimanervosum Sheen Poaceae - +

106. Sorghum halepense Baru Poaceae - +

Climbers

107. Citrullus colocynthis Tumba Cucurbitaceae + +

108. Citrullus lanatus Water melon Cucurbitaceae - +

109. Cucumis callosus Kachari Cucurbitaceae + +

110. Cuscutareflexa Amarbel Convolvulaceae - +

111. Momordica charantia Bitter gourd (Karela) Cucurbitaceae - +

112. Momordica dioica Ban Karela Cucurbitaceae - +

113. Luffa acutangula Ridge gourd (Turai) Cucurbitaceae - +

(+) Shows: Presence of the species and (-) Shows: Absence of the speciesAnalysis of Flora

During the field survey, none of the species of flora recorded as Rare, Endangered and threatened

in the study area.

Fauna of the study area

The present study is for core zone and buffer zone. The study area has only one Protected Forest-

Jod Bir PF at a distance of ~5.0 km in the West Direction from the Project site.

In the present study, we prepared a detailed account of terrestrial faunal groups (Reptiles,

Amphibians, Birds and Mammals) as well as significant floral groups through direct observations.

Details of faunal species found in the area are given in Table - 3.17.

Table - 3.17Inventory of Faunal Diversity in the Core & Buffer Zone of Proposed Project Site

Based on actual sighting, based on inputs from locals and perused from Secondary Data

S. No. Scientific name Common nameStatus according

to IWPA’1972Core Buffer

Mammals

1. Boselaphus tragocamelus Nilgai Sch. III - +

2. Canis aureus Jackal Sch. II - +

3. Felischaus Jungle Cat Sch. II - +

4. Funambulus pennantii Northern Palm Squirrel Sch. IV + +

5. Hemiechinusauritus Hedge Hog Sch. IV - +






6. Herpestes edwardsii Common Mongoose Sch. II + +

7. Hyaena hyaena Striped hyena Sch.III - +

8. Hystrix indica Indian Porcupine Sch. IV - +

9. Lepus nigricollis Indian Hare Sch. IV + +

10. Mus booduga Indian Field Mouse Sch. V + +

11. Presbytis entellus Common Langur Sch. II - +

12. Pteropus giganteus Flying Fox Sch. V - +

13. Rattus rattus House Rat Sch. V - +

14. Suncus murinus Grey Musk Shrew Sch. V - +

15. Tatera indica Indian Gerbil Sch. IV - +

16. Vulpes bengalenss Common fox Sch. II - +

Reptiles

17. Bungarus caeruleus Common Indian krait Sch. IV - +

18. Calotes versicolor Common Garden Lizard Sch. IV + +

19. Echis carinata Saw- scaled Viper Sch. II - +

20. Hemidactylus brookii Brooks gecko Sch. V + +

21. Hemidactylus maculatus Rock Gecko Sch. V - +

22. Hemidactylus flaviviridis House gecko Sch. V - +

23. Mabuya carinata Brahminy skink Sch. IV + +

24. Naja naja Common Indian Cobra Sch. II - +

25. Psammophis schokari Afro- Asian Sand Snake Sch. IV - +

26. Ptyas mucosa Indian Rat Snake/ Dhaman Sch. II - +

27. Vipera russelli Russell's Viper Sch. II - +

28. Uromastyx hardwickii Spiny tailed lizard Sch. II - +

Amphibians

29. Duttaphrynus melanostictus Common Indian toad Sch. IV - +

30. Rana tigrina American Bull Frog Sch. IV - +

Butterfly and Arthropods

31. Buthus sp. Scorpion Sch. IV + +

32. Catopsilia pomona Common emigrant Sch. IV - +

33. Chilades parrhassius Small cupid Sch. IV - +

34. Colotis eucharis Plain Orange Tip Sch. IV - +

35. Danaus chrysippus Plain tiger Sch. IV + +

36. Diplacodes triviallis Ground skimmer dragonfly Sch. IV - +






37. Junonia orithya Blue pansy Sch. IV - +

38. Papilio polytes Common Mormon Sch. IV - +

39. Sternocerca sternicornis Jewel Beetle Sch. IV - +

40. Stegodyphus sp. Social Spider Sch. IV + +

(+) Shows: Presence of the species and (-) Shows: Absence of the speciesAnalysis of Fauna

No fauna species observed in the study area during field survey; which comes in fauna Schdule-1 of

Indian Wildlife Protection Act’ 1972. (IWPA)

Avifaunal diversity in the study area

No major water body falls in study area for fish diversity. Detail of Avifaunal diversity is given in Table 3.18:

Table - 3.18Inventory of Avifaunal Diversity in the Core & Buffer Zone of Proposed Project Site

Based on actual sighting, based on inputs from locals and perused from Secondary Data

S. No. Scientific Name Common NameStatus according


1. Accipiter badius Shikra Sch. IV - +

2. Acridotherestristis Common Myna Sch. IV - +

3. Ardeolagrayii Pond heron Sch. IV - +

4. Athena noctua Little Owlet Sch. IV - +

5. Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret Sch. IV - +

6. Caprimulgusasiaticus Indian Nightjar Sch. IV - +

7. Cinnyrisasiaticus Purple Sunbird Sch. IV - +

8. Columba livia Blue Rock Pigeon Sch. IV + +

9. Copsychussaularis Oriental magpie robin Sch. IV - +

10. Coracias benghalensis Indian Roller Sch. IV - +

11. Corvusmacrorhynchos Jungle Crow Sch. V - +

12. Corvussplendens Common Crow Sch. V + +

13. Coturnix coturnix Common quail Sch. IV + +

14. Dendrocittavagabunda Rufous tree pie Sch. IV - +

15. Dicrurusmacrocercus Black drongo Sch. IV - +

16. Egrettagarzetta Little Egret Sch. IV - +

17. Elanusaxillaris Black shoulder kite Sch. IV - +

18. Eremopterix griseus Ashy crowned sparrow lark Sch. IV - +

19. Francolinuspondicerianus Grey francolins Sch. IV - +

20. Galeridacristata Common crested lark Sch. IV + +

21. Halcyon smyrnensis White-throated Kingfisher Sch. IV - +




S. No. Scientific Name Common NameStatus according


22. Meropsorientalis Small Green Bee Eater Sch. IV - +

23. Milvus migrans Black kite Sch. IV - +

24. Motacillamaderaspatensis White browed wagtail Sch. IV - +

25. Neophron percnopterus Egyptian vulture Sch. IV - +

26. Orthotomussutorius Common tailor bird Sch. IV - +

27. Passer domesticus House Sparrow Sch. IV + +

28. Ploceusphilippinus Baya Weaver Sch. IV - +

29. Priniasocialis Ashy prinia Sch. IV + +

30. Psittaculakrameri Rose-ringed parakeet Sch. IV - +

31. Pterocles indicus Painted sand grouse Sch. IV - +

32. Pycnonotuscafer Red-Vented Bulbul Sch. IV - +

33. Saxicoloidesfulicata Indian Robin Sch. IV - +

34. Spilopelia senegalensis Laughing dove Sch. IV + +

35. Streptopeliachinensis Spotted dove Sch. IV - +

36. Streptopalidecaocto Eurasian Collared Dove Sch. IV + +

37. Sturniapagodarum Brahminy Starling Sch. IV - +

38. Turdoidesstriatus Jungle babbler Sch. IV + +

39. Upupa epops Hoopoe Sch. IV - +

40. Vanellus indicus Red- Wattled Lapwing Sch. IV - +

(+) Shows: Presence of the species and (-) Shows: Absence of the speciesAnalysis of Avifauna

No Avifauna species observed in the study area during field survey; which is a Schedule- I as per

Wildlife (Protection Act’), 1972.

3.5.11 Socio-Economic Environment

Socio-economic status is an essential part of environmental impact study which incorporates

various facts related to socio-economic conditions in the area and deals with the impacts of

proposed project on Socio-economic Status.

Socio-economic study includes demographic structure of the area, provision of basic amenities viz.

housing, education, health and medical services, occupation, water supply, sanitation,

communication, transportation, prevailing diseases pattern as well as feature of aesthetic

significance such as temples, historical monuments etc. at the baseline level. This would help in

visualizing and predicting the possible impact depending upon the nature and magnitude of the

Project and likely pollution load.

Socio-economic study of an area provides a good opportunity to assess the socio-economic

conditions of an area. This study will possibly estimate the change in living and social standards of




the particular area benefitted due to the proposed Project. The gross economic production of the

area may be increased due to the commencement of this Project. It can undoubtedly be said that

this Project will provide direct and indirect employment and improve the infrastructural facilities

and living standards of the area.

The fabrics of socio-economic changes are so complicated that this study would seem to be

extremely limited, almost superficial and at times subjective in nature. More thorough and

quantified socio-economic study will undoubtedly require longer time and resources, and is,

therefore, beyond the scope of the present EIA study. This EIA will give a reasonably clear picture

of the socio-economic conditions prevailing in the study area.

3.5.11.1 Objectives of the Study

The objectives of this socio-economic report consist of:

To know the current socio-economic situation in the region to cover the sub sectors of

education, health, sanitation, and water and food security.

To conduct socio-economic assessment study in study Area

To recommend practical strategic interventions in the sector

To help in providing better living standards

To provide employment opportunities.

3.5.11.2 Scope of Work

To study the Socio-economic scenario of area from the secondary sources

Data Collection and Analysis

Prediction of Project impact

Mitigation Measures

3.5.11.3 Methodology

Collection of Data

Socio-economic baseline survey using Census data, 2011 and relevant documents. The study

area for the survey has been divided into three major segments namely Primary Zone (0 - 3

km), Secondary Zone (3 - 7 km) and Outer Zone (7 - 10 km)

Presentation of Data and Analysis

The data collected were presented in a suitable, concise form for further analysis. The

collected data were presented in the form of tabular or diagrammatic or graphic form. These

tabulated data were interpreted and analyzed with the help of various qualitative techniques

and ideographic approaches.

3.5.11.4 Background Information of the Area

Rajasthan is India's largest state by area. It is located on the northern side of the country, where it

comprises most of the wide and inhospitable Thar Desert (also known as the "Rajasthan Desert"

and "Great Indian Desert") and shares a border with Pakistan along the Sutlej-Indus river valley.

Elsewhere it is bordered by other Indian states: Gujarat to the southwest; Madhya Pradesh to the

southeast; Uttar Pradesh and Haryana to the northeast; and Punjab to the north. Its features




include the ruins of the Indus Valley Civilization at Kalibanga; the Dilwara Temples, a Jain

pilgrimage site at Rajasthan's only hill station, Mount Abu, in the ancient Aravalli mountain range;

and, in eastern Rajasthan, the Keoladeo National Park near Bharatpur, and a World Heritage Site

known for its bird life. Rajasthan is also home to two national tiger reserves, the Ranthambore

National Park in Sawai Madhopur and Sariska Tiger Reserve in Alwar.

The sex ratio of the study area is higher than it is for State as well as the District. The Literacy rate

is also significantly higher in the study area as compared to the State and comparable to the

District. The SC population is extremely less in the study area and has higher number of STs

instead. The working population in the Study area can be improved by providing skill development

training to the youth and the farmers.

3.5.11.5 Demographic Profile of the Study Area

Table - 3.19Socio-Economic Profile of Study Area

SSourceSource: Census of India, 2011

The population of the study area as per 2011 Census records is 6458 (for 10 km radius) out of which

male population is 19043 and female population is 18299. Scheduled Caste fraction of the

population of the study area is 8439and Scheduled Tribe 298. Literacy rate of the area is 69.18 %.

Sex Ratio (Females per 1000 Males) in the study area is 961. The village - wise demographic

features of the study area as per area classification are given in Table no. 3.20 below:

Particular Rajasthan Churu Study AreaNo. of Households 12711146 348984 6458Total Population 68548437 2039547 37342Total Male Population 35550997 1051446 19043Total Female Population 32997440 988101 18299Total Scheduled Tribes Population 12221593 451721 298Total Scheduled Castes Population 9238534 11245 8439Literacy Rate (%) 55.84 66.75 69.18Sex Ratio (Females per 1000 Males) 928 940 961Working population (%) 43.60 44.27 44.40Non-working population (%) 56.40 55.73 55.60




Table - 3.20Demographic Profile of the Study Area

S.

No.

Name of village No of

house

hold

Total

population

Total

male

Total

female

Sex

Ratio

SC

population

ST

population

Total

Literate

Population

Total

literacy

rate (%)

Male

Literate

Female

Literate

Total

worker

Main

worker

Marginal

worker

Non

worker

1 Ramsara 373 1952 952 1000 1050 688 45 1198 72.52 680 518 1050 421 629 902

2 Untwaliya 383 1919 981 938 956 833 0 1277 76.33 755 522 637 451 186 1282

3 Dhani Pannesingh 71 365 179 186 1039 0 0 216 69.23 128 88 218 106 112 147

Sub Total (0-3 Km) 827 4236 2112 2124 1006 1521 45 2691 73.99 1563 1128 1905 978 927 2331

4 Khasoli 601 3186 1612 1574 976 337 14 2256 80.14 1289 967 1954 1228 726 1232

5 Hunatpura 83 492 234 258 1103 194 0 288 69.23 155 133 201 126 75 291

6 Dhani Doongarsinghpura 194 1063 559 504 902 174 0 703 75.84 433 270 574 286 288 489

7 Balrasar Tanwaran 143 765 385 380 987 132 0 448 70.66 252 196 278 269 9 487

8 Paharsar 490 2474 1291 1183 916 683 0 1434 67.74 892 542 1237 951 286 1237

9 Thailasar 460 2678 1339 1339 1000 756 0 1618 72.04 923 695 922 589 333 1756

10 Lalpura (SD Sujangarh) 145 821 430 391 909 187 0 433 62.94 275 158 460 182 278 361

11 Depalsar 350 1969 1018 951 934 641 3 1069 64.36 684 385 914 641 273 1055

12 Mangla (rajgarh (SD) 82 463 249 214 859 22 0 276 67.65 179 97 214 212 2 249

13 Nayabas (Rajgarh SD) 150 786 422 364 863 154 58 547 81.28 332 215 487 208 279 299

Sub Total (3-7 Km) 2698 14697 7539 7158 949 3280 75 9072 72.09 5414 3658 7241 4692 2549 7456

14 Dabla 83 482 247 235 951 23 0 303 74.45 178 125 217 122 95 265

15 Ranasar 666 3944 1910 2034 1065 642 163 2418 73.07 1300 1118 1308 1218 90 2636

16 Bairasar 498 4162 2211 1951 882 824 9 1973 60.01 1309 664 1362 1293 69 2800

17 Meghsar 349 1871 941 930 988 634 0 957 60.11 574 383 960 600 360 911

18 Shyampura 187 989 495 494 998 339 0 689 78.56 401 288 529 519 10 460




S.

No.

Name of village No of

house

hold

Total

population

Total

male

Total

female

Sex

Ratio

SC

population

ST

population

Total

Literate

Population

Total

literacy

rate (%)

Male

Literate

Female

Literate

Total

worker

Main

worker

Marginal

worker

Non

worker

19 Gajsar 401 2184 1145 1039 907 1016 1 1028 55.84 622 406 902 616 286 1282

20 Dhoran Ki Dhani 58 465 239 226 946 10 0 288 75.00 180 108 222 117 105 243

21 Churu (Rural) 23 120 64 56 875 20 5 71 68.93 43 28 58 32 26 62

22 Barjangsar 668 4192 2140 2052 959 130 0 2370 66.28 1423 947 1874 872 1002 2318

Sub Total (7-10 km) 2933 18409 9392 9017 960 3638 178 10097 65.66 6030 4067 7432 5389 2043 10977

Total 6458 37342 19043 18299 961 8439 298 21860 69.18 13007 8853 16578 11059 5519 20764

Source: Census of India, 2011




3.5.11.6 Demographic Profile

The population as per 2011 Census records is 37,342 (for 10 km radius in buffer zone). Table - 3.21

shows demographic profile of study area that total number of household is 827, 2698 and 2933

respectively in primary, secondary and outer zone.

Table - 3.21Summary of Demographic Profile of the Study Area


Figure 3.9: Male and Female population in the study area

3.5.11.7 Vulnerable Group

While developing an action plan, it is very important to identify the population who fall under

the marginalized and vulnerable groups and special attention has to be given towards these

groups while making action plans. Special provisions should be made for them. In the study

area, Schedule caste (SC) population is 13724 (11.81%) and Schedule Tribe population is 3723

(3.20%) in study area while only 98773 (84.99%) of persons fall under other.

Table - 3.22SC/ST Population of the Study Area

Zone No. of VillagesTotal

HouseholdTotal

PopulationSC

PopulationST

PopulationPrimary Zone (0 - 3 Km) 3 827 4236 1521 45Secondary Zone (3 - 7 Km) 10 2698 14697 3280 75

StudyAreaZone

No. ofvillages/ towns

No. ofhouseholds

TotalPopulation

SCPopulation

STPopulation

TotalLiterate

Population

WorkersNon-

WorkerMain Marginal Total

0 - 3 km 3 827 4236 1521 45 2691 978 927 1905 2331

3 - 7 km 10 2698 14697 3280 75 9072 4692 2549 7241 7456

7 - 10 km 9 2933 18409 3638 178 10097 5389 2043 7432 10977

Total 22 6458 37342 8439 298 21860 11059 5519 16578 20764




Zone No. of VillagesTotal

HouseholdTotal

PopulationSC

PopulationST

PopulationOuter Zone (5 - 10 Km) 9 2933 18409 3638 178

Study Area (10 Km) 22 6458 37342 8439 298Source: Census of India, 2011

Figure 3.10: SC / ST Population within 10 Km Study Area

3.5.11.8 Literacy Rate

Literacy Rate is the percentage of people in a country with the ability to read and write. The

analysis of the literacy levels is done in the study area. The 10 km radius study area demonstrates a

literacy rate of 63.58% as per census data.

The Male literates in the study area work out to be 44183 whereas the female literates, an

important indicator for social change, are observed to be 34882 in the study area. This indicates

that there is a need to focus on educational aspect in the region and enhance further

development. The distribution of literates and literacy rates in the observed village is given in

Table- 3.23.

As per the study, the literacy rate is about above average in the surveyed villages due to education

awareness but higher education facility is not available in the study area. Male and Female literacy

rate of surveyed villages varies from place to place. However, Female literacy rate is observed to

be lower than male literacy rate in almost all of the surveyed area.

Table - 3.23Literacy Level of the Study AreaMale Lit Rate Female Lit Rate Total Literacy Rate

0-3 Km 86.5 61.6 74.03-7 Km 84.7 59.1 72.17-10 Km 77.1 53.8 65.7

Total 248.3 174.5 211.7Source: Census of India, 2011




Figure - 3.11: Gender Wise Literacy Details

3.5.11.9 Economic Activities

The economy of an area is defined by the occupational pattern and income level of the people in

the area. The occupational structure of residents in the study area is studied with reference to

work category. The population is divided occupation wise into three categories, viz., main

workers, marginal workers and non-workers. The main workers include cultivators, agricultural

laborers, those engaged in household industry and other services.

The marginal workers are those engaged in some work for a period of less than 180 days during

the reference year. The non-workers include those engaged in unpaid household duties like,

students, retired persons, dependents, beggars, vagrants etc. besides institutional inmates or all

other non-workers who do not fall under the above categories.

Figure - 3.12: Working Population of the Study Area




Work Forces of the Study Area

The above pie chart shows that the percentage of total working population and non-working

population is 51.56 % and 48.44 % respectively in the surveyed villages. As per the analysis of all the

villages the ratio of non-working population is less than working population.

During the baseline data collection, some vasual observations and focused group discussion was

done by the team, on the basis of the same, the data were interpreted and analyzed.

3.5.11.10 Conclusion

The socio economic study of the study area gives clear picture of its population, average

household size, literacy rate, sex ratio etc.

The study area as a whole possesses average of infrastructural facilities. However, in comparison

with the facilities available in other parts of the area has basic amenities like higher education,

health, drinking water and communication network. The area is well connected with road

transport and communication facilities.

Basic Amenities

A better network of physical infrastructure facilities (well-built roads, rail links, irrigation, power

and telecommunication, information technology, market-network and social infrastructure

support, viz. health and education, water and sanitation, veterinary services and co-operative) is

essential for the development of the rural economic.

A review of infrastructure facilities available in the area has been done based on the information

from baseline survey of the study area. In this review, the villages which fall within 10 Km radius

round the site have been considered. Infrastructure facilities available in the area have been

described in the subsequent sections as below:

Educational Facilities

Education facilities comprise primary, middle, secondary and senior secondary schools along with

higher educational institutions like degree colleges, engineering colleges, medical colleges, etc.

The overall status of the study area depicts that the education is limited to only primary level.

Table - 3.24Education Facilities in the Surveyed Villages

Zones for surveyedvillages

No. ofvillages

Pre-Primaryschool

PrimarySchool

MiddleSchool

SecondarySchool

SeniorSecondary

SchoolGovt. Pvt. Govt. Pvt. Govt. Pvt. Govt. Pvt. Govt. Pvt.

0 - 3 Km 3 0 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 0 1

3 - 7 Km 10 0 11 10 11 6 8 4 5 1 3

7 - 10 Km 9 0 6 10 6 7 6 5 4 1 0

Total 22 0 19 22 19 15 15 11 10 2 4





Health Facilities

Health is a premier asset of human capital which is an important factor for growth of any

economy. It is a source of human welfare. Health and nutrition play a major role for developing a

healthy society as it impacts the productivity of a person.

The healthcare facilities in the study area consisted of Primary Health Centers, Primary Health Sub-

Centers; Maternity and Child Welfare Centre; Allopathic Hospital and a Hospital of Alternative

Medicine. Health facility is very poor because most of the posts of Doctors / ANM are vacant

which results in delayed accessibility of services to people.

Table - 3.25Medical Facilities in the Surveyed Villages

Zones for surveyedvillages

No. ofvillages

PrimaryHealthCentre

PrimaryHealth

SubCentre

Maternityand ChildWelfareCentre

HospitalAllopathic

HospitalAlternative

MedicineDispensary

0 - 3 Km 3 NA A NA NA NA NA

3 - 7 Km 10 A A A NA NA NA

7 - 10 Km 9 NA A A NA NA A

Source: Census of India, 2011 Water resources and Drinking Water Facilities

Geographically study area falls in the districts of Churu. The ground water quality is good and

complying to the drinking water standard (IS: 10500-2012). The groundwater though hard, are

suitable for drinking and for agriculture purpose.

Zones forsurveyedvillages

TapWater

CoveredWell

HandPump

TubeWells/Borehole

River/Canal Tank/Pond/LakeOpen/

Drainage

0 - 3 Km A A A A NA NA A

3 - 7 Km A A A A NA A A

7 - 10 Km A A A A A A A

Source: Census of India, 2011 Transport Facilities

All the villages are connected by bus/other transport services. Most of them have proper

transport facility. Majority of workers comes from the nearby areas. The area has a good road

network, which includes major district roads, National Highway, State Highway and other roads.




Zone

No.

of V

illag

es

Post

Off

ice/

Sub

Pos

t Off

ice

Tele

phon

e (la

ndlin

es)

&M

obile

Pho

ne C

over

age

Inte

rnet

Caf

es /

Com

mon

Ser

vice

Cen

tre

(CSC

)

Publ

ic B

us S

ervi

ce

Railw

ay S

tati

on

Aut

o/M

odifi

ed A

utos

Taxi

Sta

tus

Vans

Sta

tus

Nat

iona

l Hig

hway

Stat

e H

ighw

ay

Maj

or D

istr

ict R

oad

Com

mer

cial

Ban

k

Coop

erat

ive

Bank

Publ

ic D

istr

ibut

ion

Syst

em(P

DS)

Sho

p

Nut

ritio

nal C

entr

es-A

ngan

wad

i Cen

tre

Com

mun

ity C

entr

e w

ith/w

itho

ut T

V

Publ

ic L

ibra

ry

Pow

er S

uppl

y fo

r Dom

estic

Use

Pow

er S

uppl

y fo

r Agr

icul

tura

l Use

0-3 km 3 NA A A NA NA A A A A NA NA NA NA A A A NA A A

3-7 km 10 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A

7-10 km 9 NA A A A A A A A NA A A A A A A A NA A A


Electrification

All the villages in the study area are electrified. Electricity is available for domestic, non-domestic,

industrial, agricultural and public lighting purposes. But being a rural area, the electric supply is

continuous most of the times.

Conclusion

The socio-economic condition of the study area assessed on the basis of surveyed villages and

census data gives clear picture of its population, average household size, literacy rate, sex ratio

etc. A part of population is suffering from the lack of permanent job to run their day to day life

and get basic facility.

All villages have road connectivity and government bus facilities available. The area needs further

improvement in the basic needs such as transportation services, education and drinking water

supply. In spite being educated up to secondary levels, people lack the understanding of keeping

the clean vicinity. It is important for the Project Proponent to take action for developing proper

sanitation facilities to keep the Project area disease free. The infrastructure and amenities

available in the area denotes the economic wellbeing of the region.

The study area as a whole possesses average infrastructural facilities. The proposed Project would

lead to direct and indirect employment opportunities. The unskilled and semi-skilled categories of

labour are available from the nearby villages and towns. Further, many of the agricultural laborers

are being attracted to take up the steady, round the year employment at industry site.

While people are happy with this proposed Project and the increase in employment opportunities,

more attention and care should be taken so that the population get more exposure to modern

facilities of education and development for a bright future.

Hence, the long-term positive impacts on socio-economic conditions of the area are anticipated.




Identification of Needs

During the survey the needs of the people were identified and as per their requirement they have

been enlisted below.

Table - 3.26Need of the Area

S.No.

Needs Details

1. Sanitation Proper toilet facilities are required but common toilets will not work due toresponsibility issues. Also, behavior modification and awareness regarding hygiene isa must. Toilets facility is required in these villages but for people with kuchha housesis mainly their concern. This should be coupled with awareness and behaviormodification exercise for health and hygieneLow-income communities which do not have adequate sanitation facilities areexposed to a high risk of infection with Sanitation and hygiene related diseases.Children under the age of 3 are particularly susceptible to diarrheal diseases.There is an acute need for sanitation in poor areas. Sanitation is the keyinfrastructure component which is required to reduce the unacceptably heavy toll ofSanitation and hygiene related disease.

2. Healthcare facilities Healthcare facility like a permanent and regular dispensary with doctors and nursesfor common ailments and deliveries is a requirement. It can be common to all thenearby villages.People spend huge amounts on treatment of ailments and there are no facilities inthese villages. Ambulances can be run in the village on a regular basis so patients canbe taken in emergencies.There is no healthcare facility in the vicinity and so a regular practicing doctor isneeded along with a dispensary for minor illnesses and deliveries.People are completely dependent on unqualified doctors. These are basically quacks.

3. Clean Drinking water Clean Water facility for each household will help the people during summers andreduce the inconvenience caused to them as they put in considerable time infetching drinkable and clean water.Also water for irrigation is required to improve the production in agriculture.

4. Livelihood options People need livelihood options to raise income levels. This can be explored throughSHGs and training programmes through proper market linkages.They have no option but to look for work each day. This is adversely affecting theirlife in every possible way. SHGs, technical training is options that need to beexplored to raise their income levels. Youth and female members can also beengaged in a big way to contribute to the family income.The dependent population is high here. So more livelihood or income generationoptions are required. Moreover old age pension schemes will give some financialsupport to the bread-earners as well.

Infrastructuralneeds

All the basic needs are required to be further improved in these Villages Pucca roads Pucca houses Drinking water facility for each household Private toilets with water facility & sensitization about their use Transport to take patients to hospitals and students to school

5. Others Awareness programme for villages. Cultural programme for community




Recommendation and Suggestion

The village development plans are made in consultation with the community through Gram Sabha;

these appear to address the needs of the community. However, it may be noted that at the

implementation stage these plans often are fraught with problem of inadequate funds, lack of

proper planning, corruption, vested interests and political agendas. Hence while ascertaining the

scope for convergence with the government activities, care must be taken to ascertain realistic

possibilities for implementation.

Women empowerment – Home based income generation activities, vocational training

programme, Common education centre for increase the literacy.

Education – free uniform, construction of common rooms and library, computer education

and physical education, additional schools for girls, furniture and equipment in schools.

Vocational Trainings – establishment of a vocational training center within the villages with a

curriculum designed to suit market demands. Vocational training for disability persons.

Agriculture/livestock –infrastructure such as agriculture electric connections, assistance with

buying improved tools and equipment, capacity building, supply and/or knowledge of better

variety of seeds, pasture land development and trainings on animal husbandry & facility of

veterinary doctor .

Health – improvement in sanitary conditions of the villages, assistance with construction of

latrines, improvement in drainage system, health camps and awareness campaigns for

diseases like malaria, typhoid, tuberculosis, yellow fever and pneumonia. Repairing of PHCs

and Aanganbadi centers.

Persons with disability: Establishment of center for special education, sensitization of the

community towards disabled and awareness on Govt.

3.6 CONCLUSION

The environment baseline study was conducted in the Project area by both secondary data and

primary data collections. Abiotic factors including air, water and soil were studied for the core and

buffer zone.

It is concluded that most of the parameters were within the limits as per the Standards. Similarly,

the study for the biotic factors was conducted. It can be concluded that the present environment

status of the study area is good enough for the proposed Project activity. Adoption of adequate

pollution control measures will protect the surrounding environment and flora & fauna.

Chapter - 4

Anticipated Environmental Impacts and

Mitigation Measures

Proposed Dyes & Intermediates Manufacturing Project of 150 MT/Month (Crude) [{Disperse Azo Dyes (All colours) - 100 MT/Month, Coumarine Dyes(All colours)- 25 MT/Month & Methine Dyes (All colours) -25 MT/Month}]At Khasara no. 670/521 of Revenue Village - Untwalia, Tehsil & District - Churu (Rajasthan)

Chapter- 4 of Final EIA / EMP Report


CHAPTER - 4

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT STUDY

The anticipated environmental impacts of the proposed project for Dyes & Intermediates

Manufacturing will be mainly due to the construction and operational activities. The

environmental parameters likely to be affected are related to many factors, viz. physical, social,

and economic, agriculture and aesthetic.

The industrial operations can disturb the environment in various ways, such as change in ambient

air quality, noise level; water and soil quality of that particular area. While for the purpose of

development and economic up-liftment of people, there is need for establishment of industries,

but these have to be environmental friendly. Therefore, it is essential to assess the impacts of

proposed project on different environmental and socio-economic parameters; so that, abatement

measures could be planned in advance for minimizing the impacts wherever feasible.

4.2 IMPACT DUE TO PROPOSED ACTIVITY

Impacts due to any project activity have been divided according to the temporal scale into

‘Impacts during Construction Phase’ and ‘Impacts during Operation Phase’.

The impacts on different environmental parameters, due to the proposed project, will be due to

various activities carried out during construction phase and operation phase; Construction activity

spreads over pre-construction, machinery installation and commissioning stages and ends with

the induction of manpower and start-up. During operation phase of the proposed project, the

impacts will be mostly permanent and irreversible in nature.

According to the interaction identified between project activities and resource/receptors, it is

evident that the following environmental attributes are likely to have impact due to proposed

project and therefore, to be considered for Impact Assessment:

1. Topography& Land Use

2. Air Quality

3. Noise Level

4. Water Quality (Surface & Ground Water)

5. Soil Quality

6. Biological Scenario

7. Socio-economic Scenario

8. Occupation Health & Safety

The impacts of proposed project on various environmental attributes were assessed during

construction & operation phase of the project and are given in sections below.




4.3 ANTICIPATED IMPACT ON TOPOGRAPHY & LAND USE PATTERN AND MITIGATION MEASURES

Anticipated Impacts-

There will not be any significant impact / change in topography and land use pattern of the

area due to proposed project.

Topography of the site is generally flat with an elevation of 295 - 299 m. During

construction phase, some level of cutting and filling will need to be done to maintain an

even topography within the site area.

There will be permanent change in land use to industrial use.

Construction Waste generated will be utilized in levelling of land. In this regard the

Construction and Demolition Waste Rules 2016 will be complied.

4.4 ANTICIPATED IMPACT ON AIR QUALITY AND MITIGATION MEASURES

Construction Phase


Increase in dust (PM) and NOx concentration due to earthwork/leveling activity movement of

vehicles for construction related activities.

The main sources of dust (PM) emission are the movement of equipment at site, leveling,

grading, earthwork and foundation works.

Exhaust emissions from vehicles and equipment which would be deployed during the

construction phase is also likely to result in marginal increase in the levels of SO2, NOx,

PM, CO and un-burnt hydrocarbons.

The impact will be for short duration. This will be confined within the activity area and be

temporary in nature.

Mitigation Measures-

Sprinkling of water on construction site and on unpaved roads.

Development of vegetation/plantation.

Transportation Vehicle having PUC certificate will only be deployed during the

construction activity to reduce exhaust emissions.

Proper upkeep and maintenance of vehicles.

Operation Phase


Increase in concentration of Fugitive emissions and Stack emissions (SO2, NOx and PM).

The operational phase of the proposed project comprises of various activities and each of

them will impact the air quality due to:

Fugitive emissions

Stack emissions

Odour




(A) Fugitive Emissions

Fugitive emissions in Dyes & Intermediates Manufacturing Project are due to various

process and non-process related activities which are given below:

Process related activities

Material Handling and Transfer

o Loading and unloading operation of raw material and finished product

o Transfer operations (Transfer Points)

Non-process related activities

Vehicular Traffic

o Movement of raw material and finished product by trucks / trailer from main gate to

designated place inside the project and vice-versa

o Movement of personnel vehicles

Material Storage

o Material if stored in open yard.

Mitigation Measures

Adequate pollution control measures will be taken to keep the fugitive emissions from all sources

within the statutory norms. A brief of which is given below:

Enclosures will be provided for unloading operations

Water will be sprayed during unloading of materials

Bag filters will be installed at required transfer points to control fugitive dust emissions.

Water Spray on roads & other areas by mobile tanker/water sprinklers.

All the Roads inside the project premises to be concreted.

Regular sweeping of all the roads & floors.

Regular cleaning, inspection and maintenance of fugitive emission control equipmentby

in-house environment monitoring person.

The whole unit will be provided with facility of inter locking so that any failure of

equipment or APCE will result in instant shut down of the complete process.

Details on fugitive emission control measures are given in Chapter - 10 of this EIA / EMP Report.

(B) Stack Emissions

In manufacturing of Dyes and Intermediates, major emission from stack is Particulate Matter

(PM) emissions& gaseous pollutants (SO2, NOx). Besides, acidic fume emissions from

process may occur.

Mitigation Measures

Efficient Air Pollution Control Equipment (APCE) like Multi cyclone with bag filter, scrubber

etc. will be installed at Boiler(5T/hr) to keep the emissions of PM within the permissible

limits.

Alkali Scrubber for prevention and control for acidic fumes from process.

Stack height of boiler will be kept more than 30 meters.




Vent Height of scrubber shall be maintained more than 11 meters.

Stack height of both the DG sets (125 kVA each will be kept 2.5 meters above roof level.

Thus, the overall quality of the ambient air and will be maintained within the limit prescribed by

CPCB / SPCB during operation phase of the project.

(C) Odour

The Source of odour will be handling of materials including chemical,sewage and waste material.

Mitigation Measures

Odour problems will be controlled at source by good operational practices, including physical and

management control measures:

All process reactions in closed vessles.

Dilution of odourant

Odour counteraction or neutralization

Odour masking or blanketing

Covered Tanks for Chemical Storage.

Greenbelt and Plantation development.

4.4.1 Air Quality Predictions through Mathematical Modeling

For obtaining quantitative value of impacts, modelling for ambientair qualityis carried out.

Mathematical modelling is an established and accepted technique to predict the impacts. In this

section, impact on air environment due to emissions to be generated from the proposed project

have been assessed.

Prediction of likely impacts on ambient air quality has been carried out employing mathematical

model based on a steady state Gaussian plume dispersion model designed for multiple point

sources for short term. In the present case, AERMOD version 8.2 dispersion model based on

steady state gaussian plume dispersion, designed for multiple sources and developed by United

States Environmental Protection Agency [USEPA] has been used for simulations from Industrial

sources. The concentrations have been predicted in all directions covering all types of weather

conditions. Spatial distributions of all the pollutants are also presented in the form of Isopleths.

4.4.1.1 Pollutants/Model Options Considered for Computations

The model simulations deal with pollutant Particulate Matter (PM), SO2 and NOx emitted from the

proposed project.

4.4.1.2 Model Options Used for Computations

The options used for short-term computations in AEROMOD are:

The plume rise is estimated by Briggs formulae, but the final rise is always limited to that of

the mixing layer;

Stack tip down-wash is not considered;

Buoyancy Induced Dispersion is used to describe the increase in plume dispersion during

the ascension phase;

Calms processing routine is used by default;

Proposed Dyes & Intermediates Manufacturing Project of 150 MT/Month (Crude) [{Disperse Azo Dyes (All colours) - 100 MT/Month, Coumarine Dyes

(All colours)- 25 MT/Month & Methine Dyes (All colours) -25 MT/Month}]




Wind profile exponents is used by default, 'Irwin';

Flat terrain is used for computations;

It is assumed that the pollutants do not undergo any physio-chemical transformation and

that there is no pollutant removal by dry deposition;

Washout by rain is not considered;

Cartesian co-ordinate system has been used for computations; and

The model computations have been done for total 20 km with 500-m interval.

4.4.1.3 Model Input Data

a) Meteorological Data

Meteorological inputs required are Temperature, Relative Humidity, Wind Speed and Wind

Direction etc. which was recorded at site during Study Period - Summer Season (March to

May, 2018). Hourly Meteorological Data has been enclosed as Annexure –4 along with this

EIA / EMP Report.

b) Stack Emissions

Stack emission details are given in Table - 4.1

Table - 4.1

Proposed Stack Emission Details

S.

No.

Stack

attached

to

Stack

No.

Height from

ground level

(m)

Internal

Diameter (Top)

(m)

Emission Rate

(g/sec.) Exit

Velocity

(m/sec)

Exhaust Gas

Temp.

(oC)

Density

(kg/Nm3)

Specific

Heat

(kj/kgoC)

Volumetric

Flow

(m3/hr) PM SO2 NO2

1.

Steam

Boiler

(5TPH)

1

30 0.8 1.20 2.32 24.05 17 160 0.8 1.045 30774.86

2.

D.G. Set

(2*125

kVA)

2

6.5 0.0635

0.00

0002

30

0.00

75 0.0125 4.32 100 - - 49.25

4.4.1.4 Modeling Procedure

Prediction of ground level concentrations (GLC’s) due to Proposed Dyes & Intermediates Manufacturing

Project has been made by AERMOD version 8.2 as per CPCB guidelines. It is US-EPA approved model to

predict the air quality. The model uses rural dispersion and regulatory defaults options as per guidelines

on air quality models (PROBES/70/1997-1998). For this study, uniform polar receptors on flat terrain have

been assumed.

Meteorological inputs required are hourly wind speed and direction, ambient temperature, stability

class, and mixing height. The model details are as follows:

4.4.1.5 Gaussian Plume Model

The AERMOD version 8.2 model is based on a numerical integration over the area in the upwind and

cross wind directions of Gaussian plume formula. This can be applied to the Point, Area, Line, Volume

sources (and other forms of area sources) simultaneously and their resultant incremental concentration

of the pollutant can be predicted.






4.4.1.6 Extrapolation of Wind Speed

Wind speed at stack level is calculated by power law as given below.

Ustack = U10(Stack height/10) p

Where U10 is the wind speed at 10 meter level and p is the power law coefficient (0.07, 0.07, 0.10, 0.15,

0.35 and 0.55 for stability classes A,B,C,D,E and F respectively) as per Irwin for rural areas (USEPA, 1987).

4.4.1.7 Stability Classification

Hourly stability is determined by wind direction fluctuation method as suggested by Slade (1965) and

recommended by CPCB (PROBES/70/1997-1998).

σa = Wdr/6

σa, is standard deviation of wind direction fluctuation, Wdr is the overall wind direction fluctuation or

width of the wind direction in degrees. The table for stability classes is given as under:

Stability Class σa (degree)

A > 22.5

B 22.4 – 17.5

C 17.4 – 12.5

D 12.4 – 7.5

E 7.4 – 3.5

F < 3.5

4.4.1.8 Dispersion Parameters

Dispersion parameters σy and σz for open country conditions (Briggs, 1974) are used as the project is

located on a flat terrain in a rural area. Atmospheric dispersion coefficients vary with downwind

distance (x) from emission sources for different atmospheric stability conditions. (CPCB –

PROBES/70/1997-98).

Rural Conditions

Stability Class σy σaz

A 0.22x(1+0.0001x)-.5 0.20x

B 0.16x(1+0.0001x)-.5 0.12x

C 0.11x(1+0.0001x)-.5 0.08x(1+0.0002x).5

D 0.08x(1+0.0001x)-.5 0.06(1+0.0015x).5

E 0.06x(1+0.0001x)-.5 0.03x(1+0.0003x)-1

F 0.04x(1+0.0001x)-.5 0.16x(1+0.0003x)-1

4.4.1.9 Presentation of Results

In the present case, model simulations have been carried using the hourly Triple Joint Frequency data.

Short-term simulations were carried to estimate concentrations at the receptors to obtain an

optimum description of variations in concentrations over the site in 10 km radius covering 16

directions.

The incremental concentrations are estimated for the monitoring period. For each time scale, i.e. for

24 hr the model computes the highest concentrations observed during the period over all the

measurement points.

Existing value has been covered in the Background Ambient Air Quality Monitoring.






Table - 4.2

GLC (Incremental & Resultant) for Different Scenario for Proposed Dyes and Intermediates

Manufacturing Project

Particular Concentration (µg/m3) Distance in

m Direction

CPCB NAAQS

Standards Baseline Incremental Resultant

PM10 68.1 0.84 68.94 1000 East 100

PM2.5 30.8 0.28 31.08 750 East 60

SO2 9.7 1.75 11.45 850 East 80

NO2 17.1 1.96 19.06 900 East 80

For Particulate Matter (PM10), maximum GLC for Proposed Dyes & Intermediates Manufacturing

Project is found to be 68.94 µg/m3, 1000 m away from the project boundary in East direction (Figure

4.1 (A)) and for Particulate Matter (PM2.5), maximum GLC for Proposed Dyes &

Intermediates Manufacturing Project is found to be 31.08 µg/m3, 750 m away from the project

boundary in East direction (Figure 4.1 (B))

Maximum GLC for SO2 is found to be 11.45 µg/m3, 850 m away from the project boundary in

East direction (Figure 4.2).

Maximum GLC for NO2 is found to be 19.06 µg/m3, 900 m away from the project boundary in

East direction (Figure 4.3).

The maximum GLCs after implementation of the proposed project are very much likely to be within

the prescribed NAAQ standards.

Protected forest is at a distance of 5 km in the West direction of the proposed plant. Hence, there will

be no impact on the forest, especially flora/fauna as the maximum GLC of PM, SO2 and NO2 is beyond

1 km distance from the project boundary in East direction.

There will be no significant threat to the gaseous pollutants of the ambient air quality; however,

concentration of particulate matter is a subject of concern - though not immediate. Proper mitigation

plan for dust (PM) control will be implemented in the plant premises.





M/s. Krishnum Dyes & Intermediate Pvt. Ltd. 107 A J.M. Environet Pvt. Ltd.

Figure 4.1 (A): Isopleth showing the incremental GLCs of PM 10





M/s. Krishnum Dyes & Intermediate Pvt. Ltd. 107 B J.M. Environet Pvt. Ltd.

Figure 4.1 (B): Isopleth showing the incremental GLCs of PM 2.5

Proposed Dyes & Intermediates Manufacturing Project of 150 MT/Month (Crude) [{Disperse Azo Dyes (All colours) ‐ 100 MT/Month, Coumarine Dyes

(All colours)‐ 25 MT/Month &Methine Dyes (All colours) ‐25 MT/Month}]

At Khasara no. 670/521 of Revenue Village ‐ Untwalia, Tehsil & District ‐ Churu (Rajasthan)

Chapter‐ 4 of Final EIA / EMP Report


Figure 4.2: Isopleth showing the incremental GLCs of SO2

Proposed Dyes & Intermediates Manufacturing Project of 150 MT/Month (Crude) [{Disperse Azo Dyes (All colours) ‐ 100 MT/Month, Coumarine Dyes

(All colours)‐ 25 MT/Month &Methine Dyes (All colours) ‐25 MT/Month}]

At Khasara no. 670/521 of Revenue Village ‐ Untwalia, Tehsil & District ‐ Churu (Rajasthan)

Chapter‐ 4 of Final EIA / EMP Report


s

Figure 4.3: Isopleth showing the incremental GLCs of NO2




4.5 ANTICIPATED IMPACT ON NOISE LEVEL AND MITIGATION MEASURES

Construction Phase

Anticipated Impacts

Increase in noise level due to construction equipment.

During construction phase, noise will be generated due to following activities / processes:

Operation/activities involved in construction stage such as excavation, earthmoving,

compaction, concrete mixing, crane operation, steel erection, mechanical /electrical

installation.

Piling work during laying down of foundation for infrastructure

Transportation of equipment, materials and people.

Movement /operation of transport and construction vehicles / equipment

Operation of DG Set, etc.

Ancillary activities and movements of vehicles on internal roads, and maintenance work.

The noise generation during construction phase will be temporary and will be limited to the

project site.

Mitigation Measures

Equipment will be kept in good condition to keep the noise level within prescribed limits.

Workers will be provided necessary protective equipment e.g. ear plugs, earmuffs.

Operation Phase

Increase in noise level within the project area.

For proposed project, installation of equipment/ machinery will be with low generation of

noise as per design and also, will be housed in insulated ceiling. Therefore, noise level of

the surrounding area will not increase significantly. Following noise abatement measures

will be taken:

Personal protective equipment viz. Ear plugs / Ear muffs etc. for persons working in the noisy

area Thehigh noise areas will be marked and people will not be allowed to enter high noise

areas (above 85db without PPE).

Proper maintenance, oiling and greasing of machines at regular intervals Greenbelt of

appropriate width at the project boundary.

Regular monitoring of noise level of high noise causing machines and corrective measures if

required withconcerned machinery.

4.6 ANTICIPATED IMPACT ON WATER QUALITY AND MITIGATION MEASURES

Construction Phase

Anticipated Impacts

During the construction phase of proposed project, water (3 KLD) will be required for

construction activities at site. This requirement of water will be met from hired water

tanker which will be stored in RCC tank / overhead and used in civil construction, canteen,




besides domestic use by construction workers. About 0.5 KLD of domestic wastewater

will be generated from the construction site.

Negligible decrease in ground water level of surrounding area due to negligible water

required.

Mitigation Measures

Domestic waste water will be taken to soak pit and septic tank.

Storm water drains will be made immediately after starting construction activity. The

drains will be properly aligned in conformity with the site drainage pattern so that the

alteration is kept to the minimum and flooding or soil erosion does not occur.

The storm water drains will be diverted to a water reservoir to collect the runoff. This

stored water will be utilized for civil construction purpose.

Sedimentation pits will be provided at appropriate location to trap the silt laden runoff

water and prevent excessive silt from going outside.

Operation Phase

The total water requirement for proposed project will be 117.8 KLD: out of which, 34.8 KLD

will be fresh, 61 KLD will be Recycle and 22 KLD will be in the form of ice. Freshwater will be

sourced from Ground Water after granting approval from CGWA, till then fresh water will be

sourced from local water tanker suppliers.

Approximately 82.5 KLD waste water is likely to be generated from plant processes.

The effluent generated from proposed project will be 82.5 KLD; same will be treated in ETP

(Capacity 100 KLD) proposed within project site. Treated water will be recycled by installing

RO plant. The recycle water will be utilizedfor Boiler & Cooling and floor Washing & Green belt

development and no effluent will be discharged outside the project area.

Domestic waste water (9 KLD) will be disposed off through septic tank followed by soak pits.

Zero Liquid Discharge shall be maintained. Hence, no significant impact on ground water and

surface water is envisaged

Regular monitoring of groundwater quality

Training and awareness programmes on water conservation for the locals.

4.7 ANTICIPATED IMPACT ON SOIL QUALITY AND MITIGATION MEASURES

Construction Phase

During construction activity, the impact on soil will be limited to the construction site only

Impact on soil during construction will be mainly due to the left out of construction material

used.

Careful design, planning and good site management will minimize wastage of materials.

Litter disposal and collection points will be established around the work sites. Empty

packaging materials, drums, glass, tin, paper, plastic, pet bottles, wood, thermocol and other

packaging materials, etc. will be disposed through recyclers (locally called kabadis). The




construction spoils will be temporarily stored at designated dumpsite located inside the

project premises.

The construction waste will be utilized for leveling and for construction of roads.

Operation Phase

The soil of the area may get affected due to operational activities, if proper care is not taken.

Degradation of soil quality due to settling of air borne dust (PM).

i) Changes in soil quality due to settling of air borne dust (PM) or due to wash off of solid

particulates by surface or ground water. This will lead to change in porosity, permeability

and other physical characteristics of soil of the area.

ii) Minor changes in soil chemistry due to addition of foreign material from emissions

iii) The soil quality outside the premises will not have any adverse effect due to wastewater

as project will maintain zero discharge status outside the premises.

Mitigation measures include:

Efficient Air Pollution Control Equipment (APCE) like Cyclone/ Multicyclone/ Bag Filter will be

installed at boilerstack of proposed project to keep the emissions within the limit.

Adequate stack height of 30 m helps todilute/ control dust (PM) emissions.

No waste water will be discharged outside the project premises.

A horticulturist will be engaged to maintain soil quality in the project areaby adequate

manuring and fertilizing.

Soil samples will be collected and tested at regular intervals from the nearby areas.

Corrective and preventive measures will be adopted accordingly.

4.8 ANTICIPATED IMPACT ON BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT AND MITIGATION MEASURES

There are no direct or indirect evidence of presence of any major wildlife in the core and buffer

areas of the project. There is no National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary, Biosphere Reserves in the study

area; there is only two Protected Forest within 10 km of the project area. No Schedule - I species

was found in the study area during biological survey.

There may be an impact on the biological environment of the area due to operation of

proposedproject,

i) Particulate matter emissions from stack and fugitive emissions due to transportation

activity & material handling may degrade the soil quality of surrounding environment that

may affect the biodiversity of surrounding environment.

Particulate matter emissions may cause migration of wild animals and bird.

Fugitive emissions (dust) may impact the terrestrial flora. The settlement of dust (PM) on

the laminar surface of plants may impede the efficiency of photo-transduction and thereby,

affect the productivity of plants. In some of the plant, it may also smother the leaf surface

blocking stomata, resulting in reduced transpiration.

ii) Increased noise level due to operation of plant may scare the wild fauna and force them to

migrate to other areas.




Following mitigative measures will be adopted by the Project Proponent:

Efficientoperation of all the APCEs to prevent/control stack/process emissions.

Scaling up the greenbelt development and plantation in and around the Plant site.

Use of water sprinkler on the haul road to control fugitive emissions in the surrounding

environment.

Using paved roads for transportation to minimize fugitive emissions.

Proper maintenance of transport vehicles and machinery to reduce noise and gaseous

emission in the surrounding environment.

4.9 ANTICIPATED IMPACT ON SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT AND MITIGATION MEASURES

Construction Phase

Anticipated Impacts

Overall development of the area in respect of the infrastructure development, help for

educational growth & health facilities etc.

Employment generation during construction and operation phase.

Growth by increased direct and indirect employment opportunities in the region including

ancillary development and supporting infrastructure.

Development of market, trade centers, activities etc.

Operation Phase

Potential impacts Anticipated on socio-economic environment due to the proposed are

summarized below and categorized either as positive / beneficial or negative / adverse impacts.

Positive impacts

Employment

Employment opportunities during planning and preparation, construction and operational

phases of the proposed project, generate sustainable and safe working environment for

workers.

Community Skills Development

Training programmes for employees by Project Proponent to enable the community labour

force to work in different areas of production.

Improved Standards of Living

Employment opportunities created by the project to increase income and therefore

improve the overall standards of living in the area.

Community Organizational Capacity Development

Through engagement of community members in development structures such as

Community Development Committees, the community organizational capacity will be

developed.

Improved Water Supply

Supply of safe water for the community by Project Proponent to improve health standards

and living conditions in the villages.




Economic Exposure and Development

Implementation of the project will encourage financial institutions as well as related

economic facilities, infrastructure and services available to the localpeople. This will expose

and introduce the local population to factors of economic development including the

banking system, financial services, and credit and investment schemes.

In order to maximize the project’s positive impacts during the construction phase, it is that

local and nearby workers be used as much as possible and also, whenever possible, local

companies to supply the construction materials, therefore stimulating the job market and

the local economic activities.

Adverse Social Impacts

Health Impacts

The project has negligible potential for triggering health impacts through air pollutants

from heavy vehicles, dust (PM), creation of breeding grounds for disease vectors,

population influx which might introduce new diseases in the area.

Livelihood change

Local employment opportunities will be created by the project. This impact will not be

significant due to low level of education and skills in the area which will result in sourcing

skilled workforce from outside the area. However, the magnitude of this impact will be

positive due to high number of dependents in a household.

Mitigation Measures

Mitigating Health Impacts

Awareness programme on health hazards will be implemented to safeguard the employees

as well as the local public health. Project Proponent will have a clinic for its employees and

also provide assistance, in conjunction with government and NGOs, to the medical service

for the local people.

Managing Loss of Livelihood and Income

To cushion the employees against impacts of manufacturing unit closure, comprehensive

retrenchment packages that include adequate advance warning to employees and

contractors to allow them to source alternative opportunities will be undertaken.

4.10 ANTICIPATED IMPACT ON OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND MITIGATION MEASURES

The Proposed manufacturing industry is not labour intensive. To find out the health status of

workmen, Project Proponent have developed a plan of annual health check-up of workmen

including their general condition, routine examination of BP, Pulse, vision and other systems.

Physical hazards

Injuries during Project operation are typically related to slips, trips, and falls; contact with falling /

moving objects; and lifting / over-exertion. Injuries may occur due to exposure to toxic and

corrosive chemicals.




Other injuries may occur due to contact with, or capture in, moving machinery (e.g. dump trucks,

front loaders, forklifts). Activities related to maintenance of equipments, represent a significant

source of exposure to physical hazards. Such hazards may include the following:

Falling / impact with objects;

Hot surface burns; and

Transportation

Contact with allergic substances.

Exposure to toxic and corrosive chemicals like HCl , Sulfuric acid.

Following management measures will be ensured to prevent the physical hazards in the project:

Any person working for repair/maintenance of equipment with moving parts will ensure

that the equipment is de-energized, isolated and locked/tagged out.

Any person working at height with the potential risk for a fall from height will use required

fall protection.

Prescribed PPE has been provided to all workers exposed to open processes or systems.

Handling of hazardous chemicals shall be in line with MSDS.

In case of any accident, immediate medical care shall be provided at the project site.

Mitigation Measures for Occupational Health Hazards

a) Regular monitoring of health status to detect the possible onset of an occupational disease

b) Regular check for effectiveness of preventive and control measures.

c) Pre-Placement Medical Examination for all new employees and Contract labours.

d) Periodic medical hearing checks on workers exposed to high noise levels.

e) OHS orientation training to all new employees to educate on the basic site rules of work at /

on the site.

f) Ambulance and fully fledged First aid treatment facilities with OHC.

g) Personnel Protective Equipment (PPE) to workers exposed to workplace hazards.

h) Provision of eyewash and safety shower bath at critical locations

AND MITIGATION MEASURES

Proposed Dyes and Intermediate Plant at Churu is connected to State Highway SH -37 (~3.5 Km in

NE direction) & NH-65 (~6.0 km in West direction). The road connected to Project site to SH -37

(~0.5 Km in NE direction).The nearest railway station - Mahansar Railway Station at distance is ~5.5

Km in SE direction from the project site and Churu Railway Station at distance is ~ 6.0 Km in NW

direction from the project site.

Road facilities for the transportation of materials are already present near Project premises (as

mentioned in the above paragraph). This is being used for inflow of raw material & finished

product.

OHS management plan has been given in Chapter -10 of this EIA/EMP Report.

4.11 ANTICIPATED IMPACT DUE TO TRANSPORTATION OF RAW MATERIAL AND FINISHED PRODUCT




Also, the existing road infrastructure is good enough to bear the marginal increased traffic load.

However, internal roads will be maintained as and when needed to facilitate smooth

transportation.

Raw material will be transported through covered Trucks; thus, no harmful effect is anticipated on

the surrounding environment due to transportation of Raw material.

Existing Traffic Survey

Transportation of goods will be done via existing road network. Traffic survey has been conducted

for 24 hours at the Village road connected to Project site to SH -37 (Village Untwalia to Village

Ramsara). The approach road from project site connects to SH 37 &NH-65. The traffic survey

monitoring was done on Village road connected to Project site to SH -37 (Village Untwalia to

Village Ramsara) in November, 2018 to predict the future traffic growth and the load on the

project road and surroundings due to the proposed project.

Transportation Route Map given in figure no. 4.4.

Proposed Dyes & Intermediates Manufacturing Project of 150 MT/Month (Crude) [{Disperse Azo Dyes (All colours) - 100 MT/Month, Coumarine Dyes (All colours)- 25 MT/Month &Methine Dyes (All colours) -25 MT/Month}]At Khasara no. 670/521 of Revenue Village - Untwalia, Tehsil & District - Churu (Rajasthan)

Chapter- 4 of FinalEIA / EMP Report


Figure 4.4: Transportation Route Map




Measurements of Traffic density were made continuously for 24 hours by visual observation and

counting of vehicles under four categories, viz., heavy motor vehicles, light motor vehicles,

two/four wheelers and others. Total numbers of vehicles per hour under the four categories were

determined. The details of the traffic volume count have been provided in Table 4.3 given below:

Table - 4.3Traffic Volume Count Survey (Village road connecting Project site to SH -37)

S. No. Time

Type of vehicleMotorCycle /

Scooter

Passenger Car /Van / Auto-rickshaw

Tractors Truck Bus TrailerTotal

vehicles

1. 6:01 to 7:00 am 8 4 2 1 0 0 152. 7:01 to 8:00 am 12 6 1 0 0 0 193. 8:01 to 9:00 am 10 3 0 0 0 0 134. 9:01 to 10:00 am 14 2 5 1 1 0 235. 10:01 to 11:00 am 9 6 0 0 1 0 166. 11:00 to 12 noon 6 3 3 0 0 0 127. 12:01 to 1:00 pm 6 2 1 0 0 1 108. 1:01 to 2:00 pm 4 1 2 2 0 0 99. 2:01 to 3:00 pm 8 1 0 4 0 0 1310. 3:01 to 4:00 pm 10 6 0 0 0 0 1611. 4:01 to 5:00 pm 15 8 3 0 1 0 2712. 5:01 to 6:00 pm 11 6 2 0 0 0 1913. 6:01 to 7:00 pm 18 6 2 0 1 0 2714. 7:01 to 8:00 pm 14 5 0 0 0 0 1915. 8:01 to 9:00 pm 10 4 0 2 0 0 1616. 9:01 to 10:00 pm 6 3 0 1 0 2 1217. 10:01 to 11:00 pm 3 1 0 2 0 1 718. 11:01 to 12:00 pm 1 0 0 2 0 2 519. 12:01 to 1:00 am 0 0 0 1 0 0 120. 1:01 to 2:00 am 1 0 0 0 0 0 121. 2:01 to 3:00 am 0 0 0 0 0 0 022. 3:01 to 4:00 am 0 0 0 0 0 0 023. 4:01 to 5:00 am 1 0 1 0 0 2 424. 5:01 to 6:00 am 6 0 2 2 0 2 12

Grand total 173 67 24 18 4 10 296

Figure 4.5: Traffic Volume Count

23%

8%

Traffic Volume Count Survey









S. No. Time


Scooter



vehicles


Grand total 173 67 24 18 4 10 296


59%23%

8%6% 1% 3%

Traffic Volume Count SurveyMotor Cycle / Scooter

Passenger Car / Van /Auto-rickshaw

Tractors

Truck









S. No. Time


Scooter



vehicles


Grand total 173 67 24 18 4 10 296


Traffic Volume Count SurveyMotor Cycle / Scooter

Passenger Car / Van /Auto-rickshaw

Tractors

Truck




Conclusion

Figure 4.4 clearly shows that Motor Cycle /Cycle/Scooter (59%), Passenger Car / Van / Auto-

rickshaw (23%), Tractors (8%), Trucks (6%), Bus (1%), followed by Trailer (3%) mainly run on Village

road connected to Project site to SH -37.Thus, it can be concluded that there is low volume of

heavy vehicle movement.

Table - 4.4No. of Vehicles with respect to PCU

S.No.

Vehicle typeNo. of vehicles

per day

Passenger carunit (PCU)

factor

Total no. ofvehicles*(PCU)/day

1 Motor cycle/scooter 173 0.5 86.52 Passenger car/van/auto rickshaw 67 1 673 Tractors 24 1.5 364 Truck 18 3 545 Bus 4 3 126 Trailer 10 4.5 45

Total 296 - 300.5 Say 301PCU/hr=(PCU/day)/24 301/ 24= 12.54CU/ hr

Source: SurveyExisting Traffic Scenario and LOS (Level of Service)

RoadV

(Volume in PCU/hr.)C

(Capacity in PCU/hr.)Existing V/C

RatioLOS

Village Road 12.54 83.33 0.15 A

Capacity as per IRC: 64-1990V/C LOS (Level of Service) Performance

0.0 - 0.2 A Excellent0.2 - 0.4 B Very Good0.4 - 0.6 C Good / Average / Fair0.6 - 0.8 D Poor0.8 - 1.0 E Very Poor

Traffic Analysis

i. Present Traffic

From the study, it was observed that traffic movement in the 10 Km radius of the study area is

Moderate. At present, the traffic load calculated is 301 vehicles per day approximately. The majority of

vehicles includes motorcycle/scooter (Two wheelers) followed by passenger car/ van/auto rickshaw

followed by truck as well as tractors. The LOS value is calculated as 0.15 i.e. “A” and the traffic condition

is “Excellent”. There will be no major impact of the transport of raw materials and end products on the

surrounding environment due to proposed project as proper mitigation measures will be adopted. The

raw material is easily transported through road transport.

ii. Additional Traffic due to Proposed Project

The proposed project will have impact on transportation due to movement of construction materials as

the installation of manufacturing unit is taking place. Proper arrangements for movement of vehicles




and parking have been proposed in the project site. Parking arrangement will be there for raw material

as well as product. Details regarding the additional traffic due to proposed project are given below:

Table - 4.5(A)Increase in traffic load due to proposed project – Raw Material

S.No.

Name of RawMaterial

Quantity(Tons)/Month

Source

Approx.Distance &

Mode ofTransportation

Averagecarryingcapacity(Tons)

No. oftrips/Month

(filled)

1. Acetic acid 10 Bharuch 950 Km/ Road 10 12. Aniline Derivatives 40 Vapi 1100 Km/Road 10 43. Benzoyl Chloride 5 Khambhat 900 Km/ Road 10 0.54. Bromine 5 Ankleshwar 950 Km/Road 10 0.55. Caustic Flakes 15 Jaipur 200 Km/ Road 10 1.56. Cuprous Cyanide 5 Baroda 850 Km/Road 10 0.57. Dimethyl Sulfate 10 Ankleshwar 950 Km/ Road 10 1

8.Dimethylformamide(DMF)

25Mumbai 1300 Km/Road

10 2.5

9.Ethyl CyanoAcetate

6Mumbai 1300 Km/ Road

10 0.6

10. Hydrochloric Acid 30 Jaipur 200 Km/Road 10 311. Lime 5 Sardarsahar 50 Km/ Road 10 0.512. Malononitrile 5 Mumbai 1300 Km/Road 10 0.513. Methanol 20 Baroda 850 Km/ Road 10 2

14.Phosphorus OxyChloride

7.5Vapi 1100 Km/Road

10 0.75

15. Soda Ash 20 Jaipur 200 Km/ Road 10 216. Sodium Chloride 5 Jaipur 200 Km/Road 10 0.517. Sodium Cyanide 3 Baroda 850 Km/ Road 10 0.318. Sodium Nitrite 5 Baroda 850 Km/Road 10 0.519. Sulfamic acid 3 Jaipur 200 Km/ Road 10 0.320. Sulphuric Acid 40 Jaipur 200 Km/Road 10 421. Zinc Cyanide 6 Baroda 850 Km/ Road 10 0.622. Meta- Toluidine 6 Vapi 1100 Km/Road 10 0.623. Pera –Toluidine 6 Vapi 1100 Km/ Road 10 0.6

24.ParaNitroAnilineDerivatives

35Vapi 1100 Km/Road

10 3.5

25. Pepridine 0.05 Mumbai 1300 Km/ Road 10 0.00526. Ferrous Sulphate 1 Baroda 850 Km/Road 10 0.1

27.AmmoniumChloride

3.5Mumbai 1300 Km/ Road

10 0.35

28.Sodiumbicarbonate

20Mumbai 1300 Km/Road

10 2

29.Ice 605 Local

Supplier-

20 60.5

Total No. of trips/Month (filled) 94.7Total No. of trips/Day (filled) 3.16 Say 4




Table – 4.5 (B)Increase in traffic load due to proposed project – Fuels, Products and Waste

S. No. Name of material to be transported by roadQuantity of materialrequired/produced

(Tonnes per month)

Averagecarryingcapacity

No. oftrips/day

(filled)1 Fuel (Coal) 10 10 0.033

Product2 Dyes 5 10 0.017

Solid, Hazardous waste and other Waste

3Fly ash,Discarded drums/Containers/PP

Liners/Bags, Evaporator residue, ETP sludge66.85 20 0.11

4 E-waste, Lead Acid Batteries 0.041 10 0.0335 Solvent 25.4 10 0.16 Process Sludge 0.42 10 0.0337 Used/Spent oil 20 10 0.066

Total trips/day - - 0.689 say 1Total No. of increased trucks / tankers per day= 4+1 = 5

Total No. of increased trucks / tankers per hour= 0.208 (say 1)

Increase in PCU / hr. = 1x3= 3

Modified Traffic Scenario and LOS (Level of Service)

S. No. RoadIncreased PCU /

hr.V (Volume in

PCU/hr.)C (Capacity in

PCU/hr.)Existing V/C

RatioLOS

1. Village Road 3 12.54 + 3 83.33 0.18 ATraffic Projection & Impact due to Transportation:

The LOS value is “A” for Village Road; hence, the additional load on the carrying capacity of the

concern roads is likely to have negligible change in the LOS value.

Thus, it can be concluded that the present road network is good enough to bear the increased

traffic load.

Mitigation Measures

Vehicles with PUC Certificate will be hired.

Vehicles will be covered with a tarpaulin and not over loaded.

Un- necessary blowing of horn will be avoided.

Roads will be maintained in good condition to reduce noise due to traffic.

Greenbelt of appropriate width will be developed.

To avoid accidents, the speed of vehicles will be low (20 km/hr) near habitation areas.

4.12 IMPACT DUE TO SOLID AND HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION

Details of waste generation and management and disposal are given in table below:

Details of Solid & Hazardous waste generation, management and disposal:


WasteCategory of


Disposal

Dyes &Intermediates

Boiler SWNon-

HazardousFly ash 55.0

Ton/monthSent to brickmanufacturer

Process HW Hazardous Process Sludge 4-5 tonnes/ Sold to approved





WasteCategory of


Disposal(26.1) annum /registered

vendors

HWHazardous

(26.4)Spent Solvent

25.54Tons/Month

Sold to approved/registeredvendors

HWHazardous

(33.1)

Discardeddrums/Containers/

Barrels/PPLiners/Bags

1.5Ton/Month


MEE HWHazardous

(37.3)Evaporator

residue0.35Ton/Mo

nth

Collected indrums packed,labeled andstored atspecified areaand finally sendto commonwaste landfillsite (TSDF)

ETPSettlingTanks/

ClarifierHW

Hazardous(35.3)

ETP sludge10.0Ton/Mo

nth

ETP sludge willbe sent toapproved landfillsite. (TSDF)

PlantMaintenance

Differentsections/D

G SetHW

Hazardous(5.1)

Used /Spent oil20

Liters/month

Sold toCPCB/RPCBregisteredrecycler

ElectronicAnd

Electrical(will be

generatedfrom 2nd

year)

HW -Electronic And

Electrical Waste400-500

kg/annum


Lead AcidBatteries

HWHazardous

(A1160)

Waste LeadAcid Batteries,

whole orcrushed

2-3batteries/an

num


4.13 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

The evaluation of possible environmental impacts as a result of project site activities and

operation on various environmental parameters is primarily based on careful study of Proposed

Dyes & Intermediates Manufacturing Project, Unit operations, surrounding environment etc. For

various project activities, effective ‘Control Technology’ has beensuggested with a view to

mitigate the adverse impact of unit operation on environmental parameters. The summary of

anticipated adverse environmental impacts and mitigation measures are given in Table - 4.6.




Table - 4.6Anticipated Adverse Environmental Impacts and Mitigation

Discipline Anticipated Impact Mitigation MeasuresConstruction Phase









Operation PhaseAir Increase in concentration of Particulate

Matter Emissions, SO2, NOx Installation of adequate pollution control equipment

like Cyclone, Multi-cyclone, Bag Filter, Alkali scrubberetc.












Installation of equipments having confirmation tomeet with the prescribed occupational noise levelsprescribed by regulatory agencies/authority.

Earmuffs/ Earplugs to persons working in high noisezone or near to high noise generating equipments.




Water Generation of waste water Process effluent will be treated in Tertiary levelEffluent Treatment Plant having capacity of 100 KLDfollowed by three stage R.O. and permeate of R.O.shall be reused in process. Rejects of R.O. plant shallbe sent to MEE. The condensate water from MEE willbe recycled.



Periodic monitoring of quality of treated water toconform the compliance of the prescribed standards.






Chapter - 5

Analysis of Alternatives (Technology

& Site)



At Khasara no. 670/521 of Revenue Village - Untwalia , Tehsil & District - Churu (Rajasthan)



CHAPTER- 5

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY AND SITE)

5.1 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

As per EIA Notification dated 14th Sept., 2006, as amended from time to time; the Chapter on

“Analysis of Alternatives (Technology & Site)” is applicable only, if the same is recommended at

the Scoping stage.

As per the ToR points issued by MoEFCC, New Delhi vide their letter no. IA-J-11011/134/2018-IA-II(I)

dated 18th May, 2018 for the Proposed Dyes & Intermediates Manufacturing Project of 150

MT/Month (Crude) [{Disperse Azo Dyes - 100 MT/Month, Coumarin Dyes - 25 MT/Month & Methine

Dyes - 25 MT/Month}] at Khasara no. 670/521 of Revenue Village - Untwalia, Tehsil & District -

Churu (Rajasthan) by M/s. Krishnum Dyes & Intermediate Pvt. Ltd., the Analysis of Alternatives

(Technology & Site) is not required.

M/s. Krishnum Dyes & Intermediate Pvt. Ltd. will use one of the best and proven technologies for

Manufacturing of Dyes & Intermediates; looking at the best integration of economic and

environmental considerations. Proposed Project site is already under the possession of the

Company and the justification regarding the selection of the site have been listed below.

5.1.1 Justification for Selection of Site

The site selection for the Proposed Project by the company has been taken into consideration

keeping in mind following mentioned factors:



Easy availability of textile manufacturing markets nearby in Jaipur, Jodhpur & Bhilwara for

the product dyes.

Availability of skilled and semi skilled manpower from nearby areas and Churu.

Nearness to SH-37 (~3.5 Km in NE direction) makes it easier to transport raw materials &

final product to market.

There are no major industries in the study area and thus establishment of one would

promote socio-economic development of the area.

Chapter - 6

Environmental Monitoring Programme




CHAPTER - 6

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

6.1 INTRODUCTION

Post-Project Monitoring is an essential part to check the impact of project related activities.

Hence, monitoring of various environmental parameters will be carried out on a regular basis to

ascertain the following:

Status of Pollution within the plant site and in its vicinity

Generate data for predictive or corrective purpose in respect of pollution

Examine the efficiency of pollution control system adopted at the site

To assess environmental impacts.

Monitoring will be carried out at the site as per the norms of CPCB.

Environmental Monitoring Programme will be conducted for various environmental components

as per the conditions stipulated in Environmental Clearance Letter issued by MoEFCC, New Delhi

and Consent to Establish / Consent to Operate issued by RSPCB.

Six monthly compliance reports will be submitted on a regular basis to MoEFCC, New Delhi by 1st

of June and 1st of December. Quarterly Compliance Report for conditions stipulated in CTO will be

submitted to RSPCB on regular basis.

Various environmental components and pollution sources, which will be monitored under

environmental monitoring programme are stack emissions, ambient air quality, water quality and

noise levels. Details of the Environmental Monitoring programme, which will be undertaken for

various environmental components, are detailed below.

6.2 MEASUREMENT METHODOLOGIES

6.2.1 Instruments to be used

The following instruments will be used for data collection work in the monitoring Schedule:

Weather Monitoring Station

Respirable Dust Sampler (RDS)

Fine Particulate Sampler (FPS)

Stack Monitoring Kit

Sound Level Meter

Water Level Indicator

Global Positioning System (GPS)

6.2.2 Monitoring Programme

The post-project monitoring will include details of any major/ minor impact in the core zone and

area within buffer zone for the following parameters:

Micro-meteorological data




Ambient air quality monitoring

Workplace/ work zone monitoring

Stack monitoring

Noise level monitoring

Water quality and ground water level monitoring

Medical Check-up of the employees

6.2.3 Monitoring Schedule

Details of the environmental monitoring schedule / frequency, which will be undertaken for

various environmental components, as per conditions of EC / CTO are given in Table - 6.1.

Table - 6.1Frequency for Post Project Monitoring

S. No. Description Frequency of Monitoring1. Meteorological Data Hourly

2. Ambient Air Quality As per EC/CTO & Continuous Online Monitoring

3. Stack Monitoring Monthly & Continuous Online Monitoring4. Water Quality Quarterly & as per EC / CTO5. Noise Level Monitoring Quarterly & as per EC / CTO6. Medical Checkup of Employee Yearly and Pre-Placement

7.Online Flow Meter and WebCamera

As per CPCB directions for Dye and Dyeintermediate Units with ZLD

6.2.4 Locations of Monitoring Stations

The location of the monitoring stations will be selected on the basis of prevailing micro-

meteorological conditions of the area like Wind direction and Wind speed, Relative Humidity,

Temperature.

Four AAQM stations will be selected (including minimum 1 location in upwind side, more sites in

downwind side / impact zone) to assess ambient air quality of the area. Noise level monitoring will

be carried out on plant boundary and in high noise generating area within the plant site. Water

sampling locations will be decided on the basis of general slope of the area and drainage pattern.

Locations for the post-project monitoring are given in Table - 6.2:

Table - 6.2Locations for Post Project Monitoring

S. No. Description Location1. Meteorological data Plant Site

2. Ambient Air Quality Plant Site, Villages in upwind & downwind direction from

the Plant site and as per EC / CTO conditions3. Stack emissions Plant Site

4. Water Level and Quality Nearby Ground water sources in up flow and down flow

directions with the help of piezometric wells and as perCTO conditions.




S. No. Description Location

5. Noise Level Monitoring Plant Boundary, High noise generating areas within the

Plant Boundary and as per CTO conditions6. Health Check-up Annually of all the employees

6.2.5 Methodology Adopted

Post-project monitoring will be carried out as per conditions stipulated in Environmental Clearance

Letter issued by MoEFCC, New Delhi; Consent issued by RSPCB as-well-as according to CPCB

guidelines.

Plant site is considered as core zone and the area lying within 10 km radius from the plant site is

considered to be the buffer zone where slight impacts may be observed on physical and biological

environment and that too is occasional.

Details of Post Project Monitoring Programme are given in Table - 6.3.

Table - 6.3Post Project Monitoring

Attributes Sampling MeasurementMethod

Test ProcedureNetwork Frequency

A. Air EnvironmentMeteorological Wind speed Wind direction Dry bulb temperature Wet bulb temperature Relative humidity Rainfall

Minimum1 sitein the projectimpact area

Regularly inone season byWeatherMonitoringStation

Mechanical/automatic weatherstation

-

Pollutants PM10&PM2.5

4 locations in theproject impactarea(1 location inupwind side, 1 indownwind side /impact zone,other nearbyreceptors)

RevisedNationalAmbient AirQualityStandards(NAAQS) videMoEFCCcircular, dated16.11.2009

Gravimetricmethod

-

SO2 EPA Modified West& Geake method

Absorption in Potassium TetraChloromercurate followed byColorimetric estimation using P-Rosaniline hydrochloride andFormaldehyde (IS: 5182 Part - II).

NO2 Arsenite modifiedJacob & Hochheiser

Absorption in dill NaOH and thenestimated colorimetrically withsulphanilamide and N (I-Nepthyle)Ethylene diamine Dihydrochlorideand Hydrogen Peroxide (CPCBMethod).

CO Non-DispersiveInfra-Red (NDIR)Spectroscopy

-

B. Stack Monitoring




Attributes Sampling MeasurementMethod

Test ProcedureNetwork Frequency

PollutantPM

At the Bottom ofeach stack

As per CPCBGuide Line andIndianStandard 11255(1985).

As Per CPCB GuideLine

Gravimetric method

SO2 At the Bottom ofeach stack


As Per IS-11255 part(2) 1985 (AbsorbingSolution of H2O2,

IsopropanolReagent)

Absorption in H2O2, Isopropanolfollowed by Colorimetric estimationusing Sulphuric acid and BariumChloride as Per IS-11255 part (2) 1985

NO2 At the Bottom ofeach stack


As Per IS-11255 part(7) 2005 with NOxflask assembly.

Absorption of Sample in NOx flaskassembly Followed by Colorimetricestimation using Phenol-di-sulphonicacid and other reagent as Per IS-11255part (7) 2005

C. Water EnvironmentpH, Turbidity, Colour,Odour, Taste, TDS, TotalHardness, Calciumhardness, Magnesiumhardness, Chloride,Fluoride, Sulphate,Nitrates, Alkalinity, Iron,Copper, Manganese

Set of grabsamples duringpre - & post-monsoon forground andsurface water for10 km distance

Diurnal andSeason wise

As per IS 10500- Samples for water quality should becollected and analyzed as per: IS:2488 (Part 1-5) methods for samplingand testing of Industrial effluents.Standard methods for examinationof water and wastewater analysispublished by American Public HealthAssociation.

D. NoiseNoise levels at Day &night time -Leq dB (A)

ProjectBoundary, Highnoise generatingareas within thecore zone

Quarterly / Halfyearly

As per CPCB norms As per CPCB norms

E. Annual Health Check of EmployeesGeneral health Check,

Audiometric, X-ray ofthe chest , Pulmonaryfunction test, bloodtest Lipid profile ECG,Spirometry

General healthCheck,Audiometric, X-ray of the chest ,Pulmonaryfunction test,blood test Lipidprofile ECG,Spirometry

General healthCheck,Audiometric, X-ray of the chest, Pulmonaryfunction test,blood testLipid profileECG,Spirometry

General healthCheck,Audiometric, X-rayof the chest ,Pulmonary functiontest, blood testLipid profile ECG,Spirometry

General health Check, Audiometric,X-ray of the chest , Pulmonaryfunction test, blood test Lipid profileECG, Spirometry

6.3 DATA ANALYSIS

Monitoring data analysis will be done by using statistical analysis method and by MoEFCC

approved laboratory as per CPCB guidelines & timely submitted to concerned authority (specified






in Environment Clearance Letter issued by MoEFCC, New Delhi and Consent issued by RSPCB) on

regular basis.

6.4 DETAILED BUDGET

The budget proposed for the project and that for the environmental protection measures is given

as below:

Capital Cost of the Project: Rs. 20.21 Crores

Cost for Environmental Monitoring and Management:

Capital Cost: Rs. 10 Lacs

Recurring Cost: Rs. 5 Lacs/annum.

Chapter - 7

Additional Studies




CHAPTER - 7

ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 INTRODUCTION

As per EIA Notification dated 14th Sept., 2006, and its subsequent amendments and as per the ToR

letter issued by MoEFCC, New Delhi vide their letter no. IA-J-11011/134/2018-IA-II(I) dated 18thMay,

2018; following Additional Studies are required to be carried out for the proposed project:

1. Public Consultation

2. Hydro-geological Study and Rainwater Harvesting Plan

3. Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan

7.2 PUBLIC CONSULTATION

Public Hearing for Proposed Dyes & Intermediates Manufacturing Project of 150 MT/Month

(Crude) [{Disperse Azo Dyes (All colours) - 100 MT/Month, Coumarin Dyes (All colours) - 25

MT/Month & Methine Dyes (All colours) - 25 MT/Month}] at Khasara no. 670/521 of Revenue

Village - Untwalia, Tehsil & District - Churu (Rajasthan) by M/s. Krishnum Dyes & Intermediate Pvt.

Ltd. was held on 18th September, 2019 at 11.00 am at Plant site on Khasara no. 670/521 of Revenue

Village - Untwalia, Tehsil & District - Churu (Rajasthan).

Public Hearing was conducted in line with the procedure prescribed under Appendix IV, as per EIA

Notification dated 14th Sept., 2006.

Details of the Public Hearing Proceedings are appended herewith the Final EIA/EMP Report:

Public Hearing Proceedings

Public Hearing Notice was published in two local newspapers, viz. “Virat Vaibhav” (District

Level Newspaper) on 11th August, 2019 and “Dainik Navjyoti” (State Level Newspaper) on 12th

August, 2019.

Photographs of Public Hearing

Action Plan for the issues raised during Public Hearing

No written objection against the proposed plant was received in the office of Collector,

Churu or Regional Officer, RPCB, Sikar.

7.2.1 Public Hearing Proceedings

Public Hearing Proceedings along with attendance sheet have been enclosed as Annexure - 9 along

with this Final EIA/EMP Report.




7.2.2 Public Hearing Notice Published in Newspapers “Virat Vaibhav” and “Dainik Navjyoti” dated 11th

August, 2019 and 12th August, 2019

ViratVaibhav DainikNavjyoti

Figure 7.1: Public Hearing Notice Published in Newspapers “Virat Vaibhav” and “Dainik Navjyoti”




7.2.3 Photographs of Public Hearing

Welcome of Collector, Churu for PH Left to right: Regional Officer, RPCB, Sikar;Collector, Churu; ADM, Churu

Technical representative of J.M. Environet Pvt.Ltd.

Invities of Public Hearing

Director, M/s. Krishnum Dyes & Intermediate Pvt.Ltd.

Invitee raising issue during Public Hearing

7.2.4 Action Plan for the issues raised during Public Hearing

Public Hearing for Proposed Dyes & Intermediates Manufacturing Project was conducted on 18th

September, 2019 at 11.00 am at Plant site on Khasara no. 670/521 of Revenue Village - Untwalia,

Tehsil & District - Churu (Rajasthan). Public Hearing was conducted under the Chairmanship of

Collector, Churu. Out of the total participants, most of the people supported the Project. Major

Issues / Points / Suggestions of local public which were raised during the public hearing along with

Action Plan / Clarification including budgetary allocation given by the promoters are given below:




S.No.

Issues / Points / Opinions ofLocal Public

Name ofthe Person

Reply/Clarification by the Project ProponentAction Plan along with Budgetary

Allocation

1.

The proposed project waswelcomed and stated that itwould help in the pace ofdevelopment in the nearbyvillages.

Appreciating the efforts ofthe Project Proponent in thefinancial help provided bythem for the development ofschools in nearby areas.

KalyanSingh,Village

Untwalia

KDIPL will carry out various activities under CER for developmentof the nearby area. Major thrust area identified for the same areEducation, Health and Sanitation, Infrastructure Development,Water Conservation and Agro-based Livelihood. Details of thesame are given in Chapter 8, Para 8.4, of this report.

Budget earmarked for CER Activities: Rs.40.5 lakhs within next 5 years.Details of the same are given in Chapter 8,Para 8.4, Page 176 of this report.

The education infrastructure of the nearby area will be furtherstrengthened by need & priority based distribution of furniture inschools in adjoining areas & villages in consultation withEducation Officials and Repair work of buildings & furniture asper requirement and suggestions of Anganwadi centers & headsof the school under Education head of CER activities. Details ofthe same are given in Chapter 8, Para 8.4, Page 176 of this report.

Budget earmarked: Rs. 6.0 lakhs withinnext 5 yearsDetails of the same are given in Chapter 8,Para 8.4, Page 176 of this report.

2.

The Project Proponent wereappreciated for their lead forindustrialization on behalf ofthe people in nearby areasand suggested them to givepreference to the locals forthe employmentopportunities that would begenerated.

Also advised to adopt propermitigation measures forpollution for protection oflocal environment.

HarlalaSaran,DistrictHead

About 100 direct and 150 indirect employment opportunities likelyare to be generated due to the proposed projectOther than this, training programs will be organized to improveAgro based livelihood and assistance for testing of soil samplesalong with the suggestion for crops and fertilizers input as persoil quality will be made available.Details of the same are given in Chapter 8, Para 8.4, Page 176 ofthis report.

Locals will be preferred for providingemployment as per eligibility criteria.Rs. 1.5 Lakhs have been earmarked forAgro based Livelihood under CERactivities.Details of the same are given in Chapter 8,Para 8.4, Page 176 of this report.

Adequate pollution control and mitigation measures will beadopted to meet the notified environmental standards viz.installation of alkali scrubbers for controlling HCl bearing andH2SO4 bearing fumes, multi cyclones to control PM emission,three stage ETP followed by RO and MEE for waste watertreatment and 100% recycling of treated water etc.

Cost for Environmental ProtectionMeasures: Capital Cost: Rs. 1.5 Crore Recurring Cost: Rs. 35 Lac/annum.Details regarding the same have beenincorporated in Chapter 2, Section 2.11,Page No. 49.

3.Appreciated the efforts forthe proposed project whichcould be beneficial for the

Kishan,Village

Ratnanagar

About 100 direct and 150 indirect employment opportunities likelyare to be generated due to the proposed projectOther than this, training programs will be organized to improve

Locals will be preferred for providingemployment as per eligibility criteria.Rs. 1.5 Lakhs have been earmarked for




S.No.

Issues / Points / Opinions ofLocal Public

Name ofthe Person

Reply/Clarification by the Project ProponentAction Plan along with Budgetary

Allocationdevelopment of the nearbyareas and help in increasingthe employmentopportunities for the peoplestaying in nearby areas.

Enquired about proposeddyes and their uses.

Agro based livelihood and assistance for testing of soil samplesalong with the suggestion for crops and fertilizers input as persoil quality will be made available.Details of the same are given in Chapter 8, Para 8.4, Page 176 ofthis report.

Agro based Livelihood under CERactivities.Details of the same are given in Chapter 8,Para 8.4, Page 176 of this report.

Proposed dyes are basically used for dying and printing of thetextile/ fabric.

-

4.

Enquired about the wastewater treatment method tobe implemented for nodischarge outside.

Also, suggested for regularhealth check-up of theworkers.

Ram Soni,VillageBisau

Process effluent will be treated in Tertiary level EffluentTreatment Plant having capacity of 100KLD followed by threestage R.O. and permeate of R.O. shall be reused in process.Rejects of R.O. plant shall be sent to MEE. The condensate waterfrom MEE will be recycled. The salt from MEE will be sent toTSDF. No water will be discharged outside the plant premises.Details regarding the treatment of effluent have beenincorporated in Chapter 2, Para 2.8.2, Page No. 44.

Cost for Environmental ProtectionMeasures: Capital Cost: Rs. 1.5 Crore Recurring Cost: Rs. 35 Lac/annum.

Details regarding the same have beenincorporated in Chapter 10, Table 10.8,Page No. 194

Pre-placement and periodical medical check-up of the workerswill be carried out as per prevailing norms. details of the samehave been incorporated in Chapter 10, Para 10.7.3, Page No. 190

Budget earmarked for Occupational andSafety Hazards: Rs. 29 lakhs/annumDetails have been incorporated in chapter10, Table No. 10.7, Page No. 194




7.3 HYDRO-GEOLOGICAL STUDY AND RAINWATER HARVESTING PLAN

7.3.1 Introduction

Details of land/area acquired for the proposed Dyes and Intermediates manufacturing project is as

follows:

Table: 7.1Details of land/area

District and state Village Area in Hectares Ownership/ Occupancy Khasra No.Churu, Rajasthan Untwalia 1.00 Private Land 670/521

7.3.2 Scope of Work

The Scope of work includes the following.

1. To analyze physiographic conditions of the study area with the help of field observations, GPS

readings, Survey of lndia (SOI) Toposheet and Satellite images.

2. To observe Hydrogeological conditions and study of Aquifer system of the area i.e. in Core

and 10 km Buffer Zone.

3. To work out quantitative as well as qualitative variations in groundwater with respect to aerial

extent and to find out water balance.

4. To observe surface water features and their impact on groundwater balance.

5. To ascertain the impact of proposed project on groundwater conditions of the surrounding

area.

6. To work out scope of Rainwater Harvesting within the proposed project and design suitable

recharge system to the extent possible.

7. To suggest ways and means of creating artificial recharge to negate adverse impact on

groundwater regime and their long term impact on ground water resources of the area.

8. To prepare detailed Hydro-geological report.

7.3.3 Methodology

Following methodology has been adopted for hydro-geological investigation in the area:

1. Physiographic studies of the proposed project and its surroundings with the help of latest

Google images, site visit, GPS survey etc. which helps in determining physiographic gradient.

2. Secondary data collection i.e. climate and rainfall, soil and topography, geology, drainage etc.

for interpretation.

3. Detailed hydro-geological survey in core and buffer zone including geology, types of aquifers

and their hydraulic parameters governing the groundwater regime of the area, depth to

water level, groundwater quality, water abstraction structures and their discharge, surface

water bodies, drainage pattern, major irrigation sources and their potential etc.

4. Groundwater resources evaluation based on the norms recommended by Groundwater

Estimation Committee (GEC), 2009.

5. Evaluation of present groundwater scenario as well as future course of action for protecting

the natural environment




6. Scope of Rainwater Harvesting from runoff generated from various section of proposed

project depending upon average annual rainfall and its intensity, recharge capacity of the

aquifers and the design consideration.

7.3.4 Drainage

The study area does not have a properly evolved drainage basin as there is no perennial rivers or

streams in surrounding area. However, there is one river named Kantli (~ 89 km in SE direction)

which originate in the hills near Khandela and after a northerly course of some 96 km. through

Shekhawati, generally loses itself in the sand just within the border of the district in Rajgarh tehsil.

In years of good rainfall, however, it flows from 16 to 26 km. On account of low rainfall, surface

water bodies are few and that too seasonal. Hardly two small natural ponds can be located which

lie near the Chhapar Town and Parihara village in Sujangarh tehsil.

Further, there is no major rivers/lakes/water bodies located in the 10 km periphery of the study

area.




Fig. 7.2: Drainage Map of the Study Area




7.3.5 Climate and Rainfall

The climate of Churu district is arid. The months of November, December, January, and February

are usually cold, with temperatures dropping below freezing point. April to May are the hottest

months of the year. June to September are the months seeing Monsoon rainfall. Lateritic soil is

the most important soil group existing in the district, which is light in texture and acidic in nature.

The soil is porous with low organic matter and low water holding capacity, thus exhibiting low

fertility. The eastern and southern part of this district is more productive than western part.

The annual average rainfall in the region is around 409.6 mm (average of last fifteen years rainfall

from 2004-2018) varying from minimum 213 mm in 2009 to maximum 614 mm in 2010(Figure 7.2).

The mean seasonal rainfall distribution is 319.4 mm in southwest monsoon (June-September), 11.8

mm in northeast monsoon (October-December), 18.7 mm rainfall in winter (Jan-Feb) and 48.6 mm

in summer (March–May). The percentage distribution of rainfall, season wise, is 80 percent in

southwest monsoon, 3 percent in northeast monsoon, 4.65 percent in winter and 12 % in summer.

The contribution of southwest monsoon rainfall ranges from 163.8 mm in 2006 to 566.4 mm in

2010.

The district is prone to frequent drought conditions due to low rainfall coupled with erratic

Monsoons. In the year 2009, the annual rainfall departure of 26% was observed than the long

period average (LPA) normal rainfall.

The district of Churu is characterized by the fluvio–aeolian depositional basin containing thick pile

of Quaternary sediments and an undulating topography consisting of sand dunes interspersed

with interdunal valley and linear depressions. The central and northern part of Churu district is

occupied primarily by Eolian sand and partly by Fluvial deposits. On -the eastern part of the

district, a small number of hillocks occurs as clusters containing quartzite formations..In the

Southern part of district, hardrock exposures of Marwar Super Group including rock formation

245.7

360.2

243.6

335

444.5

213.2

613.9 588

428467.9480.9

536.1483

357.2346.9

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

200420052006200720082009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Rain

fall

Dis

trib

utio

n (m

m)

Year

Figure 7.3: Rainfall Pattern of District Churu

7.3.6 Regional Geology




consisting of sandstone, shales and limestone are found. Granite and gneiss occupies the

southwestern part of the district.

Geological Map of the Churu district is given below figure:

Table: 7.2Super Group Group Formation

Recent to Sub-Recent Older Alluviumx--------------x-------------Unconformity-------------------x-----------x----------------------x

Paleocene Gravel Beds, Claystone, Shale,Sandstone

x--------------x-------------Unconformity-------------------x-----------x---------------------xMarwar Nagaur, Bilara, Jodhpur Nagaur Series (Sandstone, Shale,

Evaporite), Bilara formation (Limestoneand Shale), Jodhpur formation(Sandstone and Shale)

Post Delhi Intrusives Rhyolites, Granite, PhyllitesDelhi Schists, QuartzitesMarwar Super Group: The rocks of the Marwar basin, owing to their vast aerial coverage and over

1000 m thick sequence of horizontally disposed sedimentaries, have been given the status of

Supergroup, viz., the MarwarSupergroup. These sedimentaries overlying the Malani Igneous Suite

comprise the arenaceous Jodhpur Group, the calcareous Bilara Group and theare nacreous Naeaur

Group. Within Marwar Subgroup of rocks, three major geological groups occur in Churu district.

Project Site

Figure 7.4: Geological Map of the Churu district

The generalized lithological sequence in the region is as follows:




Nagaur Sandstones are fine to medium granied, intercalated with shales and evaporite sequences.

Jodhpur Sandstones are hard and compact lithologic units intercalated with shales. Bilara

Limestone group occurs as hard and compact dolomitic limestone interbedded with shale and

cherty bands. This group pf rocks cover extensive areas in Dungargarh and Sujangarh block and

also covers the peripheral areas of Ratangarh and Sardarshahar blocks.

Post Delhi Intrusives: The intrusives encountered in Churu district are a part of the Aravalli System

of Rocks. Rhyolite is generally massive, fine grained with wide spaced and open joints and

fractures. Granites are very hard and compact and jointed at places. Schists and phyllite are well

foliated, cleaved metamorphic rocks .Quartzites generally occurs intercalated with phyllites and

are well jointed.

Delhi Super Group: The Delhi Super group of rocks are characterised by a number of concordant/

discordant intrusive as well as extrusive phases. The rocks of the Delhi Super group extend in a

NE-SW trending rectilinear belt from Delhi in the north to Himmatnagar in the south for almost

850 km length. They punctuate in the desert sands in Northeast Rajasthan, continue as isolated

ridges in the district of Churu in northeastern Rajasthan. The rocks ofthe Delhi Supergroup were

affected by multiple episodes of folding and polyphase metamorphism. The sedimentary and

volcanic rocks are found to have recrystallised first under regional metamorphism (up to

amphibolite facies.)

7.3.7 Hydrogeology

Hydrogeological formations of the area marked by the sedimentary sequence comprised of the

MarwarSupergroup viz., the Nagaur& Jodhpur Sandstone group which consist of hard and

compact fine to medium grained sandstone and the Bilara Limestone group which is hard and

compact group of limestones; and Tertiary deposits including sandstone, shale, claystones, gravel

beds, etc. These are overlain by the Quaternary alluvium deposits of recent age. Alluvium deposits

comprises of Younger Alluvium group consisting of Aeolian and fluvial sand, silt, clay, gravel and

pebbles; and the Older Alluvium group comprising of heterogeneous mixtures of fine to medium

grained sand, silt and kankar.

Ground water occurs under unconfined to semi-confined condition. The principal aquifer in the

area is Quaternary sediments covering major part of the districtwhereas quartzite, schist, phyllite,

limestone and dolomitic limestone of Marwar Super Group and Delhi Super Group also constitute

important aquifers.

Groundwater Occurrence in Sedimentary Rock: Sandstones and Limestones

Sedimentary rocks in the study area belong to the Nagaur group and Jodhpur group of

sandstones and Bilara group of limestones. These aquifers mainly consist of medium to coarse

grained sand, cemented with silica and ferruginous matrix. The sandstones are hard, compact and




are intercalated with siltstone and shale.Wherever, ground water occurs, it mainly occupies either

void space between the adjacent grains (primary porosity) and in the secondary porosity zones.

Groundwater occurs under water table conditions in the joints, fractures, bedding planes and in

cavernous zones. The dug wells vary in depth from 60 m to 200 m and water levels between 70m

to 90m. Generally the yield ranges from 2,916 to 8,958 liters per hour. Groundwater development

is generally Safe in this region.

Groundwater Occurrence in Hard Rock Formations

In hard rock formations, occurrence and movement of ground water is controlled by secondary

porosity i.e. through the bedding planes, fissures, joints, fractures, solution cavities and other

structurally weaker planes. When schists are intermixed with gneisses, they form better aquifers.

The rate of recuperation is slow in gneisses and schist, it is comparatively faster in granites.

Ground water in phylites occurs mainly in fractures and cleavages. Carbonate formation are

cavernous, wherever calcium content is high. The yield of open wells tapping hard rocks varies

individually depending upon the extent of weathering. Higher discharge is observed when the

well is located along the lineament. Moderate yield is also observed wherever the weathered

mantle is overlain by considerable thickness of blown sand.

Groundwater Occurrence in Recent Formations

These formations include the unconsolidated alluvial deposits and occupy major part of the

district, in the northeastern and southeastern parts and its extent also spreads towards western

part of the district. The Younger Alluvium constitutes of sand, silt and clay of Aeolian and

Fluvianorigin. The Older Alluvium consists of sand, silt and kankar interspersed with gravel beds.

This aquifer occurs predominantly in the eastern part of the district and is the major source of

water. Ground water occurs in the pore spaces and interstitial openings of Quaternary alluvium.

The water quality is fresh in in shallow depths but turns brackish with depth.Groundwater is

developed through tube-wells and bore-wells with yields ranging from 3,750 to 8,333 liters per

hour. Groundwater development is Critical in most of the region, due to over-exploitation.

7.3.8 Aquifer Parameters

Transmissivity of the alluvium aquifers is about 100 to 1915 m2/day while that of sandstone

aquifers ranges from 26.35 to 465.35 m2/day. Specific capacity of wells varies from 0.17 to 1.20

m2/day. The storativity is in the order of 5.48 x 10-5 to 1.05 x 10–2

Depth to Water Table Pattern

Pre monsoon

The depth to water level ranges from 19.99 to 43.41 m bgl during pre-monsoon (May, 2016).

Deeper water levels of more than 40 m bgl are observed as scattered patches in the district.

Post Monsoon




The depth to water level ranges from 18.92 to 42.65 m bgl during post-monsoon (Nov, 2016). The

depth to water levels of 20 to 40 m was observed in western part of the district and in isolated

patches.

Water Level Fluctuation and Long Term Water Levels

The rise in water levels of 0-2 m was observed in north, south and eastern parts of the district and

it is between 2-4 m in the remaining part of the district. However, the negative water level

fluctuations in the range of 2 to 4 m were noticed in the south and western part of the district.

Analysis of water level data shows annual rising trend varying from 0.008 to 0.87 m/year and

falling trend from 0.001 to 0.62 m/year. Rising trend of 0.006 to 0.65 m/year and declining trend

varying from 0.038 to 0.85 m/year have been observed during pre-monsoon. Post-monsoon trend

analysis indicate rising trend ranging from 0.006 to 1.13 m/year and declining trend ranging from

0.1 to 0.62 m/year.

Rainwater Harvesting

Rainwater harvesting is a technique of collection and storage of rainwater into natural reservoirs r

tanks, or the infiltration of surface water into subsurface aquifers (before it is lost as surface

runoff). Uses include water for garden, livestock, irrigation and domestic use with proper

treatment, and indoor heating for houses etc. In many places, the water collected is just

redirected to a deep pit with percolation. The harvested water can be used as drinking water as

well as for storage and other purposes like irrigation.

It makes use of a natural resource and reduces flooding, storm water runoff, erosion, and

contamination of surface water with pesticides, sediment, metals, and fertilizers. Also, it is an

excellent source of water for landscape irrigation, with no chemicals such as fluoride and chlorine,

and no dissolved salts and minerals from the soil.

The basic principal of Rainwater harvesting systems is to channelize rainwater from a catchment

surface (roof or other raised solid surface), through a distribution system (gutters, downspouts

and pipes) and then into storage tank. The storage tank can be above ground or underground and

can be made from a variety of materials including plastic and metal. Water storage tanks should

be covered to prevent mosquito breeding and to reduce evaporation losses, contamination and

algal growth.

7.3.9 Need for Rainwater Harvesting/Artificial Groundwater Recharge

Artificial groundwater recharge is to be done to minimize the undesirable effect on groundwater

status. It is necessary that groundwater storage of an area must be arranged by rainwater

harvesting so that the existence of any industry does not adversely affect the groundwater

situation.




The artificial recharge to groundwater aims at augmentation of groundwater reservoir by

modifying the natural movement of surface water utilizing suitable civil construction techniques.

Artificial recharge techniques normally address to following issues –

(i) To enhance the sustainable yield in areas where over-development has depleted the aquifer.

(ii) Conservation and storage of excess surface water for future requirements, since these

requirements often changes within a season or a period.

(iii) To improve the quality of existing ground water through dilution.

(iv) To remove bacteriological and other impurities from sewage and waste water so that water is

suitable for re-use.

The basic purpose of artificial recharge of ground water is to restore supplies from aquifers

depleted due to excessive ground water development.

The total fresh water requirement for proposed project operations is 34.8 m3/day which will go up

11484 cum/annum (as per 330 project working days). Total draft for project activities shall be met

out from groundwater.

7.3.10 Factors Affecting Run-Off

Rainfall is the only source of water in the area; rainfall and evapo-transpiration are two major

factors controlling the quantum of rainwater available for recharge. The other important factors

controlling the natural recharge to ground water are rainfall intensity, hydro-geology and depth of

water level.

i. Rainfall Pattern

The annual average rainfall in the region is around 414 mm (average of last fourteen years

rainfall data from 2004-2017) varying from minimum 213.2 mm in 2009 to maximum 613.9 mm in

2010 (Figure 7.2). The mean seasonal rainfall distribution is 319.4 mm in southwest monsoon

(June-September), 11.8 mm in northeast monsoon (October-December), 18.65 mm rainfall in

winter (Jan-Feb) and 48.55 mm in summer (March–May). The percentage distribution of rainfall,

season wise, is 80 percent in southwest monsoon, 3 percent in northeast monsoon, 4.65

percent in winter and 12 % in summer. The contribution of southwest monsoon rainfall ranges

from 163.8 mm in 2006 to 566.4 mm in 2010.

ii. Evaporation Losses

Some of water, which infiltrates during rainy period, is entrapped in the soil and rest of the

water is ultimately lost due to potential Evapo-transpiration. The rates of potential Evapo-

transpiration (PET) is very high in the area. Thus, any rainwater harvesting by indirect

techniques should be such that most of the water stored on surface is put to use within the

shortest possible time to avoid losses. Temperature profile of district Churu is given in Table 7.3

and represented in Figure 7.4.




Monthly evaporation loss is computed Khosla’s Formula Lm= 0.48 X Tm cm

Where Lm = Evaporation loss

Tm = Monthly average temperature

The monthly temperature and evaporation losses is given in the table below

Table -7.3Monthly Evaporation Losses

Month Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec TotalMax 23.30 25.83 31.84 37.97 41.48 40.08 37.85 36.30 37.18 36.05 30.68 25.23 -Min 5.43 8.50 14.56 19.77 25.32 28.12 27.08 25.56 24.01 17.40 10.65 5.77 -

Mean Temperature 0C 14.36 17.16 23.20 28.87 33.40 34.10 32.46 30.93 30.60 26.72 20.66 15.50 -Evaporation loss (cm) 6.89 8.24 11.14 13.86 16.03 16.37 15.58 15.09 14.69 12.83 9.92 7.44 148.08

Source: https://en.climate-data.org/asia/india/rajasthan/churu-56112/

A rainwater harvesting system comprises components of various stages - transporting rainwater

through pipes or drains, filtration, and storage in tanks for reuse or recharge. The common

components of a rainwater harvesting system involved in these stages are illustrated here.

1. Catchments: The catchment of a water harvesting system is the surface which directly

receives the rainfall and provides water to the system. It can be a paved area like a terrace or

courtyard of a building, or an unpaved area like a lawn or open ground. A roof made of

reinforced cement concrete (RCC), galvanized iron or corrugated sheets can also be used for

water harvesting.

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

Max. Temp

Min. Temp

Avg. Temp

Figure 7.5: Temperature Profile of District Churu

7.3.11 Components of Rainwater Harvesting System




Table: 7.4

Run-off Coefficients for Various Catchment SurfacesType of Catchments Run-off Coefficients

Roof Catchments Tiles Corrugated Metal sheets

0.8-0.90.7-0.9

Ground surface coverings Concrete Brick pavements

0.6-0.80.5-0.6

Untreated Ground Catchments Soil on slopes less than 10% Rocky natural catchments

0.0-0.30.2-0.5

2. Coarse mesh at the roof to prevent the passage of debris

3. Gutters: Channels all around the edge of a sloping roof to collect and transport rainwater to

the storage tank. Gutters can be semi-circular or rectangular and could be made using locally

available material such as plain galvanized iron sheet (20 to 22 gauges), folded to require

shapes.

o Semi-circular gutters of PVC material can be readily prepared by cutting those pipes

into two equal semi-circular channels.

o Bamboo or betel trunks cut vertically in half.

The size of the gutter should be according to the flow during the highest intensity rain. It is

advisable to make them 10 to 15 per cent oversize. Gutters need to be supported so they do

not sag or fall off when loaded with water. The way in which gutters are fixed depends on the

construction of the house; it is possible to fix iron or timber brackets into the walls, but for

houses having wider eaves, some method of attachment to the rafters is necessary.

4. Conduits: Conduits are pipelines or drains that carry rainwater from the catchment or rooftop

area to the harvesting system. Conduits can be of any material like polyvinyl chloride (PVC) or

galvanized iron (GI), materials that are commonly available.

Table: 7.5

Diameter of Pipe(in mm)

Roof area50 75 100 125 150 200

Average Rate of Rainfall in mm/ hour50 13.4 8.9 6.6 5.3 4.4 3.365 24.1 16.0 12 9.6 8 6.075 40.8 27.0 20.4 16.3 13.6 10.2

100 85.4 57.0 42.7 34.2 28.5 21.3125 80.5 64.3 53.5 40.0150 83.6 62.7

Sizing of rainwater pipe for roof drainage (Source: National Building Code)




5. First-flushing: A first flush device is a valve that ensures that runoff from the first spell of rain

is flushed out and does not enter the system. This needs to be done since the first spell of rain

carries a relatively larger amount of pollutants from the air and catchment surface.

6. Filter: The filter is used to remove suspended pollutants from rainwater collected over roof. A

filter unit is a chamber filled with filtering media such as fiber, coarse sand and gravel layers to

remove debris and dirt from water before it enters the storage tank or recharges structure.

7. Storage Facility and Recharge Structures: Storage tanks may be constructed with respect to

the shape, size and the material of construction. Rainwater may be charged into the

groundwater aquifers through any suitable structures like dug wells, bore wells, recharge

trenches and recharge pits.

7.3.12 Detailed Rainwater Harvesting Plan

7.3.12.1 Introduction

Rainwater harvesting is a technique of collection and storage of rainwater into natural reservoirs

or tanks, or the infiltration of surface water into subsurface aquifers (before it is lost as surface

runoff). Uses include water for garden, water for livestock, water for irrigation, water for

domestic use with proper treatment, and indoor heating for houses etc. In many places the water

collected is just redirected to a deep pit with percolation. The harvested water can be used

as drinking water as well as for storage and other purpose like irrigation.

It makes use of a natural resource and reduces flooding, storm water runoff, erosion, and

contamination of surface water with pesticides, sediment, metals, and fertilizers. Also, it is an

excellent source of water for landscape irrigation, with no chemicals such as fluoride and chlorine,

and any dissolved salts and minerals from the soil.

The basic principle of Rainwater harvesting systems is to channel rainwater from a catchment

surface (roof or other raised solid surface), through a distribution system (gutters, downspouts

and pipes) and then into storage tank. The storage tank can be above ground or underground and

can be made from a variety of materials including plastic and metal. Water storage tanks should

be covered to prevent mosquito breeding and to reduce evaporation losses, contamination and

algal growth.

7.3.12.1.1 NEED FOR ARTIFICIAL GROUND RECHARGE

Artificial groundwater recharge is to be done to minimize the undesirable effect on groundwater

status. It is necessary that groundwater storage of the area must be arranged by rainwater

harvesting so that the existence of any industry does not adversely affect the groundwater

situation.




The artificial recharge to ground water aims at augmentation of ground water reservoir by

modifying the natural movement of surface water utilizing suitable civil construction techniques.

Artificial recharge techniques normally address to following issues –

(i) To enhance the sustainable yield in areas where over-development has depleted the

aquifer.

(ii) Conservation and storage of excess surface water for future requirements, since these

requirements often changes within a season or a period.

(iii) To improve the quality of existing ground water through dilution.

(iv) To remove bacteriological and other impurities from sewage and waste water so that

water is suitable for re-use.

The basic purpose of artificial recharge of ground water is to restore supplies from aquifers

depleted due to excessive ground water development.

7.3.12.1.2 NATURE OF PROBLEM

Rainfall is the only source of water in the area; rainfall and evapo-transpiration are two major

factors controlling the quantum of rainwater available for recharge. The average annual rainfall is

414 mm, of which around 80% falls during the monsoon. However rainfall is highly variable, and

has been generally low in most recent years.

The other important factors controlling the natural recharge to ground water are rainfall intensity,

hydro-geology and depth of water level. Some of water, which infiltrates during rainy period, is

entrapped in the soil and rest of the water is ultimately lost due to potential Evapo- transpiration.

The rates of potential Evapo-transpiration (PET) is very high in the area. Thus any artificial

recharge by indirect techniques should be such that most of the water stored on surface is put to

ground water within the shortest possible time to avoid losses.

7.3.12.1.3 DESIGN OF ROOF TOP RAINWATER AND SURFACE RUNOFF HARVESTING SYSTEM

7.3.12.1.3.1 Rooftop rainwater runoff

In urban areas, the roof top rainwater can be conserved and used for recharge of ground water.

This approach requires connecting the outlet pipe from rooftop to divert the water to existing

wells/ tube wells / bore wells or specially designed wells. The urban housing complexes or

institutional buildings have large roof area and can be utilizing for harvesting roof top rainwater to

recharge aquifer in urban areas.

The industrial roofs are of RCC finished with cement sand mortar. Most of the water can be

collected with roof drains hence 85% rainwater can be available. About 15% of water is lost in

evaporation etc. The water is collected through rainwater drains from rooftop. The roof should be

finished to avoid percolation and should be cleaned every year before rains in order to prevent

possible contamination.




7.3.12.1.3.2 Surface Runoff of Rainwater

The rainfall runoff flowing from the roads, paved areas and open grounds is substantial during the

monsoon. This water often creates the water logging and the drainage system is put under stress

in the urban agglomerates. This ultimately flows out of the area unutilized. This water if conserved

and utilized properly for recharging the ground water reservoir may bring much needed relief to

the water scarce areas. This system will improve both quality and quantity of water.

The subsurface reservoirs are technically feasible alternative for storing surplus monsoon runoff.

Wide spectrums of techniques are in vogue to recharge ground water reservoir. The artificial

recharge techniques vary widely depending upon hydro-geological studies of the area.

The maximum rate at which water can enter the soil at particular point depends upon infiltration

capacity. The infiltration capacity depends upon soil type, moisture content, organic matter,

vegetative cover, season, air entrapment, etc. The infiltration and percolation capacity are closely

related. The infiltration takes place due to gravity but capillary force, divert gravity water.

Runoff coefficient for rooftop area can be taken as 80-90%. Similarly, for cemented/paved area,

run-off coefficient has been taken as 60-70% while for green belt area; it is generally varying

between 10-30%.

It is proposed to implement rainwater harvesting Structures by diverting the runoff that is

generated from roof sheds, Roads and green belt areas for recharge into ground water system.

Implementation of recharge mechanism shall ensure that balance between the discharges vis-à-vis

recharge relations of the aquifer system and improve in the ground water quality. The normal

annual rain fall for the said area has been taken as 377.9 mm or 0.38 m. The annual rainfall taken

for runoff calculation is 414 mm. Based on the site plan and land use pattern on the plot.

It is proposed to construct rain water harvesting structures considering a total land area 10,000

sqm (Including Road area 2389 sqm, Paved area 3118 sqm, Green area 3300 sqm and Open area

1193 sqm). These structures are expected to recharge ground water by an estimated volume of

1844.75 cum per year under normal rainfall conditions.

Rainwater harvesting will be carried out by following methods.

1. Roof top rainwater harvesting by recharge pits/tube wells

2. Runoff rainwater harvesting from grounds in the proposed industrial unit

A. Roof Top Rainwater Harvesting

The plant premises have different buildings with RCC and V shaped roof. Drain pipes has been

proposed to collect water from flat RCC roof. These drain pipes are further connected with main

rainwater collection pipes, provided with collection chambers. In case of V shaped roof, rainwater

is collected through gutters attached at the end of the roof and these gutters are connected to

rainwater pipes. From such roof catchments, almost 80-90% runoff water can be collected.




Average rooftop rainwater runoff available = A x Rf x AvRc

Where,

A = Roof top area = 2389 Sq.m

Rf = Rainfall = 414 mm (average annual rainfall)

AvRc= Average run-off coefficient= 0.80

Average rainwater runoff available = 2389x 0.414 x 0.80

= 791.23 Cum ----------------- (A)

The rainwater runoff collected from roof top surfaces can be directly used for recharging the

groundwater through subsurface recharge pits/filter pits.

B. Augmentation of surface run off through road, cemented floor and paved area

In the plant area, there are approach roads for office, various operating sections, workshop,

canteen etc. The plant area also has parking and other cemented floor portion. Slope of these

cemented area and roads need to be maintained in such a way that the available runoff should

move towards the proposed open drains and this water shall be taken to the recharge ponds/pits.

Total road and paved area is coming about 3118Sq.m. Taking 60% as runoff coefficient for paved

area, the availability of water has been worked out as under

Average rainwater runoff available from paved area = A x Rf x AvRc

Where,

A = Total Paved area = 3118Sq.m.


Average rainwater runoff available = 3118x 0.414 x 0.60

= 774.51 Cum--------------- (B)

C. Augmentation of surface run-off from Green Belt Area

The plant area comprises about 10,000 Sq.m (About 33% of total plant area) of land which is

proposed to be developed as green belt area/plantation. For green area having slope less than 10

percent, runoff coefficient is generally taken as 15%. Availability of water from green belt area is

calculated as:

Average rainwater runoff available from green area= A x Rf x AvRc

Where,

A = Total green area = 3300 Sq.m.


Average rainwater runoff available = 3300 x 0.414 x 0.15

= 204.93 Cum --------------- (C)

D. Rain Water harvesting from Open Land




The project consists about 1193 Sq.m. area as open area to be reserved. Taking 15% as the runoff

coefficient for open area, average runoff available has been calculated as under:

Catchment area =1193Sq.m.

Runoff coefficient = 0.15

Available Runoff = 1193 x 0.414 x 0.15

= 74.08 Cum---------------- (D)

Expected Rainwater Recharge from all the above structures/areas

= (A) + (B) + (C) + (D)

= 791.23 + 774.51 + 204.93 + 74.08

= 1844.75 Cum

The computation of runoff for each unit has been worked out and the details are tabulated

below:-

Table: 7.6Estimation of the Runoff from the industry premises

S.No.

Land use typeArea(m2)

Co-efficientof runoff

AnnualRainfall (m)

Quantity of Runoff(m3)/annum

1 Roof area (building) 2389 0.80 0.414 791.232 Paved area (road & others) 3118 0.60 0.414 774.513 Green area 3300 0.15 0.414 204.934 Open Area 1193 0.15 0.414 74.08

Total 10,000 1844.75From the above computation, it is suggested that a total annual quantum of 1844.75 cum of rain

water can be fruitfully harvested by constructing suitable recharge structures – recharge pits with

injection well system.

The total water requirement of the plant will be 34.8 cum/day or 11484 cum/annum as per 330

plant working days. Project site is located in Block- Churu, District- Churu which is coming under

Semi Critical zone as per CGWB categorization. As per CGWB guidelines, to withdraw groundwater

for plant activities, rainwater harvesting/artificial groundwater recharge criteria are mandatory

(100%) for industries falling in Semi Critical zone. However, to augment groundwater resources

and to fulfill the recharge criteria, industry shall implement groundwater recharge measures in the

nearby areas artificially in the village ponds.

7.3.12.1.4 RAINWATER HARVESTING OUTSIDE THE PLANT AREA

Artificial Groundwater Recharge outside Plant Premises

Industry has proposed to rejuvenate (deepening/desilting/maintenance along with installation of

recharge shafts) one number of large existing village pond outside the plant premises which

would accommodate and recharge surface runoff from surrounding areas during monsoon

season.

Geologically, the area is represented by Marwar Super Group and comprises of Nagaur Series

(Sandstone, Shales, and Evaporite sequence), Bilara formation (Limestone & Shales), and Jodhpur




formation (Sandstone & Shales). Depth to water level in surrounding areas is variable ranging

from 10 to 60 m bgl (overall district).

It is logical that any recharge activity implemented in an area will surely benefit abstraction

structures i.e. dug wells and bore wells in the surrounding as well as downstream area.

M/s. Krishnum Dyes & Intermediate Pvt. Ltd has proposed to rejuvenate one number of large

recharge pond outside plant premises in Untwalia, village. Details for the same have been given

below:

Table 7.7Summarization of Proposed Pond for Rainwater Harvesting

S. No. Particulars Details1 Recharge Structure Pond2 Area 0.2025ha3 Distance 300m4 Direction NE Direction

After rejuvenating the village pond, the monsoon runoff water from the catchment of the ponds

shall be collected in the pond for groundwater recharge. A certain quantity of impounded water

shall be naturally infiltrated down / percolated and join the sub-surface aquifer. Remaining

quantity/run-off available after natural percolation from bed of pond may further recharged by

recharge shafts/injection well in the storage area which shall ensure further increase in total

recharge or additional recharge.

Recharge well/injection well may be defined as a well that admits water from the surface to fresh

water aquifers. The flow in the recharge well is the reverse of a pumping well, but it construction

may or may not be the same. If water is admitted into a well, a cone of recharge will be formed

that is similar in shape but is the reverse of cone of depression surrounding a pumping well. It is

considered that the rainfall water is admitted for recharge into recharge well at ground level. The

total depth of recharge well is taken as the depth of water in recharge well (hw1) for calculation

purpose. The equation for the curve can be derived in a similar manner to that for a pumping well.

The Radial flow from recharge well penetrating into unconfined aquifer is shown in Figure 7.9. For

an unconfined aquifer with water being recharged into a completely penetrating well at a rate QR,

the approximate steady-state expression is given in Equation 1.1.

Q rw = π K (hw12 – H2) / ln (ro/ rw) ………………………………………. (1.1)

where, K - hydraulic conductivity in m/day,

hw1 - distance between pumping water level and impermeable stratum in m,

ho - distance between groundwater table and impermeable stratum in m,

ro - radius of influence circle in m,

rw - radius of recharge well in m.




Figure 7.6: Radial Flow from Recharge Well Penetrating into Unconfined Aquifer

Proposed Dyes & Intermediates Manufacturing Project of 150 MT/Month (Crude) [{Disperse Azo Dyes (All colours) - 100 MT/Month, Coumarin Dyes (All colours)- 25 MT/Month & Methine Dyes (All colours) -25MT/Month}]At Khasara no. 670/521 of Revenue Village - Untwalia, Tehsil & District - Churu (Rajasthan)



Fig 7.7: Proposed Rainwater Harvesting Pond located outside the Plant

Proposed Dyes & Intermediates Manufacturing Project of 150 MT/Month (Crude) [{Disperse Azo Dyes (All colours) - 100 MT/Month, Coumarin Dyes (Allcolours)- 25 MT/Month & Methine Dyes (All colours) -25 MT/Month}]At Khasara no 670/521 of Revenue Village - Untwalia, Tehsil & District - Churu, (Rajasthan)



A total of 2 number of recharge shafts are proposed to be constructed in the Pond. A bore of 8

inches diameter dug to a depth of 30-40 m below ground level (Bed of Pond). 10 mm aggregate is

filled up to a height of about 2 m from below. A 6 inches perforated pipe is inserted and top of the

pipe is kept higher than the ground level about 2 m. The upper portion of PVC pipe can be used in

future for back washing. 10 mm gravel is filled in the bore well. A well type concrete structure is

constructed around the shaft above the bed of pond to maintain at least 1.0 to 1.5 m of dead

storage. This well type structure is filled with filter media (layers of coarse aggregates, fine

aggregates and top as sand). A desilting chamber may be provided before entry into the well so

that the water entering the well, loose considerable amount of silt and therefore avoiding

frequent clogging. Schematic diagramof proposed recharge shaft is shown in Figure 7.10.

Fig 7.8: Design of Recharge Shaft

Table 7.8Details of Proposed Recharge Ponds outside Industrial Unit

S.No Particulars Details1 Recharge Structure Pond2 Area 0.2025 ha3 Latitude 28°14'43.77"4 Longitude 75°00'19.67"5 Rainfall 414 mm6 Pond Spread Area 2025 m2

7 Depth 3 m8 Storage Capacity 6075 m3

Table 7.9Summarization of Artificial Groundwater Recharge outside Industrial Unit

S.No.

PondName

StorageCapacity

(Cum) (A)

Fillings perSeason

(B)

Water Available forRecharge

(Cum) (A * B)

Total Expected Recharge (65% i.e. Naturalpercolation + By Recharge Shaft)

(Cum/annum)

1. Pond-1 2025 3 18225 11846.75Table 7.10

SUMMARIZATION OF RAINWATER HARVESTING PLANTotal Fresh Water Requirement for Proposed Project 34.8 KLD or 11484 Cum/annum (330 working days)Source of Water Withdrawal for Project Activities Groundwater




RWH Potential/Artificial Recharge Criteria100% recharge (Semi Critical Zone) (CGWA

Guidelines)Rainwater Harvesting Quantum - Proposed Storage inside Industrial Premises

Industrial Premises 1844.75cum/annumRainwater Harvesting Quantum outside Industrial Premises

Rejuvenate Village Pond 11846.75 cum/annumTotal Rainwater Harvesting Potential (I + II) 13691 cum/annum

RWH Potential/Artificial Recharge Developed 119%

7.4 RISK ASSESSMENT AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

7.4.1 Risk Assessment

Industrial accident results in great personal & financial loss. Managing these accidental risks in

today's environment is the concern of every industry, because either real or perceived incidents

can quickly jeopardize the financial viability of a business. Many facilities involve various

manufacturing processes that have the potential for accidents which may be catastrophic to the

project, work force and environment or public. The main objective of the risk assessment study is

to propose a comprehensive but simple approach to carry out risk analysis and conducting

feasibility studies for planning & management of industrial prototype hazard analysis in Indian

context.

7.4.2 Hazard Identification & Risk Assessment (HIRA)

Hazard identification involves the identification and quantification of the various hazards (unsafe

condition) that exist in the project. On the other hand, risk analysis deals with the identification

and quantification of the risk, the plant equipment and personnel are exposed to accidents

resulting from the hazards present in the plant.

Risk assessment involves the identification and assessment of risks to the population which is

exposed to as a result of hazards event. This requires an assessment of failure probability, credible

accident scenario, vulnerability of population etc. Much of this information is difficult to get or

generate consequently, the risk analysis in present case is confined to maximum credible accident

studies and safety and risk aspect related to Dyes & Intermediates Manufacturing Project.

Activities requiring assessment of risk due to occurrence of most probable instances of hazard

and accident are both onsite and off-site.

On-site

Exposure to fugitive dust, noise, and other emissions

Housekeeping practices requiring contact with solid and liquid wastes

Emission/spillage etc. from storage & handling

Off-site

Exposure to pollutants released from offsite/ storage/related activities

Contamination due to accidental releases or normal release in combination with natural

hazard

Deposition of toxic pollutants in vegetation / other sinks and possible sudden releases

due to accidental occurrences

7.4.3 Identification of types of hazards in Dye & Dye Intermediate Project

Disaster at Dye & Dye Intermediate project may occur due to following hazards:

Fire electric panels, oil room and alcohol storage

Explosion in boiler house etc.




Electrocution

Cleaning of barrels, which have held chemical substances

Fall of material etc.

The potential hazardous areas and the likely accidents with the concerned area have been enlisted

below.

S. No. Hazardous Area Likely Accident1. Boiler Area Explosion2. Electrical rooms Fire and electrocution3. Transformer area Fire and electrocution4. Cable tunnel Fire and electrocution5. Storage Areas for Chemicals Sliding, fire6. Storage tank (chemicals) Fire7. Stack Uncontrolled air pollution due to failure of APCEESP8. HSD storage area Fire due to spillage

Fire

Fire can be observed in the boiler area, chemical storage area,chemical and fuel spillage, electrical

rooms, transformer area etc. due to accidental failure scenario.

Explosion

Explosion may lead to release of heat energy & pressure waves.

Electrocution

Fatal Accident due to carelessness during working on electrical systems may lead to electrocution.

7.4.3.1 Environment Health and Safety Cell

The project will have full-fledged EHS cell (Environment Health & Safety Cell). Main function of

EHS cell will be to assess the potential risks/hazards to environment, health of employees &

society and safety within the project. Installation of fire-fighting system, fire alarm, provision of

safety/protective equipment to workers and regular medical check-ups will be taken up. Also,

regular monitoring of different parameters will be carried out to ensure safety of environment

and society. Trainings and mock drills will be carried out in regular intervals for workers to ensure

the safety in case of any accident or natural hazard.

7.4.3.2 Emergency Planning & Procedure

Emergency Control Center

Emergency Control Centre (ECC) is a cell from which emergency operations are directed and

coordinated. This center activates as soon as on-site emergency is declared.

General Description of ECC

The ECC will be located in an area that offers minimal risk being directly exposed to possible

accidents.

During an emergency, the Emergency Management Staff, including the site controller shall gather

in the ECC. Therefore, the ECC shall be equipped with adequate communication systems in the

form of telephones and other equipment to allow unhampered organizations and other nearby

facility personnel.

The ECC provides shelter to its occupants against the most common accidents; in addition, the

ECC's communication systems are protected from possible shutdown. The ECC will have its own

emergency lighting arrangement and electronic communication system operation. Figure & table

Table 7.11Possible Hazardous Locations On Site




given below show Team involved in Emergency planning & names, details and contact numbers of

Emergency Task Force.

Only a limited and pre-arranged number of people are admitted to the ECC, when in use.

This eliminates unnecessary interference and reduces confusion.

The ECC will always be ready for operation and provided with the equipment and supplies

necessary during the emergency such as:

Updated copies of the On-site Disaster Management Plan.

Emergency telephone numbers.

The names, phone number, and address of external agencies, response organizations and

neighbouring facilities.

The adequate number of telephone (more than two).

Emergency lights, clocks, personal protective equipment.

List of fire extinguishers with their type no. and location, capacity, etc.

Safety helmets - list of quantity & location.

Status boards/message board.

Material safety data sheets for chemicals handled at the facility.

Several maps of the facility including drainage system for surrounding area showing:

Areas where hazardous materials are stored.

Plot plans of storage tanks, routes of pipelines, all water permanent lines etc.

The locations where personal protective equipment are stored.

The position of pumping stations and other water sources.

Roads and project entrances.

Assembly areas & layout of Hydrant lines.

Process Safety

Safety measures will be adopted from the design stage.

Figure 7.9: Emergency Team

7.4.3.3 Precautionary measures to be adopted in the project premises




Utility like cooling and its alternative will be provided to control reaction parameters in a safe

manner.

Free Fall of any flammable material in the vessel will be avoided.

Static earthing provision will be made at design stage to all required liquid handling

equipments, vessels.

Continues Process will be confined to the reaction vessel itself as defined quantity of charges

of raw materials is issued to the reaction vessel/Day tank by metering pumps.

All emergency valves and switches and emergency handling facilities will be easily assessable.

All the vessels and equipments will be well earthed appropriately and well protected against

Static Electricity. Also for draining in drums proper earthing facilities will be provided.

All flammable material storage tanks will be away from the Process plant.

Temperature indicators are provided near all reactor and distillation systems.

Caution note, safety posters, stickers, periodic training & Up-dation in safety and emergency

preparedness plan will be displayed and conducted.

All the Plant Personnel will be provided with Personal Protection Equipments to protect

against any adverse health effect during operations, leakage, spillages or splash. PPE like

Helmets, Safety Shoes, Safety Glasses, Acid-Alkali Proof Gloves etc. will be provided to the

employees. All employees will be given and updated in Safety aspects through periodic

training in safety.

Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) of Raw Materials & Products will be readily available at

the shop floor. Copy of the same has been enclosed as Annexure 8.

Transportation

Road tanker unloading procedure will be in place and will be implemented for safe unloading

of road tanker.

Some chemicals will be received at plant in drums by road truck and stored in a separate drum

storage area.

For Drum Storage areas

Only general shift material is being handled.

Proper ventilation will be provided in godown.

Proper label and identification board /stickers will be provided in the storage area.

Drum pallets will be provided.

Drum handling trolley / stackers will be used for drum handling.

Separate dispensing room with local exhaust and static earthing provision will be made.

Materials will be stored as Compatibility and separate area for flammable, corrosive and toxic

chemical drums in store.

Smoking and other spark, flame generating item will be banned from the Gate.

Provision of secondary containment for spillage and spill control kit.

Safety Measures for storage tank area

Storage tank will be erected away from the process plant.

Tanker unloading procedure will be prepared and implemented.

Caution note and emergency handling procedure will be displayed at unloading area and

trained all operators.

NFPA label will be provided.




Required PPEs like full body protection PVC apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, Respiratory mask

etc. will be provided to operator.

Neutralizing agent will be kept ready for tackle any emergency spillage.

Safety shower, eye wash with quenching unit will be provided in acid storage area.

Material will be handled in close condition in pipe line.

Dyke wall will be provided to all storage tanks, collection pit with valve provision.

Level gauge will be provided on all storage tanks.

Fire hydrant system with jockey pump as per TAC norms will be installed.

Firefighting system

Provision for separate water reservoir for Fire Hydrant system and provision of separate DG

set for emergency power as per TAC guidelines.

Sufficient quantity of Foam compound for firefighting during liquid chemical Fire.

Sufficient numbers of Fire extinguishers will be installed in plant and storage area as per IS

2190:2010 guidelines.

Pipelines

The various pipelines to transfer i.e. charging, draining etc. in the project will be periodically

inspected for Support, Vibration, Corrosion conditions, Painting, and Color Code.

Pipelines and Flexible pipeline (SS 316/MS) will be appropriately earthed to avoid accumulation of

Static Electricity. Periodic Checkups of the pipelines will be conducted to curb any chances of

mishap due to leakages. Preventive Maintenance Schedules will be in practice. The earth

resistance will be measured periodically once in six months.

Emergency Planning

On way emergency telephone number list will be provided to transporter.

Hazardous chemicals handling SOP will be prepared and employees will be trained in SOP

Emergency siren will be provided.

Scenario base On Site emergency Plan will be prepared.

Tele Communication system will be used in case of emergency situations for communication.

First Aid Boxes and First Aiders will be made available in each shift at site.

Hydrant system & sprinkler system will be provided as per requirements.

Emergency response team will be prepared as per On-site &Off Site emergency planning.

Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

This equipment is used mainly for three reasons; to protect personnel from a hazard while

performing rescue/accident control operations, to do maintenance and repair work under

hazardous conditions, and for escape purposes. The list of Personal Protective Equipment

provided at the facility and their locations shall be available in ECC.

Effective command and control accomplish these functions necessitates personal trained in this

On-site Disaster Management Plan with adequate facilities and equipment and equipment to carry

out their duties and functions. These organizations and the facilities required to support their

response are summarized in the following subsections.

Personal protective equipment play a vital role in overcoming major disastrous situation saving

life during onsite emergency. List of recommended Personal Protective equipment (PPE) is given

below.




Objective Workplace Hazards Suggested PPEEye and faceprotection

Flying particles, moltenmetal, liquid chemicals,gases or vapors, lightradiation

Safety glasses with side-shields, protectiveshades, etc.

Headprotection

Falling objects, inadequateheight clearance, andoverhead power cords

Plastic helmets with top and side impactprotection

Hearingprotection

Noise, ultra-sound Hearing protectors (ear plugs or ear muffs)

Foot protection Falling or rolling objects,points objects. Corrosive orhot liquids

Safety shoes and boots for protection againstmoving and falling objects, liquids and chemicals

Hand protection Hazardous materials, cuts orlacerations, vibrations,extreme temperatures

Gloves made of rubber or synthetic material(Neoprene), leather, steel, insulation materials,etc.

Respiratoryprotection

Dust, fogs, fumes, mists,gases, smokes, vapors

Facemasks with appropriate filters for dustremoval and air purification (chemical, mists,vapors and gases). Single or multi-gas personalmonitors, if available

Oxygen deficiency Portable or supplied air (fixed lines).Onsite rescue equipment

Body / legprotection

Extreme temperatures,hazardous materials,biological agents, cuttingand laceration

Insulating clothing, body suits, aprons etc. ofappropriate materials

Contact withHSD

Fuel oil storage and fuelHandling

Canister type gas mask. PVC or Rubber. Gogglesgiving complete protection to eyes. Eye washfountain with safety

Fly Ash Fly ash handling and storage Wear dust-proof goggles and rubber or PVCgloves.When using large quantities or where heavycontamination is likely, wear: coveralls.At high dust levels, wear: a Full-face Class P3(Particulate) or an Air-line respirator where aninhalation risk exists, wear: a Class P1(Particulate) respirator.

Mock Drill

As per the Industrial Major Accident Hazard Rules,

Mock drills of the on-site emergency plan will be conducted every month.

A detailed report of the mock drill conducted will be made immediately available to all the

concerned authority.

Also, Major Fire and Minor Fire mock drills will be conducted once in three months and one

month respectively.

Training

Table 7.12Summary of Recommended Personal Protective Equipment According To Hazard Onsite




On job training to the engineers on various stages of risk analysis and preparedness during

emergency to reflect in the operation of terminal, especially from the safety stand point. The fire

team belonging to the fire-fighting department is to be intensively trained for the use of all

equipment and in various fire-fighting methods for handling different types of fires.

Details of Training facilities for:Safety MonthlyFire fighting MonthlyOccupational health & safety Monthly

Risk assessment modeling has been carried out for Methanol Bromine and Toluidine using ALOHA.

Details regarding the same have been enclosed as Annexure 10.

7.4.4 DISASTER MANGEMENT PLAN

ON-SITE EMERGENCY PLAN

Project will be engaged in manufacturing of the Disperse Azo Dyes, Coumarin Dyes & Methine

Dyes. A number of chemicals will be used for which Built-in-Safety features will be incorporated in

utilizing these Chemicals and will be followed on day to day in Manufacturing Process.

Basic of Plan and Handling Emergency

Main Objective of this Procedure is to give basic Guidelines to combat the Emergency Situation.

The key Persons involved should access the Situation on the spot and initiate quick decision to

counter measure in order to overcome the situation.

The Plan identifies the Services/Department required to combat the Emergency and also

identifies the key Persons to discharge the Duties.

The Shift In-charge, present on duty, will act as Chief Coordinator and retain the overall

Responsibility for the Factory and its Personnel.

Key Persons have been identified to combat the Emergency situation. Coordinator-Safety and

Supervisor-Security shall provide full assistance to Unit Head and keep him updated with the

situation.

Any outside assistance in connection with Emergency shall be coordinated by Manager

HR/Admin.

General Guide Lines to Employees

Follow Sense of Discipline and not panic.

Do not rush endanger your Personnel Safety.

Do not block Passage which can hinder Emergency Operations.

When evacuating, in case of Major Disaster, assemble at identified Assembly Point.

Evacuate from your work area in orderly manner.

Follow conscious approach in case there is a need for the communication to outside agencies.

In case you happen to be outside the Factory premises, guide your neighboring people after

confirming the nature of Emergency at the site.

Pass appropriate and correct information about the nature of Disaster so that the affected

people can be treated accordingly.

Always look up for the Wind direction, Run in the opposite direction.

Action to be taken in case of Fire/Others

Whenever there is a fire or any type of Emergency, the Plant Personnel of the affected area

will inform Security and Senior Officer through Intercom/other means immediately.




On seeing Emergency, the Core Group Members will rush to the Emergency Site along with

Fire Extinguishers and other rescues/emergency handling devices. Report to the Plant In-

charge of the Affected Area and commence the Fire Fighting/Emergency Operation under the

guidance of the Plant In-charge.

Electrical Incharge shall immediately rush to the Electrical Sub-station and shall be available

there. The Electrician working in MCC Room/ Panel Room will be informed immediately to

disconnect the Power, as required.

Manager HR/Admin shall rush to Gate and will be available there all the time to ensure if any

assistance from outside Agency is required. (Fire Brigade or Hospital Services etc.)

Drivers of all the Vehicles will remain ready with Vehicles during the Emergency.

The Causalities/Affected Persons should be taken to Safe Zone where adequate First Aid may

be made available to the affected Person.

Duties of Key Personnel and Essential Services

a) Unit Head

To make complete assessment or the situation as regard to the nature and extent of

the Emergency.

Keep liaison with the outside agencies, as required, i.e. Neighboring Industries, Distt.

Authorities, Govt. Agencies.

Keep Liason with co-ordinator engaged in Emergency Control Operation and for the

requirement of additional services.

b) Production Officer

Rush to the Site of Emergency.

Direct Plant Shut Down Operations as needed to control the Emergency.

Give Instructions to the Shift In-charge to evacuate any injured person for medical

assistance.

Try to save the Material, Machines and Records from the Disaster with the help of

others.

Carry out the Preliminary Investigations of the Accident and submit all the necessary

details to General Manager. Ensure the availability/supply of additional Safety & Fire

Fighting Equipments as may be required.

c) Manager-Maintenance/Project

Rush to the site of Emergency.

Assess the gravity of the situation with a view to render all Maintenance help to the

Production Officer/Manager as required for isolation of Valuable Equipments/Piping.

Supervising overall Mechanical & Electrical Functions during Emergency.

Ensure starting and un-interrupted running of the Fire Pumps/Water Hydrant.

Maintenance Fitter and Electrician should be made available at the Site.

Isolate the Power and Water Supply to the affected area, if required.

In the event of Power Failure during Emergency, ensure DG Set smooth running and un-

interrupted supply to the Fire Water Pump.

Keep in the constant touch with the other coordinators at site and provide the

necessary Assistance.

d) Manager-HR/Administration

Rushing to the Main Gate and take Control.




Access to Emergency with other coordinators.

Arrange external help like Fire Tenders, Medical help.

Communicating adequately with Press, Public, Police Station, Fire Brigade and other

Authorities.

Arrange to send affected persons for Hospitalization.

Maintaining Law & Order and act accordingly.

Keep in touch with the Chief Coordinator and apprise him regularly of the situation.

Maintain vigilance at the site of Emergency for at least four hours after the Emergency

is brought under control.

e) Supervisor-Security

Liaisoning with other Emergency coordinators and seek assistance from outside

Agencies in major Fires, as required.

Keep in touch with the Manager-HR to assist in assessment of Law and Order situation.

Ensure Security & Safety of Plant Personnel and Property during the Emergency.

Maintain vigilance at the site of Emergency for at least one hour after the Emergency

brought under control.

Arrange for the hospitalization of the affected persons.

Directing People to Safe Zone.

f) Security Guard/Core Group Member

Will rush to Emergency Site along with Fire Extinguishers and report to concerned Plant

In-charge and take control of any type of Emergency.

Will also inform to the:

Controller or Chief coordinator.

Stores Officer.

g) Fire Fighting Facility

Flexible Water Pipes provided around the plant will be directly connected to the Fire

hydrant point.

Sand Buckets will be provided inside & outside the Production Hall.

Different Types of Fire Extinguishers will be provided at different sensitive points inside

the plant.

Portable Foam Type Extinguishers will be provided inside the Plant which can be moved

to the site of Emergency. Foam acts as a Blanketing Agent to prevent availability of

atmospheric oxygen.

h) Essential Services and Control

First Aid/Medical Treatment

First aid given in case of minor cuts/burns, etc.

In case of Major Accidents, affected persons shall be shifted to nearest Hospital.

Telephone (Internal)

Internal Telephone Services throughout the Company.

Emergency contact details listed below.

First Aid

Direct the affected Personnel from the contaminated area to the Safe Zone/ fresh Open

Area.

Never administer anything by mouth to unconscious person.




If breathing is abnormal, administer oxygen if equipment and trained Person are

available.

In case of Eye irritation, wash eyes with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes.

Do not apply Solvent or ointment except as directed by the Physician.

Emergency/Disaster Planning during Fire due to highly In-flammable Liquids/ liquid chemical

The company will be having Batch Storage and Bulk Storage Facilities for these liquid

chemical. The Bulk Storage Facilities are above the ground level and a few are stored in

the drums for Easy and quick Transportation.

Following is the Procedure strictly followed in case Fire is located in the above areas:

• Follow the General Guidelines given earlier.

• Switch off the Electrical Supply to the concerned Section, if suggested by

emergency coordinator.

• Isolate all the incoming/outgoing liquid chemical lines valves and switch-off liquid

chemical handling Pumps immediately.

• Call Fire Brigade from nearest Fire station immediately.

• Use chemical/mechanical foam, CO2 and Dry Powder Type Extinguishers to

Extinguish the Fire at initial stage.

• Remove neighbouring Drums of liquid chemical away from the Fire incident.

• In case of fire in the Bulk Storage close the valves of the neighboring Tanks and use

Foam Type Fire Extinguisher.

• If the Fire breaks out in liquid chemical Recoveries or Bulk Storage Area, i.e. an open

area where a strong breeze may be there diluting the effect of the CO2 to quench

the Fire. In such case, use dry Powder Type Extinguishers.

• In case of any Indoor Fires, use carbon di-oxide with dry Powder and Foam

Extinguishers.

• Isolation of the area and removal of the excess material from the vicinity of the Fire

will help to control the Fire at an early stage.

• The Emergency Contact Numbers will be displayed on boards in various areas in the

factory.

OFF-SITE EMERGENCY PLAN

The type of Accidents and Release to be taken into account.

Organizations involved including Key Personnel and Responsibilities and liaison arrangements

between them.

Information about the Site including likely locations of Dangerous Substances, Personnel and

Emergency Control Rooms.

Technical Information such as Chemical and Physical Characteristics and dangers of the

Substances and Plant.

Identify the Facilities and Transport Routes.

Contact for further advice, e.g., Meteorological information, Transport, temporary Food and

Accommodation, First Aid and Hospital Services, Water and Agriculture authorities.

Communication link including Telephones, Radios and stand by methods.

Special equipment including Fire-fighting materials, Damage control and Repair items.

Details of Emergency response procedures

Evacuation arrangements.




Arrangements for dealing with the Press and other Media interests.

Longer term clean.

CHEMICAL EXPOSURE

Work-place Hazardous

Material Information System

(WHMIS)

Precautionary measures (such Work-place Hazardous as hand gloves, masks

and apron) as per manufacturer requirements/ recommendations for handling

different types of chemicals to minimize potential chemical exposure when

working with hazardous chemicals to be in place.

Color-coding system for

hazardous chemicals,

adequate labeling system.

Appropriate labels for all hazardous e.g. flammable and combustible material,

oxidizing material, poisonous material, toxic material and corrosive material,

for clear identification of risks and precautionary measures.

Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) is

given by manufacturers.

Training shall be conducted regularly to educate all the employees about the

meaning of symbols and signs.

Compliance with regulatory measures to be undertaken.

Periodic safety audit will be carried out by Central Safety Committee.

Periodic maintenance and validation to be in place for checking effectiveness

of the engineering control devices and mitigation measures.

Records of all incidents/events related to handling of hazardous chemicals to

be kept and reviewed periodically.

Periodic up gradation of training module to be established.

Key Personnel and Responsibilities and Liason Arrangements

Duties of Key Personnel and Essential Services

Unit Head

To make complete assessment of the situation as regard to the nature and extent of the

Emergency.

• Keep Liaison with the outside agencies, as required, i.e. Neighboring Industries, Distt.

Authorities, Govt. Agencies.

• Keep liaison with co-coordinator engaged in Emergency Control Operation and for the

requirement of additional services.

Production Officer

• Rush to the site of Emergency.

• Direct plant shut down operations as needed to control the Emergency.

• Give Instructions to the shift In-charge.

• Try to save the Material, Machines and records from the Disaster with the help of others.

• Carry out the preliminary investigations of the Accident and submit all the necessary details to

General Manager.

Manager – Maintenance/Project

• Rush to the site of Emergency.

• Assess the gravity of the situation with a view to render all Maintenance help to the Production

Officer/Manager as required for isolation of Valuable Equipments/Piping.

• Supervising overall Mechanical & Electrical Functions during Emergency.




• Ensure starting and un-interrupted running of the Fire Pumps/Water hydrant.

• Maintenance Fitter and Electrician shall be made available at the site.

• Isolate the Power and Water Supply to the affected area, if required.

• In the event of Power Failure during Emergency, ensure DG Set smooth running and un-

interrupted supply to the hydrant system Water pump.

• Coordination with the other coordinators at site and provide necessary assistance.

Head-HR/Administration

• Rushing to the Main Gate and take Control.

• Access to Emergency with other coordinators.

• Communicating adequately with Press, Public, Police Station, Fire Brigade and other

Authorities.

• Arrange to send affected Persons for Hospitalization.

• Maintaining Law & Order and act accordingly.

• Keep in touch with the Chief Coordinator and apprise him regularly of the situation.

• Ensure the availability / supply of additional safety &fire fightingequipments as may be

required.

• Maintain vigilance at the site of Emergency for at least four hours after the Emergency brought

under control.

Supervisor - Security

• Liaisoning with other Emergency coordinators and seek assistance from outside Agencies in

major Fires, as required.

• Keep in touch with the Manager-Personnel to assist in assessment of Law and Order situation.

• Ensure Security & Safety of Plant Personnel and Property during the Emergency.

• Maintain vigilance at the site of Emergency for at least one hour after the Emergency brought

under control.

• Arrange for the hospitalization of the affected persons.

• Directing people to Safe Zone.

Security Guard / Core Group Member

Will rush to Emergency Site along with Fire Extinguishers and report to concerned Plant In-charge

and take control of any type of Emergency.

Responsibility of the Local Government

Schematic representation of various organization involved during emergency is shown below in

Table has telephonic nos. during offsite emergency.

S. No. Name of Govt. Agency Contact Nos.1. District Collector/Magistrate 01562-2508062. Sub Divisional Office/Magistrate 01562-2504253. S.P. Churu 01562-2508044. C.O. (Churu Police) 82099536345. Fire Brigade 01562-2503186. Police Station 01562-2504157. DG (Fasli) 022-240743588. Factory Inspector of the Area 01572-245092

Table 7.13Local Statutory Government bodies




9. Govt. Hospital (Nearest) 01562-25033310. Civil Surgeon (Bajrang Sharma) 9782437788

Identify the Facilities and Transport Routes

Basic of Plan and handling Emergency

• Main Objective of this Procedure is to give basic Guidelines to combat the Emergency

Situation. The key persons involved should access the Situation on the spot and initiate

quick decision to counter-measure in order to overcome the situation.

• The plan identifies the Services/Department required to combat the Emergency and also

identifies the key Persons to discharge the Duties.

• The Shift In-charge will act as Chief Co-ordinator and retain the overall Responsibility for

the Factory and its Personnel.

• Key persons have been identified to combat the Emergency situation. Co-coordinator-

safety and Supervisor-Security shall provide full assistance to Unit Head and keep him

updated with the situation.

• Any outside assistance in connection with Emergency shall be co-ordinated by Head -HR &

Admin.

Special equipment including Fire-Fighting materials, Damage Control and Repair items

Fire Fighting Facility

• Flexible Water Pipes will be provided around the Plant.

• Sand Buckets will be provided inside & outside the Production Hall.

• Different Types of Fire Extinguishers will be provided at different sensitive points inside

the Plant.

Details of Emergency - response procedures

Action to be taken in case of Fire/Others

• Whenever there is a Fire or any type of Emergency, the Plant Personnel of the affected

area will inform Security and Senior Officer through Intercom/other means immediately.

• On seeing Emergency, the Core Group Members will rush to the Emergency Site along with

Fire Extinguishers; Report to the Plant In-charge of the Affected Area and commence the

Fire Fighting / Emergency Operation under the guidance of the Plant In-charge.

• Manager - Maintenance will immediately rushes to the Electrical Sub-station and shall be

available there. The Electrician working in MCC Room/Panel Room will be informed

immediately to disconnect the Power as required.

• Manager - HR/Admin shall rush to Gate and will be available there all the time to ensure if

any assistance from outside Agency is required. (Fire Brigade or Hospital Services, etc.)

• Drivers of all the vehicles will remain ready with vehicles during the Emergency.

• The Causalities/Affected Persons will be taken to Safe Zone where adequate First aid will

be made available to the affected person.

Follow the General Guidelines given earlier.




• Switch off the Electrical Supply to the concerned section.

• Isolate all the incoming/outgoing liquid chemical lines valves and switch-off liquid chemical

handling pumps immediately.

• Cut off incoming and outgoing from liquid chemical Recovery to the Plant. Stop Steam

Supply to distillation unit and run only Chilled Water for cooling purposes.

• Call Fire Brigade from nearest Fire Station immediately.

• Use Chemical/Mechanical Foam, CO2 and Dry Powder type Extinguishers to extinguish the

Fire.

• Remove neighboring Drums of liquid chemical away from the fire incident.

• In case of fire in the Bulk Storage, close the valves of the neighboring tanks and use Foam

Type Fire Extinguisher.

• Do not use water jet directly on the liquid chemical fire as Water being heavier goes below

the liquid chemical and liquid chemical will spill more thereby enhancing the Fire Area.

• If the Fire breaks out in liquid chemical Recoveries or Bulk Storage Area, i.e., an open area

where a strong breeze may be there diluting the effect of the CO2 to quench the Fire. In

such case, dry Powder Type Extinguishers will be used.

• In case of any Indoor Fires, use carbon dioxide with dry Powder and Foam Extinguishers.

• Isolation of the area and removal of the excess material from the vicinity of the Fire will

help to control the Fire at an early stage.

Emergency / Disaster Planning in case of Electrical Fire

• Electricity is the Main Source of Energy for running the Machinery Equipments are having

Electrical Fixtures/Motors moved by the Electrical Power. Hence the danger of Electrical Fire

always exists due to short circuiting, overhauling, etc.

• In case of Electrical Fires, the first thing is to switch off the Power Supply to the particular

Equipment, then Area and finally, if necessary the entire Section. Once the Main Switch is off,

the 1st danger is reduced.

• Never use Water on the Electrical Fires.

• Use preferably Carbon dioxide Extinguishers, which will not only control the Fire but also not

damage the Electrical Equipment.

• Dry Powder Extinguishers can be used but after the use of this, the entire Equipment needs to

be cleaned thoroughly to make free from Dry Powder.

• In case of Electrical trapping of a person, use absolutely dry wooden stick and isolate the

victim from the Trap.

• If any Transformer catches fire, the transformer oil will start burning for which CO2, Dry

Powder or Chemical Foam may be used.

• Follow the usual Emergency Procedure.

• Once the Electrical Main Switch is switched off, isolate the solvent transferring activities,

Steam Supply to avoid further Reaction in the Process which may complicate the situation.




Notify the Public

The Village Sarpanch at nearest village shall be notified immediately in case of major mishap.

Evacuation arrangements

General Guide Lines to Employees

• Follow Sense of Discipline and not to Panic.

• Do not rush, endangering your personal safety.

• Do not block Passage which can hinder Emergency Operations.

• Evacuate, in case of Major Disaster, assemble at identified Place.

• Evacuate from your Work area in orderly manner.

• Follow conscious approach in case there is a need for the communication to outside.

• In case you happen to be outside the Factory Premises, guide your neighboring People after

confirming the nature of Emergency at the Site.

• Pass complete information about the nature of Disaster so that the affected people can be

treated properly.

• Always look up for the Wind direction, Run to the opposite direction.

Arrangements for dealing with the Press and other Media interests

• Manager-HR & Admin shall co-ordinate with the Press and other Media

• Longer term clean-up

First Aid

• Remove the contaminated clothes and have a wash with plenty of water for at least 15

minutes.

• Direct the affected personnel from the contaminated area to the Safe Zone/ fresh Open Area.

• Call Physician immediately.

• Never administer anything by mouth to unconscious person.

• If breathing is abnormal, administer oxygen if equipment and trained person are available.

7.4.5 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH SURVEILLANCE

In Dye & dye Intermediate project, the occupational health surveillance of the employee will be

done on a regular basis and record of the same will be maintained as per the Factories Act. Details

regarding the same have been incorporated in Chapter 10, Section 10.7.

7.4.6 Conclusion

It has concluded that there will be no major risk involved due to proposed project. Suitable Risk

Control Measures with respect to Risk Assessment will be implemented to minimize the risk to an

acceptable level. Regular Training, Implementation of SOPs and compliance of relevant Personal

Protective Equipment’s (PPEs) shall help to minimize the health hazards and incidental casualties.

So, it is safe to say that there will be no major risk involved due to the project.

Chapter - 8

Project Benefits




CHAPTER- 8

PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 INTRODUCTION

Management of Project is conscious of their obligations to environment as well as to the society

at large. The company management will devote for sustained development by adopting and

implementing adequate and latest equipment/process to ensure minimal impact on ambient air,

maintain zero discharge and conserve natural resources of the area. The company will be provided

direct & indirect employment opportunities as an additional employment to the local residents.

Thereby earning of the people will increase and help towards up-liftment of socio-economic status

of the area, including improvement in their living standard. The company will help in Health &

sanitation. Infrastructure development, Water conservation, Agro-based livelihood, Woman

empowerment, Skill Entrepreneur Development Skill etc.

8.2 PROMOTION OF SOCIO-ECONOMIC STATUS

The beneficial aspects of the Projects on the socio-economic environment of the area mainly in

the sector of employment, trade, commerce, public utility, literacy, social awareness, health care

facilities, recreation etc. The company will contribute substantially to the overall economy and

social development of the area through Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER) activities.

The operation zone of the CER activities for the proposed project will be extended to the nearby

villages in buffer zone of project site. The company proposes to support and supplement the

existing governmental programs among the local population. Environmental awareness will be

created among people by organizing awareness camps. Developmental activities will be

continued keeping requirements of area in mind.

Major areas undertaken by M/s. Krishnum Dyes & Intermediate Pvt. Ltd. under CER activities have

been shown below in Figure 8.1.

Figure 8.1: Focus areas under ESC activities






8.3 CER Activities to be carried Out by Project

CER activities under focus area will be carried out by Project Proponent as:

8.3.1 Education

Need and priority based distribution of furniture in schools in adjoining areas and villages in

consultation with Education Officials

Repair work of buildings and furniture as per requirement and suggestions of Anganwadi

centers and heads of the school.

8.3.2 Health & Sanitation

Construction of toilets with water storage facility in the nearby village and schools as per

requirement.

8.3.3 Infrastructure Development

Installation of solar street lights in nearby areas and villages in consultation with Panchayat

Construction of additional rooms as per requirement in community centers of nearby areas

and villages as per suggestions of local administration

8.3.4 Water conservation

Necessary construction work for the development of rainwater harvesting in the nearby areas

and villages with consent and consultation with local Panchayat

8.3.5 Agro-based Livelihood

Training program on advanced agricultural practices for local farmers, distribution of seeds

etc. in consultation with Agriculture Officials

Testing of soil samples and suggestion for crops and fertilizers input as per soil quality.

8.4 PROPOSED ACTION PLAN FOR CER ACTIVITIES

Projects will be implemented based on community priorities and with significant local

contributions. Important areas identified through socio-economic survey will be considered under

CER activities. This approach will strengthen the local groups, empower their members and will

develop a high sense of ownership.

As per OM of MoEFCC dated 01st May, 2018, the company has proposed to spend Rs 40.50 Lacs for

CER activities in next 5 years under various sectors. Budget allocated according to the circular will

be 40.50 lacs which is 2% of the total project cost i.e. Rs. 20.21 crores will be utilized solely in

environment and humans’ benefit for sustained development. Detailed Action Plan for the

activities along with the budgetary allocation is given below:

Table - 8.1

Action Plan for CER Activities

S. No. Activity Heads Years (Rs. In Lacs) Total

(Rs. in Lacs) 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th

1. Education 2 1 1 1 1 6

2. Health & Sanitation 3 3 3 3 3 15

3. Infrastructure Development 4 2 2 2 2 12




S. No. Activity HeadsYears (Rs. In Lacs) Total

(Rs. in Lacs)1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th

4. Water Conservation 2 1 1 1 1 65. Ago Based Livelihood 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.5

GRAND TOTAL 11.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 40.5Table - 8.2

Detailed Activity-wise Action Plan for CER Activities

S. No.Major activities

Years (Rs. In Lacs) TotalAmount

(Rs. in Lacs)1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th

A. Education

1.Need and priority based distribution of furniture inschools in adjoining areas and villages in consultationwith Education Officials

1 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 3

2.Repair work of buildings and furniture as perrequirement and suggestions of Anganwadi centersand heads of the school.

1 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 3

Sub Total 2 1 1 1 1 6B. Health & Sanitation

1.Construction of toilets with water storage facility inthe nearby village and schools as per requirement.

3 3 3 3 3 15

C. Infrastructure Development

1.Installation of solar street lights in nearby areas andvillages in consultation with Panchayat

2 1 1 1 1 6

2.Construction of additional rooms as per requirementin community centers of nearby areas and villages asper suggestions of local administration

2 1 1 1 1 6

Sub Total 4 2 2 2 2 12D. Water Conservation

1.Necessary construction work for the development ofrainwater harvesting in the nearby areas and villageswith consent and consultation with local Panchayat

2 1 1 1 1 6

D. Agro-Based Livelihood

1.Training program on advanced agricultural practicesfor local farmers, distribution of seeds etc. inconsultation with Agriculture Officials

0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 1.0

2.Testing of soil samples and suggestion for crops andfertilizers input as per soil quality.

0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.5

Grand Total 11.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 40.5

8.5 CONCLUSION

The Project will adopt and implement latest technology for process as well as for environment

protection and pollution control, besides, conservation of natural resources to follow the policy of

sustained development.

Apart from providing direct and indirect employment opportunities in the area, the proposed

project will generate a fair amount of indirect employment avenues in the area in the form of




petty contractor, shopkeepers, agents, stockists, transportation, workshop etc. and other casual

employment. The overall result will be improvement of purchasing capacity of employees and the

local residence of the area therefore a better standard of living viz. better education, improved

health and drinking & sanitation facilities. This is envisaged as a major positive benefit and will

ultimately lead to the sustainable development of the region.

Chapter - 9

Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis




CHAPTER - 9

ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

9.1 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

As per EIA Notification dated 14th Sept., 2006, as amended from time to time; the Chapter on

“Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis” is applicable only, if the same is recommended at the

Scoping stage.

As per the ToR prescribed MoEFCC, New Delhi vide their letter no. IA-J-11011/134/2018-IA-II(I) dated

18th May, 2018 for the Proposed Project, the Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis is not required.

Chapter - 10

Environmental Management Plan




CHAPTER - 10

ENVIRONMENT MANGEMENT PLAN

10.1 INTRODUCTION

The environmental management plan covers of a set of mitigation, management, monitoring and

institutional measures to be taken during implementation and operation of a plant to eliminate

adverse environmental impacts or reduce them to acceptable levels. The present environmental

management plan addresses the components of environment affected during the different

activities forming part of the processes of proposed plant.

Based on the evaluation of impacts and baseline conditions, an Environmental Management Plan

(EMP) has been delineated to mitigate the adverse impacts on environment of the area due to the

proposed project.

The EMP is herein outlined after taking into account the various Acts, Rules and Regulations /

Standards concerned with the environmental management.

Aims of EMP:

Overall Conservation of the environment

Minimization of waste generation and pollution

Judicious use of natural resources and water

Safety, welfare and good health of the work force

Ensure effective operation of all control measures

Vigilance towards probable disasters and accidents

Monitoring of cumulative and long-term impacts

Environmental Management Plan is detailed under the following heads:

Ambient Air Quality Management

Noise Management

Waste Water Management

Solid & Hazardous Waste Management

Energy Conservation

Greenbelt Development & Plantation Programme

Occupational Health & Safety Measures.

10.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL (EMC)

In order to maintain the environmental quality within the prescribed standards, regular

monitoring of various environmental components is necessary. Project Proponent will have a full-

fledged Environmental Management Cell (EMC) for environmental monitoring and management.

The EMC team will take care of pollution monitoring aspects and implementation and operation of

control measures.




Team of qualified and efficient engineers with technicians will be deputed for maintenance, up

keeping and monitoring of the pollution control equipments, to keep them in working at the best

of their efficiencies.

10.2.1 Structure of EMC

Structure of Environment Management Cell at M/s. Krishnum Dyes & Intermediate Pvt. Ltd., is

given in Figure 10.1.

Figure 10.1: Structure of EMC at M/s. Krishnum Dyes & Intermediate Pvt. Ltd.

10.2.2 Responsibilities of EMC

The responsibilities of the EMC include the following:

Environmental monitoring of the surrounding area.

Timely commissioning of pollution control equipment and facilities.

Specification and regulation of maintenance schedules for pollution control equipment.

Ensuring that present standards for stack emissions, ambient air and treated effluent are

maintained.

Developing the greenbelt.

Ensuring optimum water usage.

Carrying out the Environmental Management Plan.

Organizing meetings of the Environmental Management Committee and preparation of

report and submission of such reports to management and competent authority.

Water and Air Quality Management

Hazardous Waste Management

Regular submission of environmental compliance monitoring reports to the concerned

regulatory authorities.

Unit Head

HOD - Environment

Officer - Environment

ETPOperator

APCEOperator




10.3 AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT

The major pollutants of air in project are the suspended particulate matters (PM) from the boiler

stack and fugitive emissions due to material handling and solvent storage.

SO2 and NOx also add to the pollutant level due to coal fired Boiler.

10.3.1 Stack Emissions & Control Technologies

The unit will install Air Pre Heater, Multi cyclone separator and Bag Filter with stack attached to

coal fired boiler. Adequate Stack height of 30 meters will be provided to control and disperse the

air pollutants above the satisfactory levels.

List of air pollution control equipment is given in Table - 10.1.

Table - 10.1List of Air Pollution Control Equipment

S. No. LocationsNo. ofUnits

No. of PollutionControl Equipment

Pollution Control Equipment Efficiency

1.Steam Boiler(50 TPH)

11

Multi cyclone with bag filter with stack of 30meters

99.9%

2.DG Sets(2 * 125 kVA)

22

Adequate stack of 2.24 meters above roof andacoustic enclosure

-

3. Vessel 1 1 Common alkali scrubber with vent – 11 meters -

Periodic monitoring of the stack emissions will be done to monitor the pollutant concentrations.

10.3.2 Fugitive Emissions, Sources & Control Technologies

10.3.2.1 Fugitive Emissions

Fugitive emissions are the air pollutants released in the air other than those from stacks or vents.

Fugitive dust may be defined as “any solid particulate matter that becomes airborne by natural or

man-made activities, excluding particulate matter emitted from an exhaust stack”.

Factors that influence emissions

Factors affecting emissions include the following:

Moisture content of the material

Type of material processed

Type of equipment

Operating practices employed

10.3.2.2 Sources of Fugitive Emissions in Proposed Project& Mitigation Measures

A. Storage of Raw Materials & Finished Product

Covered/closed storage facilities will be provided for raw materials and finished products.

Raw material and products in drums placed over pallets will be stored in separate warehouses

equipped with proper storage and handling facilities. Corrosive chemicals will be stored in

separate tank farm area with proper dykes. Suitable sensor/detectors with remotely operated

sprinkler system will be provided to mitigate any leakage. Tonners and cylinders will be stored at

specified location with proper chain and shed. The cylinders and tonners of corrosive/toxic

chemicals will be provided with proper mitigation measures.




Storage for solid:

For solid raw materials, open covered yard will be provided.

Storage for liquid materials:

The drums will be stored in drum storage yard area.

All flammable liquids in explosive storage area (Under Ground).

Non flammable liquids in tank farm area in under/above ground storage tanks.

The tanks shall be located and marked in designated area for the hazardous chemical

storage sites.

Tanks of proper material of construction will be selected.

The tanks shall be filled up to 85-90% of its capacity.

All tanks will be uniformly tagged.

Level indicators in tanks will be provided.

Electrical installation will be flame-proof type.

Anti-corrosive painting to be applied.

To control the emissions following steps will be taken:

Regular cleaning and sweeping of roads, near-by area of storage yard etc.

Water spraying around raw material handling area and on the haul roads for dust

suppression.

Concreted roads within the project premises and regular sweeping.

Thick green belt on periphery of project and surrounding areas of office building to

attenuate the pollutants.

Proper maintenance/ check for PUC of vehicles to reduce gaseous emissions.

Periodic air quality monitoring as per directions/ guidelines of CPCB / RPCB norms.

Details of proposed storage facilities for raw material & finished product are incorporated in

Chapter II, Para No. 2.9.3 of this EIA/EMP Report.

B. Transportation

Transportation and handling of raw materials & finished products will be done in closed cover.

This helps in reducing the fugitive emissions.

Movement of heavy trucks/vehicles on the non-metallic road generates substantial quantity

of fugitive dust emission (PM). This is due to the presence of dust over the road, which is

carried away by wind.

To control the fugitive emissions of dust (PM), all the roads inside the project premises will be

concreted. Regular sweeping of all the roads and floors will be done Sprinkling of water

through tankers will be done on bare lands and roads.

C. Material Transfer

Dust (PM) will be generated from all the transfer points. This will be controlled by providing

bag filters at all required transfer points. Project Proponent will install efficient Bag filters at

various material transfer points to control fugitive dust emissions.




10.4 CONCEPT OF WASTE MINIMIZATION

10.4.1 Concept of Waste Minimization :

The project will be based on Zero Effluent Discharge Concept, i.e., there is no waste water

discharge outside the plant.

Reuse

Waste generated from construction activity will be utilized in leveling of land.

Recycle

Part of RO reject water will be used for dust suppression

Treated effluent will be used for greenbelt development and toilet flushing.

10.5 ENERGY & NATURAL RESOURCE CONSERVATION MEASURES

10.5.1 Energy Conservation

Project is committed to conserve energy at all levels, through sustained efforts. Project proponent

are highly energy conscious and continuously strive to conserve energy and thus contribute

immensely in saving the natural resources of the country.

Ensure optimum energy for various equipment/processes, regular calibrations and tracking of

energy meters.

Periodic energy audits

Training, awareness and motivational programmes

Maximum stress utilization of renewable energy resources like solar energy

Installation of energy efficient lightings (like LED)

Use of energy saving light fittings

Installing low watt tube lights

installation of Solar street lights

10.5.2 Natural Resource Conservation

Optimum use of natural water.

Recycling of treated process effluent

Installation of Rain water harvesting system to conserve rain water & to replenish ground

water resources of the area for long term sustenance of the area need. Rain Water Harvesting

by the following methods:

Roof top rainwater harvesting through injection wells.

Surface rainwater runoff, available from paved area, green area and open land, for

recharging through injection wells.

Natural rainfall recharge to open land.

Recycling of the process wastewater after treatment and R.O.

10.6 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT & PLANTATION PROGRAMME

About 33% of the total project area covered under green belt/ plantation, as per guidelines.

Greenbelt development done all along the road & plant boundary which will attenuate noise level,

arrest dust & to increase aesthetic beauty of the area.




Plantation to be done in appropriate alternate rows around the site to prevent lateral pollution

dispersion. The trees help in maintaining regional ecological balance and conform to soil and

hydrological conditions.

The Project Proponent under social obligation to recreate the environmental status by developing

greenbelt/plantation to suppress fugitive emission and provide aesthetic beauty. Trees act as

efficient biological filters or sinks for particulate and gaseous emissions, generated by vehicular

movements and various industrial activities.

The computation of the area under plantation shall be done on the basis of the following norms:-

I. Tree species like Neem, Pipal, Jamun, Gulmohar etc. deemed to cover 25 M2 areas on

maturity.

II. Shrubs like Guava, Pomegranate, Jungle Jalebi etc. deemed to cover an area of 9 M2 on

maturity.

Following characteristics taken into consideration while selecting plant species for greenbelt

development and tree plantation.

III. Fast growing trees

IV. Perennial and evergreen trees

V. Plantation in appropriate alternate rows around the site to prevent lateral pollution

dispersion.

VI. Trees maintaining regional ecological balance and conforming to soil and hydrological

conditions. Indigenous species are preferred.

10.6.1 Greenbelt Plantation at Project Site

Due care will be taken to ensure that a greenbelt is developed inside and around the project area.

Areas having low density vegetation will be systematically and scientifically afforested. The

plantation scheme broadly covers the following areas:

Greenbelt formation within and around the project site

Afforestation of barren and non-industrial areas.

Apart from the greenbelt and aesthetic plantations for prevention and control of fugitive

emissions and noise, all other massive plantation efforts will be executed with the assistance and

co-operation of the local community. The plantations of any of the above or their combinations

will be decided in consultation with the local community and District Forest Department.

10.6.2 Objective

Greenbelt is a set of rows of trees planted such a way that they form an effective barrier

between the plant and the surroundings. The main purpose of green belt development is to

contribute to the following factors:

To improve air quality of the plant area;

To attenuate noise levels generated from the plant;

To improve the aesthetics of the plant area;

To trap the vehicular emissions and fugitive dust emissions;




To maintain ecological homeostasis;

To prevent soil erosion and to protect the natural vegetation; and

To utilize the treated effluents.

Provision of wide greenbelt around the Project has been foreseen to reduce any adverse

impacts on the surrounding population due to emissions from the proposed activity. Plantation of

grass, flowers, bushes and trees will be taken-up to reduce generation of dust from bare earth

and to enhance the aesthetic/scenic value.

10.6.3 Proposed action plan for Greenbelt development / Plantation

About 33% of the total project area will be covered under greenbelt/ plantation, as per guidelines.

80% minimum survival rate will be achieved.

Rs. 1,50,000 have been earmarked for three years for greenbelt/plantation.

Action plan & Species to be planted is given in Table 10.5 as under:

S. No. Planning schedule Planned number of saplings Area (Ha.)1. 1st Year 200 0.102. 2nd Year 250 0.103. 3rd Year 300 0.13

Total 750 0.33Species to be planted is given in Table 10.6 as under:

S. No. Name of Tress S. No. Name of Shrubs1. Acacia nilotica (Babul) 1. Annona squamosa (Sitaphal)2. Azadirachta indica (Neem ) 2. Manilkara zapota (Chiku)3. Mangifera indica (Aam) 3. Citrus lemon (Nimbu)4. Ficus benghalensis (Banyan) 4. Argyreia speciosa (Elephant creeper)5. Ficus infectoria (White Fig) 5. Nerium indicum (Kaner)6. Pithecellobium dulce (Jungal Jalebi) 6. Caesalpinia pulcherrima (Peacock flower)7. Tectona grandis (Teak tree) 7. Plumeria rubra (Champa)8. Cordia dichotoma (Lasoda) 8. Cestrum nocturnum (Rat Ki Rani)9. Dalbergia sissoo (Shisham) 9. Cestrum diurnum (Din Ka Raja)10. Pongamia pinnata (Karanj)11. Prosopis cineraria (Jamun)12. Salvadora persica (Peelu)13. Saraca asoka (Ashok)14. Bauhinia variegate (Kachnar)15. Bombax ceiba (Semal)

10.6.4 Guidelines for Greenbelt Development

Following guidelines will be followed for the Greenbelt Development in the plant area.

All the barren areas will be vegetated and the expected growth rate will be more than 90%.

Trees growing to a height of 5 m or more will be planted.

Table 10.2Action plan & Species to be planted

Table - 10.3Proposed plant species




Plantation of trees will be undertaken in and around the area in alternating rows to prevent

horizontal pollution dispersion.

Trees will be planted along roadsides, to arrest vehicular exhaust and noise pollution, and in

such a way that there is minimum sight to the process plant installation when viewed from

a point beyond the foliage perimeter.

Since tree trunks are normally devoid of foliage (up to 3 m), it is appropriate to have

shrubbery in form of such trees to give coverage to this portion.

Fast growing trees with thick perennial foliage will be grown, as it takes many years for

trees to grow to their full height.

In order to facilitate the proper growth of vegetation, limited measures involving preparation of

seedbed with suitable amount of fertilizers and treatment with mulches will be taken.

Vegetation covers in and around the plant workings generally helps in:

Stabilizing erodible slopes to minimize pollution

Prevention and control of fugitive emissions of particulate matter (PM)

Enhancement of aesthetic value

Prevention and control of noise level.

10.7 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY MEASURES

To control and minimize the risks at workplace, Project will implement Health, Safety and

Environment Policy with the following objectives:

To prevent accidental hazards

To provide safe and healthy environment to all the employees.

The Project, therefore, has proposed the policy set below for the purpose of creating and

maintaining safe and healthy environment.

10.7.1 Health and Safety Policy

Project will have integrated Health, Safety and Environment Protection into the business

strategies to add value to the enterprise, to manage risk and to enhance the reputation.

The health and safety of the employees, neighbors, customers and consumers, and the

protection of the environment is project’s priorities consistently pursued throughout.

10.7.2 Occupational Health and Safety Hazards

Following Occupational Health and safety Hazards will be there with Project Proponent:

Particulate Matter/Dust

High Noise Level

Heat stress

Electrical Hazards

Fire and Explosion

Other Natural/Accidental Hazards




(1) Particulate Matter/Dust

A) Risks involved

Following risks are involved:

Inhalation of PM could adversely impact lungs

Presence of crystalline silica may cause silicosis and lung cancer

B) Management Measures

Implementation of adequate particulate matter/dust control systems and good housekeeping

as under:

Enclosures will be provided for unloading operations

Water will be sprayed during unloading of materials

Bag filters will be installed at required transfer points to control fugitive dust emissions.

Water Spray on roads & other areas by mobile tanker/water sprinklers.

All the Roads inside the project premises to be concreted.

Regular sweeping of all the roads & floors.

Regular cleaning, inspection and maintenance of fugitive emission control equipment by

in-house environment monitoring person.

The whole unit will be provided with facility of inter locking so that any failure of

equipment or APCE will result in instant shut down of the complete process.

(2) Noise

A) Risks involved


Hearing Impairment, Hypertension, Increase Pulse rate

Annoyance, Tinnitus, Sleep Disturbances


Proper maintenance of noise causing machineries

Installation of compressors in closed structures or with acoustic enclosures

Periodic monitoring of noise level

Display of noise level with permission level

Use of PPE’s in high noise areas and display instruction to use of PPEs at high noise

level area

Periodic health checkup for Audiometry for the person working in high noise area

(3) Heat exposure

A) Risks involved


Manufacturing of Dyes & Intermediates involves handling and use of several chemicals. Some

of these chemicals are corrosive in nature, harmful and irritant. Information about these

chemicals is therefore important for the safety of the employees and the plant management.

Besides this, the health status of the employees is also important which may be affected due




to exposure to these chemicals. The exposures may be sudden and accidental for a short or

long period. In both of the cases, there will be different health effects. Therefore safety

measures dealing with these chemicals are of vital importance and will be followed

judiciously.


Schedule hot jobs for the cooler part of the day

Monitor workers who are at risk of heat stress

Provide rest periods with water breaks

Use of personal protective equipment

(4) Electrical Hazards

A) Risks involved


Electric Shock, Electric Burns, Fires and Explosions

Persons Falling from Height, Dropping of Tools and Object

B) Causes of Hazards

Insulation Failure, Equipment Failure, Poor Maintenance.

Wrong work methods, Substandard material and workmanship

Unauthorized personal &lack of training and knowledge, etc.

Work on electrically operated equipment without electrical isolation.

C) Management Measures

Following protection measures will be taken:

Proper Earthing of electrical equipment/system as per IS 3043

Prevent high Voltage Supply through circuit trackers.

Isolating Transformers

Double Insulated Tools

Over Load Protection

Protection Against Leakages (G.F.C.I.)

Flame- Proof Equipment

Lightning Protection

Protection against Static Electricity and safe use of ladders and scaffolds

Use of ELCB and Ground fault circuit breakers.

Permit procedures with electrical lockout tag out.

(5) Fire and Explosion

A) Risks involved


Fire catching in store, bag godown, cable tunnel, oil storage area, transformers and HT/LT

substation etc. may cause damage to plant/building and may also cause to injury or death of

employees/workers.





Preparation of Fire and Explosion Hazard Prevention Plan and periodic mock drill/

training for its implementation.

Suitable fire extinguisher, fire hydrant system and fire buckets. Dry power, Foam

(AFFF), Carbon Dioxide type fire extinguisher and fire buckets to be kept near

transformer, cable, general store and office area.

Oil and Flammable Gases storage area fenced and declared as Fire Hazardous Area-No

Smoking Area”

Permit and safety instruction to use welding / gas cutting in the area of oil, gas, and

bag godown

Predictive interlock in transformers to give alarm and trip the system

Adequate height of brick walls for separation of all transformers, soak pits for storage

of oil leakages from transformers

(6) Other Hazards

A) Risks involved


Slips and Fall from working at height

Failure of lifting tools, tackles and pressure vessel,

Occupational injuries

Hit by moving, flying or falling object


Following protection measures will be taken:

Installation of lightening arrestors at all tall buildings

Permit to work at height with work instruction to use safety belts etc

Testing of all lifting tools, tackles and pressure vessel

Safe working pressure to be is maintained in air receiver

Safe working load for cranes and ropes etc

Good housekeeping& Speed limit of 20km/hr in project area

Display of emergency number at all suitable location

First aid kits to be kept at the sites and training provided

Use of mobile while driving, alcohol, smoking etc. to be banned in plant area

10.7.3 Occupational Health Surveillance

The occupational health surveillance of the employee will be done on a regular basis and records

of the same will be maintained as per the Factories Act. The occupational health surveillance

programme includes lung function; sputum analysis and audiometric analysis on regular basis to

observe any contraction due to exposure to dust and noise and corrective measures will be taken

accordingly.




Vocational training programmes will also be conducted for workers and employees. Under

vocational training the workers will be given training related to all safety and health aspects

pertaining to their vocation and thereafter every quarter special training courses/ Awareness

programme for Malaria eradication, HIV and health effects due to exposure to dust, heat, noise,

chemicals will be organized.

Periodical medical camps with specialized doctors of various disciplines will be organized to

provide the specialized medical assistance to employees as well as neighboring communities.

A. List of Equipments for Occupational Health Monitoring

Noise Monitoring device (dosimeter)

Vision screener

ECG Equipment

Peak Flow Meter

BP Instrument

Thermometer

First Aid Box

B. Pre-Placement and Periodical Health Status

Pre /post-employment checkup is/will be carried out including following tests:

Chest x rays Lung Function

Vision testing Spirometry

ECG PFM

Haemogram Audiometry

Blood Sugar CBC

Serum Cholesterol Lipid Profile

Serum Creatinine Urea Stool

SGOT and SGPT Complete physical examination

Urine Test

Post-employment occupational health checkup such as X-ray Chest, ECG, Lung Function,

Spirometry, PFM, Audiometry, CBC, Blood Sugar, Lipid Profile, Stool, Urine etc.

C. Frequency of Medical Examination

Yearly and half yearly for workers depending upon their work area i.e. process plant or

storage or office.

D. Personal Protective Devices and Measures

Industrial Safety helmets

Crash helmets

Face shield with replacement acrylic vision

Zero power goggles with cut type filters on both sides and blue color glasses

Welders equipment for eye and face protection

Ear muffs and Ear Plugs




Canister gas masks

Self-contained breathing apparatus

Full body Safety harness

Leather hand gloves, Electrical hand gloves, Heat Resistive hand gloves, Chemical hand

gloves & Cut resistance hand gloves

Safety net, Barricading net

Rope grab fall arrestor

Leather hand gloves

Canvas cum leather hand gloves with leather palm

Industrial safety shoes with steel toe

Electrical safety shoes without steel toe and gum boots

Protective clothing etc.

E. Anticipated Occupational &Safety Hazardous

Heat Stress & Stroke

Physical activity

Dehydration

Cardiovascular disease

Skin disorders

Dust Exposure

Exposure to hazardous chemical

Chemical dust exposure

Noise

Burns and shocks due to electricity and steam.

10.7.4 Implementation of OHS standards as per OSHAS/USEPA

The overall objective of the company is to provide a system that is capable of delivering healthy

and safe workplace. Following measures will be adopted for implementation of OHS standards.

A dispensary with all first aid facilities.

Routine & special investigation related to occupational health.

Health surveillance & maintenance of health record

Rules and procedure for effective implementation of Safety Health and Environment policy

and made to know all employees.

Round the clock, Transport /Ambulance facility

Sufficient number of First aid boxes

Provision of eyewash and safety shower

Implementation of OHSAS 18001 for Occupational Health & Safety Management System

Implementation of ISO 14001 for Environment Management System

Formulation of OHS implementation team/ cell

Risk assessment of each and every activity




Displaying the safety and health policy and instructions at various locations

Display of safe operating procedure (SOP) at various locations

Job safety analysis

Work permit system

Carry out daily plant safety inspection by internal safety department

Investigation of fatal, serious accidents and near miss accident

Investigation of reports of occupational diseases

Monthly safety meeting of all employees and workers to discuss last month accident if any,

reason and corrective measures taken.

Organize campaigns, competitions, contests etc. to promote safety

Organize safety training, seminars for safe working and safe vehicle and traffic movement

within the plant premises and regular training for safe driving outside the project premises.

Prepare annual reports of accidents and occupational diseases. Preparation and updating of

Onsite Emergency Plan and Liaison with external agencies and authorities.

Ensure use of PPEs according to the job like helmet, safety shoes, goggle, dust mask, ear

plug and hand gloves etc.

Establishment of Occupational Health Centre for pre and periodic medical examination of

workers and staff to detect any onset of occupational disease and corrective manures.

Display Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for use of every hazardous substance

Implement the recommendations of HAZOP (A hazard and operability study) for

examination of problems in existing process / operation that may represent risks to

personnel or equipment.

Periodic Safety Audits both internal and external, review and implementation of

recommendations.

10.7.5 Safety Committee

A Safety Committee to be constituted manned by equal participation from management and

workers with the following functions:

a) Accident prevention and control including ensuring the use of safety appliances.

b) Publicity, propaganda, education and training.

c) Assisting and cooperating with the management in achieving the aims and objectives

outlined in the “Health and Safety Policy” of the occupier.

d) Carrying out health and safety surveys for identifying unsafe working condition/practices,

which causes accident.

10.7.6 Medical Facilities

The project will provided with a dispensary having first aid facilities functioning round the clock.

Tie up arrangements will be there with nearest hospital and nursing home for the plant. First aid

boxes will be kept at identified locations for emergency.




Camps for immunization, family planning, blood donation and free medical checkup programs will

be organized on regular basis for employees as well as neighboring communities.

10.7.7 Investigation Facility

Necessary care will be taken to provide medical aids to the workers and villagers around the

project site. Necessary clinical facilities will be made available at project and also extended to the

surrounding communities. A First aid station will be established at the project site.

10.7.8 Ambulance/Transport Services

The Dispensary / health center is will be provided with an ambulance to bring the patients to

hospital in case of emergency.

10.7.9 First Aid Boxes

First aid boxes will be provided at prominent places with following items:

Small size sterilized dressing.

Medium size sterilized dressing.

Large size sterilized dressing.

Antiseptic ointment - Soframycin

Burnol Ointment.

Packets of sterilized cotton wool.

Bottle (120 ml) of cetramide solution (1%) of suitable antiseptic solution.

Mercurochrome solution (in 2% water) or Dettol.

Scissors.

Adhesive plaster (2cm x 1 m).

Sterilized eye pads in separate sealed packets.

Aspirin tablets.

Eye Wash Cup

Eye Pads

Paracetamol tablets

Potassium Permanganate crystals.

Volini Spray

Analgesic Ointment

Eye drops -Antiseptic, Sterile

Crepe Bandage 10 cms

Wooden Splints

ORS Packs

First aid boxes will be kept in every department for emergency. First aid training will be organized

for the employees.

10.7.10 Plan & Fund allocation for Occupational & Safety Hazards

Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contracts and sub-

contract workers is given in Table - 10.7.




S. No. Description Amount (Rs. In lacs per annum)1. Doctor's Retainer Fee (including staff) 12.02. Medicine Expenses 5.03. Health Checkup Exp. 2.04. Ambulance Expenditure 10.0

Total Amount in (Rs.) 29.010.8 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT POLICY

Corporate Environment Policy for Project has been enclosed as Annexure- 6 along with this

EIA/EMP Report.

10.9 BUDGETORY PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT

The budget proposed for the Project and that for the environmental protection measures is given

as below:

Capital Cost of the Project: Rs. 20.21 Crores

Cost for Environmental Protection Measures:

Capital Cost: Rs. 1.5 Crore

Recurring Cost: Rs. 35 Lac/annum.

EMP Cost Break-up is given in Table - 10.8 below:

(In Rs. Lac)

Particular Capital Cost Recurring Cost / annum

Pollution Control 120 26Environment Monitoring and management 10 5Greenbelt Development 0.50 0.5Rain Water Harvesting Measures 19.5 3.5

Total 150 35

10.10 CONCLUSION

As submitted, it is safe to say that the proposed project is not be likely to cause any significant

impact on the ecology of the area, as adequate preventive measures will be adopted for

prevention and control of the likely water /air pollutants within the permissible limits and to

maintain zero discharge status. Green belt development around the project area will be taken up

as an effective mitigative technique, to control the fugitive pollutants released from the premises

of the project.

Table - 10.4Fund allocation for Occupational and Safety Hazards

Table - 10.5Cost Break up of EMP

Chapter - 11

Summary & Conclusion



M/s. Krishnum Dyes & Intermediate Pvt. Ltd. 195 J.M. EnviroNet Pvt. Ltd.

CHAPTER - 11

SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

11.1 OVERALL JUSTIFICATION FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PROJECT

The Project Proponent is a private company and planning to set up a Proposed Dyes &


100 MT/Month, Coumarin Dyes (All colours) - 25 MT/Month &Methine Dyes (All colours) - 25


(Rajasthan).


under Category “A”, Project or Activity ‘5(f)’

Application (Form-1/ToR and Pre-Feasibility Report) for obtaining Environmental Clearance for this

proposed project was submitted to on MoEFCC, New Delhi on 11th April, 2018

ToR Letter was issued by MoEFCC, New Delhi vide their letter no. IA-J-11011/134/2018-IA-II(I) dated

18th May, 2018.

11.1.1 JUSTIFICATION FOR THE PROJECT

No alternate site has been chosen for the Project. The site selection for the proposed Project by

the company has been taken into consideration keeping in mind following mentioned factors:



Close proximity to SH-37 (~3.5 Km in NE direction) makes it easier to transport raw materials

& final product to market.

There are no other major industries in the study area and thus establishment of Project

would promote socio-economic development of the area.

11.1.2 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

Brief description about the Project is given in Table - 11.1.

Table - 11.1Brief Description of the Project

S. No. PARTICULARS DETAILS

A. Nature of the Project Proposed Project (Manufacturing of Dye & Intermediates)

B. Size of the Project

Total Capacity - 150 MT/Month (Crude)

Disperse Azo Dyes (All colours) - 100 MT/Month

Coumarin Dyes (All colours) - 25 MT/Month

Methine Dyes (All colours) - 25 MT/Month

C. Location Details

1. Land Area 1.0 Ha

2. Nature of the land Converted for Industrial use by SDM, Churu vide Letter number




S. No. PARTICULARS DETAILS

LC/SDC/Revenue/2016/6157 dated 26th September 2016.

3. Khasara No. 670/521

4. Village Untwalia

5. Tehsil Churu

6. District Churu

7. State Rajasthan

D. Geographical Extent of the Plant Site

1. Latitude 28°14'30.83"N to 28°14'36.09"N

2. Longitude 75° 0'08.89"E to 75° 0'13.87"E

3. Toposheet No. 44P/13, 44P/14, 44L/15 & 44L/16

E. Area Details

1. Total Project area 10000.00 Sq. m. (1 ha.) -Private land

2. Greenbelt / Plantation areaAbout 33% of the total project area will be covered under green

belt/ plantation

F. Environmental Setting Details (with approximate aerial distance and direction from the project site)

1. Nearest Village Untwalia (2.0 Km in SE direction)

2. Nearest City Churu (5.0 Km in NW direction)

3. Nearest National / State Highway SH-37 (3.5 Km in NE direction)

NH-65 (5.0 Km in West direction)

4. Nearest Railway station Churu Railway Station (6.0 Km in NW direction)

Mahansar Railway Station (5.5 Km in SE direction)

5. Nearest Airport Sanganer International Airport, Jaipur (175 Km in SE direction)

6.

National Parks, Wildlife Sanctuaries,

Biosphere Reserves, Reserve /

Protected Forests within 10 km radius

JodBir PF (5.0 Km in West direction)

7. Water Bodies within 10 km radius PithranaJohra (~ 0.3 Km in NE direction)

8. Seismic Zone Zone – II [as per IS 1893 (Part-I) :2002]

G. Cost Details

1. Total Cost of the Project Rs. 20.21 Crores

2.Cost for Environmental Protection

Measures

Capital Cost - Rs. 1.5 Crores

Recurring Cost - Rs. 35 Lacs/annum

Source: Pre-feasibility Report11.2 MITIGATION MEASURES

11.2.1 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Their Mitigation Measures

Anticipated environmental impacts due to operation of the Proposed Change In PlantConfiguration along with mitigation measures are given below:




Discipline Anticipated Impact Mitigation Measures

Construction Phase









Operation Phase

Air Increase in concentration of ParticulateMatter Emissions, SO2, NOx

Installation of adequate pollution control equipmentlike Cyclone, Multi-cyclone, Bag Filter, Alkali scrubberetc.












Installation of equipments having confirmation tomeet with the prescribed occupational noise levelsprescribed by regulatory agencies/authority.

Earmuffs/ Earplugs to persons working in high noisezone or near to high noise generating equipments.




Water Generation of waste water Process effluent will be treated in Tertiary levelEffluent Treatment Plant having capacity of 100 KLDfollowed by three stage R.O. and permeate of R.O.shall be reused in process. Rejects of R.O. plant shallbe sent to MEE. The condensate water from MEE willbe recycled.



Periodic monitoring of quality of treated water toconfirm the compliance of the prescribed standards.






11.2.2 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

The major sources of pollution in Dyes and their Intermediates are Particulate Matter (PM)

emissions & gaseous pollutants (SO2, NOx) are anticipated. Air pollution is the major concern to

be looked upon for the project activity. No major water, noise and soil pollution is envisaged from

the project activity. Various mitigation measures have been proposed to take care of the

environment in respect of air, water, noise, soil and the green cover of the project site and nearby

villages.

Particulars Details

Air Quality Management Efficient Air Pollution Control Equipment (APCE) like Multi cyclone /bag filter

will be installed with Boiler stack to keep the emissions within the permissible

limits.




Particulars Details

Bag filters will be installed at all transfer points to reduce fugitive dust

emissions.

The whole unit will be provided with facility of inter locking so that any failure

of equipment or APCE will result in instant shut down of the complete process.

Water will be sprayed during unloading of materials/coal.

Regular cleaning, inspection and maintenance of air pollution control

equipment will be carried out.

Noise Management Noise causing equipment will be kept in good condition to keep the noise level

within prescribed norms.

Proper maintenance, oiling and greasing of machines at regular intervals will

be done to reduce generation of noise.

Persons working close to noise causing machine and machine operators will be

provided with personal protective equipment viz. Ear plugs / Ear muffs etc.

Acoustic enclosure will be provided with DG set.

Greenbelt of appropriate width at the project boundary will be developed.

Regular monitoring of noise level of machines will be carried out and

corrective measures in concerned machinery will be adopted accordingly.

Water Management Total water requirement for the proposed project is 117.8 KLD; out of which,

34.8 KLD will be freshwater, 61 KLD will be Recycled Water and 22 KLD in the

form of Ice.

The effluent generated from proposed project will be 82.5 KLD and shall be

treated by tertiary level ETP followed by three stage RO system

Permeate of RO plant will be reutilized for process, Boiler & Cooling.

Treated water (after tertiary treatment) will be utilized for floor Washing &

Green belt development.

Entire process effluent shall be treated and recycled so as to achieve zero

discharge outside the project area.

ETP of higher capacity (100 KLD) will be installed.

ETP would be further strengthen with tertiary treatment by installing pressure

sand filter and activated carbon filter.

For recycling of the effluent three stage Reverse Osmosis system shall be

installed and the permeate shall be recycled into process

Backwash/reject of the RO system shall be disposed by MEE.

Domestic waste water (9 KLD) will be disposed off through septic tank

followed by soak pits.

Zero Liquid Discharge shall be achieved. Hence, no impact on ground water




Particulars Details

and surface water is envisaged

Regular monitoring of water quality will be carried out.

Efficient Rain water harvesting system for recharge of ground water.

Training and awareness programmes on water conservation measures will also

be organized for the locals.

Solid & Hazardous Waste

Management

ETP sludge (10 T/month) will be generated as hazardous waste which will be

disposed of at approved TSDF site.

Used oil (20 Lit/month) will be sold to CPCB/RPCB registered recycler and

discarded containers & liner/bags (1.5Ton/Month) will be sold to approved

labeled and stored at specified area and finally send to common waste landfill

site (TSDF).

Electronic And Electrical Waste (400-500 kg/ annum) and Waste Lead Acid

Batteries, whole or crushed (2-3 batteries/ annum) will be sold to approved

/registered vendors.

Fly ash (55.0 Tons/ Month) will be generated from boiler and sent it to brick

manufacturer.

The unit will provide isolated area with impervious flooring & roof cover for

the storage of hazardous waste.

Green Belt Development /

Plantation

About 33% of the total project area will be covered under green belt/

plantation.

11.3 CONCLUSION

As submitted, it is safe to say that the proposed project is not be likely to cause any significant

impact on the ecology of the area, as adequate preventive measures will be adopted to for

prevention and control of the likely water /air pollutants within the permissible limits and to

maintain zero discharge status. Green belt development around the project area will be taken up

as an effective mitigative technique, to control the fugitive pollutants released from the premises

of the project.

/registered vendors/ send to TSDF.

Process Sludge (4-5 tonnes/annum), Spent Solvent (42.75 Tons/ Month) will be sold to approved /registered vendors/TSDF

Evaporator residue (0.35 Tons/ Month) will be collected in drums packed,

Chapter - 12

Disclosure of Consultant Engaged

Proposed Dyes & Intermediates Manufacturing Project of 150 MT/Month (Crude) [{Disperse Azo Dyes (All colours) - 100 MT/Month, Coumarin Dyes(Allcolours) - 25 MT/Month &Methine Dyes(All colours) -25 MT/Month}]At Khasara no. 670/521 of Revenue Village - Untwalia, Tehsil & District - Churu (Rajasthan)



CHAPTER - 12

DISCLOSURE OF THE CONSULTANT ENGAGED

12.1 DISCLOSURE OF THE CONSULTANT ENGAGED

J.M. Environet Pvt. Ltd. (JMEPL)has prepared this Final EIA / EMP Report covering ToR points as

prescribed by MoEFCC, New Delhi vide their letter no. IA-J-11011/134/2018-IA-II(I) dated 18th May, 2018.

Brief description of the company is given as under:

J.M. EnviroNet Pvt. Ltd. was established in the year 1993. ‘JM’ in the name of the Company is

derived from the name of ‘Lord Shiva’ - the Temple of ‘Jharkhand Mahadev’ (JM). The Temple is

located at Queens Road, Vaishali Nagar, Jaipur.

The Registered office of JMEPL is at ‘Jaipur Centre’, 403, 4th Floor, B2 Bye pass, Tonk Road,

Jaipur, Rajasthan 302018. Its Delhi-NCR Corporate office is at 202-A, ABW Tower, M.G. Road, IFFCO

Chowk, Sector-25, Gurugram - 122001 (Haryana).

J.M. EnviroNet Pvt. Ltd. is accredited with ISO-9001: 2008 for EIA Division. EIA Division is also

approved by National Accreditation Board for Education and Training (NABET) formerly NRBPT

(Quality Council of India) vide Certificate no. NABET/EIA/1720/SA 097 valid up to 07.02.2020 and

further validity extended up to 05.05.2020. Copy of the same has been enclosed as Annexure 11.

J.M. EnviroNet Pvt. Ltd. is listed at serial no. “94” of the List of Accredited EIA Consultant

Organization displayed on MoEFCC website

(https://www.qcin.org/nabet/EIA/documents/Accredited%20consultants.pdf), as updated on Jan. 20,

2020.

JMEPL is offering Environmental Consultancy Services in various sectors viz. Mining Projects,

Thermal Power Plants, Mineral Beneficiation, Metallurgical Industries, Cement Plants, Chlor Alkali

Plants, Chemical Fertilizers, Manmade Fibers, Petrochemical Based Processing, Synthetic Organic

Chemical Industries, Distilleries, Pulp & Paper Industries, Sugar Industries Oil & Gas Transportation

Pipelines, Real Estate Projects etc.

In the Mining sector, JMEPL is covering mines of minerals viz. Limestone, Bauxite, Chromite, Coal,

Zinc, Copper, Gypsum, Soapstone, Iron and Manganese ore, Clay, Silica Sand, Feldspar, Quartz etc.

JMEPL has a highly qualified team of Subject Experts. As senior executives / Heads of the EIA

Division, we have Former General Managers of the Reputed Cement Companies, Ex-Head EIA

Division of big Business Group, STP and ETP Designing Experts, Senior Mining and Geology Experts

with vast experience in their respective fields.

JM Group’s business is spread over 22 States viz.: Andhra Pradesh, Kerala, Gujarat, Maharashtra,

Orissa, Tamil Nadu, Goa, Jammu and Kashmir, Himachal Pradesh, Punjab, Haryana, Delhi,

Rajasthan, Uttar Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh, Chhattisgarh, Assam, West Bengal, Karnataka,

Jharkhand, Bihar and Uttarakhand.

Proposed Dyes & Intermediates Manufacturing Project of 150 MT/Month (Crude) [{Disperse Azo Dyes (All colours) - 100 MT/Month, Coumarin Dyes(Allcolours) - 25 MT/Month &Methine Dyes(All colours) -25 MT/Month}]At Khasara no. 670/521 of Revenue Village - Untwalia, Tehsil & District - Churu (Rajasthan)



JMEPL outsources its laboratory services from J.M. EnviroLab Pvt. Ltd., an Environmental

Laboratory at Gurugram (Haryana) approved under EPA (Environment Protection Act) from the

Ministry of Environment and Forests, Govt. of India, New Delhi and by the National Accreditation

Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories, Government of India (NABL). (Certificate no.: TC-

6821)

This MoEFCC and NABL approved Environmental Laboratory of JM Group is also providing

Analytical Laboratory Services of various elements and environmental parameters.

Annual monitoring as per MoEFCC/CPCB/SPCB guidelines, Risk Assessment and Disaster

Management Plan, consultancy for Rain Water Harvesting Plan, detailed Hydro-geological Study,

preparation of Environmental Statement Reports (Environmental Clearance Compliance

Conditions) etc. are amongst the various other consultancy services offered by the Company.